SB1947 EnrolledLRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    AN ACT concerning education.
 
2    WHEREAS, This Act may be referred to as the Evidence-Based
3Funding for Student Success Act; therefore
 
4    Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
5represented in the General Assembly:
 
6    Section 1. Short title. This Act may be cited as the Invest
7in Kids Act.
 
8    Section 5. Definitions. As used in this Act:
9    "Authorized contribution" means the contribution amount
10that is listed on the contribution authorization certificate
11issued to the taxpayer.
12    "Board" means the State Board of Education.
13    "Contribution" means a donation made by the taxpayer during
14the taxable year for providing scholarships as provided in this
15Act.
16    "Custodian" means, with respect to eligible students, an
17Illinois resident who is a parent or legal guardian of the
18eligible student or students.
19    "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
20    "Eligible student" means a child who:
21        (1) is a member of a household whose federal adjusted
22    gross income the year before he or she initially receives a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 2 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    scholarship under this program, as determined by the
2    Department, does not exceed 300% of the federal poverty
3    level and, once the child receives a scholarship, does not
4    exceed 400% of the federal poverty level;
5        (2) is eligible to attend a public elementary school or
6    high school in Illinois in the semester immediately
7    preceding the semester for which he or she first receives a
8    scholarship or is starting school in Illinois for the first
9    time when he or she first receives a scholarship; and
10        (3) resides in Illinois while receiving a scholarship.
11    "Family member" means a parent, child, or sibling, whether
12by whole blood, half blood, or adoption; spouse; or stepchild.
13    "Focus district" means a school district which has a school
14that is either (i) a school that has one or more subgroups in
15which the average student performance is at or below the State
16average for the lowest 10% of student performance in that
17subgroup or (ii) a school with an average graduation rate of
18less than 60% and not identified for priority.
19    "Necessary costs and fees" includes the customary charge
20for instruction and use of facilities in general and the
21additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are
22required generally of non-scholarship recipients for each
23academic period for which the scholarship applicant actually
24enrolls, including costs associated with student assessments,
25but does not include fees payable only once and other
26contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 3 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1The Board may prescribe, by rules consistent with this Act,
2detailed provisions concerning the computation of necessary
3costs and fees.
4    "Scholarship granting organization" means an entity that:
5        (1) is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of
6    the Internal Revenue Code;
7        (2) uses at least 95% of the qualified contributions
8    received during a taxable year for scholarships;
9        (3) provides scholarships to students according to the
10    guidelines of this Act;
11        (4) deposits and holds qualified contributions and any
12    income derived from qualified contributions in an account
13    that is separate from the organization's operating fund or
14    other funds until such qualified contributions or income
15    are withdrawn for use; and
16        (5) is approved to issue certificates of receipt.
17    "Qualified contribution" means the authorized contribution
18made by a taxpayer to a scholarship granting organization for
19which the taxpayer has received a certificate of receipt from
20such organization.
21    "Qualified school" means a non-public school located in
22Illinois and recognized by the Board pursuant to Section
232-3.25o of the School Code.
24    "Scholarship" means an educational scholarship awarded to
25an eligible student to attend a qualified school of their
26custodians' choice in an amount not exceeding the necessary

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 4 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1costs and fees to attend that school.
2    "Taxpayer" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
3trust, or other entity subject to the Illinois income tax. For
4the purposes of this Act, 2 individuals filing a joint return
5shall be considered one taxpayer.
 
6    Section 10. Credit awards.
7    (a) The Department shall award credits against the tax
8imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the
9Illinois Income Tax Act to taxpayers who make qualified
10contributions. For contributions made under this Act, the
11credit shall be equal to 75% of the total amount of qualified
12contributions made by the taxpayer during a taxable year, not
13to exceed a credit of $1,000,000 per taxpayer.
14    (b) The aggregate amount of all credits the Department may
15award under this Act in any calendar year may not exceed
16$75,000,000.
17    (c) Contributions made by corporations (including
18Subchapter S corporations), partnerships, and trusts under
19this Act may not be directed to a particular subset of schools,
20a particular school, a particular group of students, or a
21particular student. Contributions made by individuals under
22this Act may be directed to a particular subset of schools or a
23particular school but may not be directed to a particular group
24of students or a particular student.
25    (d) No credit shall be taken under this Act for any

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 5 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1qualified contribution for which the taxpayer claims a federal
2income tax deduction.
3    (e) Credits shall be awarded in a manner, as determined by
4the Department, that is geographically proportionate to
5enrollment in recognized non-public schools in Illinois. If the
6cap on the aggregate credits that may be awarded by the
7Department is not reached by June 1 of a given year, the
8Department shall award remaining credits on a first-come,
9first-served basis, without regard to the limitation of this
10subsection.
 
11    Section 15. Approval to issue certificates of receipt.
12    (a) A scholarship granting organization shall submit an
13application for approval to issue certificates of receipt in
14the form and manner prescribed by the Department, provided that
15each application shall include:
16        (1) documentary evidence that the scholarship granting
17    organization has been granted an exemption from taxation
18    under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code;
19        (2) certification that all qualified contributions and
20    any income derived from qualified contributions are
21    deposited and held in an account that is separate from the
22    scholarship granting organization's operating or other
23    funds until such qualified contributions or income are
24    withdrawn for use;
25        (3) certification that the scholarship granting

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 6 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    organization will use at least 95% of its annual revenue
2    from qualified contributions for scholarships;
3        (4) certification that the scholarship granting
4    organization will provide scholarships to eligible
5    students;
6        (5) a list of the names and addresses of all members of
7    the governing board of the scholarship granting
8    organization; and
9        (6) a copy of the most recent financial audit of the
10    scholarship granting organization's accounts and records
11    conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
12    accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in
13    the United States, government auditing standards, and
14    rules adopted by the Department.
15    (b) A scholarship granting organization whose owner or
16operator in the last 7 years has filed for personal bankruptcy
17or corporate bankruptcy in a corporation of which he or she
18owned more than 20% shall not be eligible to provide
19scholarships.
20    (c) A scholarship granting organization must not have an
21owner or operator who owns or operates a qualified school or
22has a family member who is a paid staff or board member of a
23participating qualified school.
24    (d) A scholarship granting organization shall comply with
25the anti-discrimination provisions of 42 U.S.C. 2000d.
26    (e) The Department shall review and either approve or deny

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 7 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1each application to issue certificates of receipt pursuant to
2this Act. Approval or denial of an application shall be made on
3a periodic basis. Applicants shall be notified of the
4Department's determination within 30 business days after the
5application is received.
6    (f) No scholarship granting organization shall issue any
7certificates of receipt without first being approved to issue
8certificates of receipt.
 
9    Section 20. Annual review.
10    (a) Each scholarship granting organization that receives
11approval to issue certificates of receipt shall file an
12application for recertification on an annual basis. Such
13application for recertification shall be in the form and manner
14prescribed by the Department and shall include:
15        (1) certification from the Director or Chief Executive
16    Officer of the organization that the organization has
17    complied with and continues to comply with the requirements
18    of this Act, including evidence of that compliance; and
19        (2) a copy of the organization's current financial
20    statements.
21    (b) The Department may revoke the approval of a scholarship
22granting organization to issue certificates of receipt upon a
23finding that the organization has violated this Act or any
24rules adopted under this Act. These violations shall include,
25but need not be limited to, any of the following:

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 8 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (1) failure to meet the requirements of this Act;
2        (2) failure to maintain full and adequate records with
3    respect to the receipt of qualified contributions;
4        (3) failure to supply such records to the Department;
5    or
6        (4) failure to provide notice to the Department of the
7    issuance of certificates of receipt pursuant to Section 35
8    of this Act.
9    (c) Within 5 days after the determination to revoke
10approval, the Department shall provide notice of the
11determination to the scholarship granting organization and
12information regarding the process to request a hearing to
13appeal the determination.
 
14    Section 25. Contribution authorization certificates.
15    (a) A taxpayer shall not be allowed a credit pursuant to
16this Act for any contribution to a scholarship granting
17organization that was made prior to the Department's issuance
18of a contribution authorization certificate for such
19contribution to the taxpayer.
20    (b) Prior to making a contribution to a scholarship
21granting organization, the taxpayer shall apply to the
22Department for a contribution authorization certificate.
23    (c) A taxpayer who makes more than one contribution to a
24scholarship granting organization must make a separate
25application for each such contribution authorization

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 9 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1certificate. The application shall be in the form and manner
2prescribed by the Department, provided that the application
3includes:
4        (1) the taxpayer's name and address;
5        (2) the amount the taxpayer will contribute; and
6        (3) any other information the Department deems
7    necessary.
8    (d) The Department may allow taxpayers to make multiple
9applications on the same form, provided that each application
10shall be treated as a separate application.
11    (e) The Department shall issue credit authorization
12certificates on a first-come, first-served basis based upon the
13date that the Department received the taxpayer's application
14for the certificate subject to the provisions of subsection (e)
15of Section 10 of this Act.
16    (f) A taxpayer's aggregate authorized contribution amount
17as listed on one or more authorized contribution certificates
18issued to the taxpayer shall not exceed the aggregate of the
19amounts listed on the taxpayer's applications submitted in
20accordance with this Section.
21    (g) Each contribution authorization certificate shall
22state:
23        (1) the date such certificate was issued;
24        (2) the date by which the authorized contributions
25    listed in the certificate must be made, which shall be 60
26    days from the date of the issuance of a credit

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 10 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    authorization certificate;
2        (3) the total amount of authorized contributions; and
3        (4) any other information the Department deems
4    necessary.
5    (h) Credit authorization certificates shall be mailed to
6the appropriate taxpayers within 3 business days after their
7issuance.
8    (i) A taxpayer may rescind all or part of an authorized
9contribution approved under this Act by providing written
10notice to the Department. Amounts rescinded shall no longer be
11deducted from the cap prescribed in Section 10 of this Act.
12    (j) The Department shall maintain on its website a running
13total of the amount of credits for which taxpayers may make
14applications for contribution authorization certification. The
15running total shall be updated every business day.
 
16    Section 30. Certificates of receipt.
17    (a) No scholarship granting organization shall issue a
18certificate of receipt for any qualified contribution made by a
19taxpayer under this Act unless that scholarship granting
20organization has been approved to issue certificates of receipt
21pursuant to Section 15 of this Act.
22    (b) No scholarship granting organization shall issue a
23certificate of receipt for a contribution made by a taxpayer
24unless the taxpayer has been issued a credit authorization
25certificate by the Department.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 11 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (c) If a taxpayer makes a contribution to a scholarship
2granting organization prior to the date by which the authorized
3contribution shall be made, the scholarship granting
4organization shall, within 30 days of receipt of the authorized
5contribution, issue to the taxpayer a written certificate of
6receipt.
7    (d) If a taxpayer fails to make all or a portion of a
8contribution prior to the date by which such authorized
9contribution is required to be made, the taxpayer shall not be
10entitled to a certificate of receipt for that portion of the
11authorized contribution not made.
12    (e) Each certificate of receipt shall state:
13        (1) the name and address of the issuing scholarship
14    granting organization;
15        (2) the taxpayer's name and address;
16        (3) the date for each qualified contribution;
17        (4) the amount of each qualified contribution;
18        (5) the total qualified contribution amount; and
19        (6) any other information that the Department may deem
20    necessary.
21    (f) Upon the issuance of a certificate of receipt, the
22issuing scholarship granting organization shall, within 10
23days after issuing the certificate of receipt, provide the
24Department with notification of the issuance of such
25certificate in the form and manner prescribed by the
26Department, provided that such notification shall include:

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 12 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (1) the taxpayer's name and address;
2        (2) the date of the issuance of a certificate of
3    receipt;
4        (3) the qualified contribution date or dates and the
5    amounts contributed on such dates;
6        (4) the total qualified contribution listed on such
7    certificates;
8        (5) the issuing scholarship granting organization's
9    name and address; and
10        (6) any other information the Department may deem
11    necessary.
12    (g) Any portion of a contribution that a taxpayer fails to
13make by the date indicated on the authorized contribution
14certificate shall no longer be deducted from the cap prescribed
15in Section 10 of this Act.
 
16    Section 35. Reports.
17    (a) Within 180 days after the end of its fiscal year, each
18scholarship granting organization must provide to the
19Department a copy of a financial audit of its accounts and
20records conducted by an independent certified public
21accountant in accordance with auditing standards generally
22accepted in the United States, government auditing standards,
23and rules adopted by the Department. The audit must include a
24report on financial statements presented in accordance with
25generally accepted accounting principles. The audit must

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 13 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1include evidence that no less than 95% of qualified
2contributions received were used to provide scholarships to
3eligible students. The Department shall review all audits
4submitted pursuant to this subsection. The Department shall
5request any significant items that were omitted in violation of
6a rule adopted by the Department. The items must be provided
7within 45 days after the date of request. If a scholarship
8granting organization does not comply with the Department's
9request, the Department may revoke the scholarship granting
10organization's ability to issue certificates of receipt.
11    (b) A scholarship granting organization that is approved to
12receive qualified contributions shall report to the
13Department, on a form prescribed by the Department, by January
1431 of each calendar year. The report shall include:
15        (1) the total number of certificates of receipt issued
16    during the immediately preceding calendar year;
17        (2) the total dollar amount of qualified contributions
18    received, as set forth in the certificates of receipt
19    issued during the immediately preceding calendar year;
20        (3) the total number of eligible students utilizing
21    scholarships for the immediately preceding calendar year
22    and the school year in progress and the total dollar value
23    of the scholarships;
24        (4) the name and address of each qualified school for
25    which scholarships using qualified contributions were
26    issued during the immediately preceding calendar year,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 14 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    detailing the number, grade, race, gender, income level,
2    and residency by Zip Code of eligible students and the
3    total dollar value of scholarships being utilized at each
4    qualified school by priority group, as identified in
5    subsection (d) of Section 40 of this Act; and
6        (5) any additional information requested by the
7    Department.
8    (c) On or before the last day of March for each calendar
9year, for the immediately preceding calendar year, the
10Department shall submit a written report to the Governor, the
11President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of
12Representatives, the Minority Leader of the Senate, and the
13Minority Leader of the House of Representatives regarding this
14Act. The report shall include, but not be limited to, the
15following information:
16        (1) the names and addresses of all scholarship granting
17    organizations approved to issue certificates of receipt;
18        (2) the number and aggregate total of certificates of
19    receipt issued by each scholarship granting organization;
20    and
21        (3) the information reported to the Department
22    required by subsection (b) of this Section.
23    (d) The sharing and reporting of student data under this
24Section must be in accordance with the requirements of the
25Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the Illinois
26School Student Records Act. All parties must preserve the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 15 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1confidentiality of such information as required by law. Data
2reported by the Department under subsection (c) of this Section
3must not disaggregate data to a level that will disclose
4demographic data of individual students.
 
5    Section 40. Scholarship granting organization
6responsibilities.
7    (a) Before granting a scholarship for an academic year, all
8scholarship granting organizations shall assess and document
9each student's eligibility for the academic year.
10    (b) A scholarship granting organization shall grant
11scholarships only to eligible students.
12    (c) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an
13eligible student to attend any qualified school of the
14student's choosing, subject to the availability of funds.
15    (d) In granting scholarships, a scholarship granting
16organization shall give priority to the following priority
17groups:
18        (1) eligible students who received a scholarship from a
19    scholarship granting organization during the previous
20    school year;
21        (2) eligible students who are members of a household
22    whose previous year's total annual income does not exceed
23    185% of the federal poverty level;
24        (3) eligible students who reside within a focus
25    district; and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 16 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (4) eligible students who are siblings of students
2    currently receiving a scholarship.
3    (d-5) A scholarship granting organization shall begin
4granting scholarships no later than February 1 preceding the
5school year for which the scholarship is sought. The priority
6groups identified in subsection (d) of this Section shall be
7eligible to receive scholarships on a first-come, first-served
8basis until the April 1 immediately preceding the school year
9for which the scholarship is sought. Applications for
10scholarships for eligible students meeting the qualifications
11of one or more priority groups that are received before April 1
12must be either approved or denied within 10 business days after
13receipt. Beginning April 1, all eligible students shall be
14eligible to receive scholarships without regard to the priority
15groups identified in subsection (d) of this Section.
16    (e) Except as provided in subsection (e-5) of this Section,
17scholarships shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the statewide
18average operational expense per student among public schools or
19(ii) the necessary costs and fees for attendance at the
20qualified school. Scholarships shall be prorated as follows:
21        (1) for eligible students whose household income is
22    less than 185% of the federal poverty level, the
23    scholarship shall be 100% of the amount determined pursuant
24    to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this
25    Section;
26        (2) for eligible students whose household income is

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 17 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    185% or more of the federal poverty level but less than
2    250% of the federal poverty level, the average of
3    scholarships shall be 75% of the amount determined pursuant
4    to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this
5    Section; and
6        (3) for eligible students whose household income is
7    250% or more of the federal poverty level, the average of
8    scholarships shall be 50% of the amount determined pursuant
9    to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this
10    Section.
11    (e-5) The statewide average operational expense per
12student among public schools shall be multiplied by the
13following factors:
14        (1) for students determined eligible to receive
15    services under the federal Individuals with Disabilities
16    Education Act, 2;
17        (2) for students who are English learners, as defined
18    in subsection (d) of Section 14C-2 of the School Code, 1.2;
19    and
20        (3) for students who are gifted and talented children,
21    as defined in Section 14A-20 of the School Code, 1.1.
22    (f) A scholarship granting organization shall distribute
23scholarship payments to the participating school where the
24student is enrolled.
25    (g) For the 2018-2019 school year through the 2021-2022
26school year, each scholarship granting organization shall

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 18 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1expend no less than 75% of the qualified contributions received
2during the calendar year in which the qualified contributions
3were received. No more than 25% of the qualified contributions
4may be carried forward to the following calendar year.
5    (h) For the 2022-2023 school year, each scholarship
6granting organization shall expend all qualified contributions
7received during the calendar year in which the qualified
8contributions were received. No qualified contributions may be
9carried forward to the following calendar year.
10    (i) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an
11eligible student to transfer a scholarship during a school year
12to any other participating school of the custodian's choice.
13Such scholarships shall be prorated.
14    (j) With the prior approval of the Department, a
15scholarship granting organization may transfer funds to
16another scholarship granting organization if additional funds
17are required to meet scholarship demands at the receiving
18scholarship granting organization. All transferred funds must
19be deposited by the receiving scholarship granting
20organization into its scholarship accounts. All transferred
21amounts received by any scholarship granting organization must
22be separately disclosed to the Department.
23    (k) If the approval of a scholarship granting organization
24is revoked as provided in Section 20 of this Act or the
25scholarship granting organization is dissolved, all remaining
26qualified contributions of the scholarship granting

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 19 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1organization shall be transferred to another scholarship
2granting organization. All transferred funds must be deposited
3by the receiving scholarship granting organization into its
4scholarship accounts.
5    (l) Scholarship granting organizations shall make
6reasonable efforts to advertise the availability of
7scholarships to eligible students.
 
8    Section 45. State Board responsibilities.
9    (a) Beginning in the 2019-2020 school year, students who
10have been granted a scholarship under this Act shall be
11annually assessed at the qualified school where the student
12attends school in the same manner in which students that attend
13public schools are annually assessed pursuant to Section
142-3.64a-5 of the School Code. Such qualified school shall pay
15costs associated with this requirement.
16    (b) The Board shall select an independent research
17organization, which may be a public or private entity or
18university, to which participating qualified schools must
19report the scores of students who are receiving scholarships
20and are assessed pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section.
21Costs associated with the independent research organization
22shall be paid by the scholarship granting organizations on a
23per-pupil basis or by gifts, grants, or donations received by
24the Board under subsection (d) of this Section, as determined
25by the Board. The independent research organization must

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 20 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1annually report to the Board on the year-to-year learning gains
2of students receiving scholarships on a statewide basis. The
3report shall also include, to the extent possible, a comparison
4of these learning gains to the statewide learning gains of
5public school students with socioeconomic backgrounds similar
6to those of students receiving scholarships. The annual report
7shall be delivered to the Board and published on its website.
8    (c) Beginning within 120 days after the Board first
9receives the annual report by the independent research
10organization as provided in subsection (b) of this Section and
11on an annual basis thereafter, the Board shall submit a written
12report to the Governor, the President of the Senate, the
13Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Minority Leader of
14the Senate, and the Minority Leader of the House of
15Representatives regarding this Act. Such report shall include
16an evaluation of the academic performance of students receiving
17scholarships and recommendations for improving student
18performance.
19    (d) Subject to the State Officials and Employees Ethics
20Act, the Board may receive and expend gifts, grants, and
21donations of any kind from any public or private entity to
22carry out the purposes of this Section, subject to the terms
23and conditions under which the gifts are given, provided that
24all such terms and conditions are permissible under law.
25    (e) The sharing and reporting of student learning gain data
26under this Section must be in accordance with requirements of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 21 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the Illinois
2School Student Records Act. All parties must preserve the
3confidentiality of such information as required by law. The
4annual report must not disaggregate data to a level that will
5disclose the academic level of individual students.
 
6    Section 50. Qualified school responsibilities. A qualified
7school that accepts scholarship students must do all of the
8following:
9        (1) provide to a scholarship granting organization,
10    upon request, all documentation required for the student's
11    participation, including the non-public school's cost and
12    student's fee schedules;
13        (2) be academically accountable to the custodian for
14    meeting the educational needs of the student by:
15            (A) at a minimum, annually providing to the
16        custodian a written explanation of the student's
17        progress; and
18            (B) annually administering assessments required by
19        subsection (a) of Section 45 of this Act in the same
20        manner in which they are administered at public schools
21        pursuant to Section 2-3.64a-5 of the School Code; the
22        Board shall bill participating qualified schools for
23        all costs associated with administering assessments
24        required by this paragraph; the participating
25        qualified schools shall ensure that all test security

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 22 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        and assessment administration procedures are followed;
2        participating qualified schools must report individual
3        student scores to the custodians of the students; the
4        independent research organization described in
5        subsection (b) of Section 45 of this Act shall be
6        provided all student score data in a secure manner by
7        the participating qualified school.
8    The inability of a qualified school to meet the
9requirements of this Section shall constitute a basis for the
10ineligibility of the qualified school to participate in the
11scholarship program as determined by the Board.
 
12    Section 55. Custodian and student responsibilities.
13    (a) The custodian must select a qualified school and apply
14for the admission of his or her child.
15    (b) The custodian shall ensure that the student
16participating in the scholarship program takes the assessment
17required by subsection (a) of Section 45 of this Act.
18    (c) Each custodian and each student has an obligation to
19comply with the qualified school's published policies.
20    (d) The custodian shall authorize the scholarship granting
21organization to access information needed for income
22eligibility determinations.
 
23    Section 60. Recordkeeping; rulemaking; violations.
24    (a) Each taxpayer shall, for each taxable year for which

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 23 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the tax credit provided for under this Act is claimed, maintain
2records of the following information: (i) contribution
3authorization certificates obtained under Section 25 of this
4Act and (ii) certificates of receipt obtained under Section 30
5of this Act.
6    (b) The Board and the Department may adopt rules consistent
7with and necessary for the implementation of this Act.
8    (c) Violations of State laws or rules and complaints
9relating to program participation shall be referred to the
10Attorney General.
 
11    Section 65. Credit period; repeal.
12    (a) A taxpayer may take a credit under this Act for tax
13years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and ending before
14January 1, 2023. A taxpayer may not take a credit pursuant to
15this Act for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2023.
16    (b) This Act is repealed on January 1, 2024.
 
17    Section 900. The Open Meetings Act is amended by changing
18Section 2 as follows:
 
19    (5 ILCS 120/2)  (from Ch. 102, par. 42)
20    Sec. 2. Open meetings.
21    (a) Openness required. All meetings of public bodies shall
22be open to the public unless excepted in subsection (c) and
23closed in accordance with Section 2a.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 24 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (b) Construction of exceptions. The exceptions contained
2in subsection (c) are in derogation of the requirement that
3public bodies meet in the open, and therefore, the exceptions
4are to be strictly construed, extending only to subjects
5clearly within their scope. The exceptions authorize but do not
6require the holding of a closed meeting to discuss a subject
7included within an enumerated exception.
8    (c) Exceptions. A public body may hold closed meetings to
9consider the following subjects:
10        (1) The appointment, employment, compensation,
11    discipline, performance, or dismissal of specific
12    employees of the public body or legal counsel for the
13    public body, including hearing testimony on a complaint
14    lodged against an employee of the public body or against
15    legal counsel for the public body to determine its
16    validity. However, a meeting to consider an increase in
17    compensation to a specific employee of a public body that
18    is subject to the Local Government Wage Increase
19    Transparency Act may not be closed and shall be open to the
20    public and posted and held in accordance with this Act.
21        (2) Collective negotiating matters between the public
22    body and its employees or their representatives, or
23    deliberations concerning salary schedules for one or more
24    classes of employees.
25        (3) The selection of a person to fill a public office,
26    as defined in this Act, including a vacancy in a public

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 25 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    office, when the public body is given power to appoint
2    under law or ordinance, or the discipline, performance or
3    removal of the occupant of a public office, when the public
4    body is given power to remove the occupant under law or
5    ordinance.
6        (4) Evidence or testimony presented in open hearing, or
7    in closed hearing where specifically authorized by law, to
8    a quasi-adjudicative body, as defined in this Act, provided
9    that the body prepares and makes available for public
10    inspection a written decision setting forth its
11    determinative reasoning.
12        (5) The purchase or lease of real property for the use
13    of the public body, including meetings held for the purpose
14    of discussing whether a particular parcel should be
15    acquired.
16        (6) The setting of a price for sale or lease of
17    property owned by the public body.
18        (7) The sale or purchase of securities, investments, or
19    investment contracts. This exception shall not apply to the
20    investment of assets or income of funds deposited into the
21    Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund.
22        (8) Security procedures, school building safety and
23    security, and the use of personnel and equipment to respond
24    to an actual, a threatened, or a reasonably potential
25    danger to the safety of employees, students, staff, the
26    public, or public property.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 26 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (9) Student disciplinary cases.
2        (10) The placement of individual students in special
3    education programs and other matters relating to
4    individual students.
5        (11) Litigation, when an action against, affecting or
6    on behalf of the particular public body has been filed and
7    is pending before a court or administrative tribunal, or
8    when the public body finds that an action is probable or
9    imminent, in which case the basis for the finding shall be
10    recorded and entered into the minutes of the closed
11    meeting.
12        (12) The establishment of reserves or settlement of
13    claims as provided in the Local Governmental and
14    Governmental Employees Tort Immunity Act, if otherwise the
15    disposition of a claim or potential claim might be
16    prejudiced, or the review or discussion of claims, loss or
17    risk management information, records, data, advice or
18    communications from or with respect to any insurer of the
19    public body or any intergovernmental risk management
20    association or self insurance pool of which the public body
21    is a member.
22        (13) Conciliation of complaints of discrimination in
23    the sale or rental of housing, when closed meetings are
24    authorized by the law or ordinance prescribing fair housing
25    practices and creating a commission or administrative
26    agency for their enforcement.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 27 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (14) Informant sources, the hiring or assignment of
2    undercover personnel or equipment, or ongoing, prior or
3    future criminal investigations, when discussed by a public
4    body with criminal investigatory responsibilities.
5        (15) Professional ethics or performance when
6    considered by an advisory body appointed to advise a
7    licensing or regulatory agency on matters germane to the
8    advisory body's field of competence.
9        (16) Self evaluation, practices and procedures or
10    professional ethics, when meeting with a representative of
11    a statewide association of which the public body is a
12    member.
13        (17) The recruitment, credentialing, discipline or
14    formal peer review of physicians or other health care
15    professionals, or for the discussion of matters protected
16    under the federal Patient Safety and Quality Improvement
17    Act of 2005, and the regulations promulgated thereunder,
18    including 42 C.F.R. Part 3 (73 FR 70732), or the federal
19    Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of
20    1996, and the regulations promulgated thereunder,
21    including 45 C.F.R. Parts 160, 162, and 164, by a hospital,
22    or other institution providing medical care, that is
23    operated by the public body.
24        (18) Deliberations for decisions of the Prisoner
25    Review Board.
26        (19) Review or discussion of applications received

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 28 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    under the Experimental Organ Transplantation Procedures
2    Act.
3        (20) The classification and discussion of matters
4    classified as confidential or continued confidential by
5    the State Government Suggestion Award Board.
6        (21) Discussion of minutes of meetings lawfully closed
7    under this Act, whether for purposes of approval by the
8    body of the minutes or semi-annual review of the minutes as
9    mandated by Section 2.06.
10        (22) Deliberations for decisions of the State
11    Emergency Medical Services Disciplinary Review Board.
12        (23) The operation by a municipality of a municipal
13    utility or the operation of a municipal power agency or
14    municipal natural gas agency when the discussion involves
15    (i) contracts relating to the purchase, sale, or delivery
16    of electricity or natural gas or (ii) the results or
17    conclusions of load forecast studies.
18        (24) Meetings of a residential health care facility
19    resident sexual assault and death review team or the
20    Executive Council under the Abuse Prevention Review Team
21    Act.
22        (25) Meetings of an independent team of experts under
23    Brian's Law.
24        (26) Meetings of a mortality review team appointed
25    under the Department of Juvenile Justice Mortality Review
26    Team Act.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 29 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (27) (Blank).
2        (28) Correspondence and records (i) that may not be
3    disclosed under Section 11-9 of the Illinois Public Aid
4    Code or (ii) that pertain to appeals under Section 11-8 of
5    the Illinois Public Aid Code.
6        (29) Meetings between internal or external auditors
7    and governmental audit committees, finance committees, and
8    their equivalents, when the discussion involves internal
9    control weaknesses, identification of potential fraud risk
10    areas, known or suspected frauds, and fraud interviews
11    conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing
12    standards of the United States of America.
13        (30) Those meetings or portions of meetings of a
14    fatality review team or the Illinois Fatality Review Team
15    Advisory Council during which a review of the death of an
16    eligible adult in which abuse or neglect is suspected,
17    alleged, or substantiated is conducted pursuant to Section
18    15 of the Adult Protective Services Act.
19        (31) Meetings and deliberations for decisions of the
20    Concealed Carry Licensing Review Board under the Firearm
21    Concealed Carry Act.
22        (32) Meetings between the Regional Transportation
23    Authority Board and its Service Boards when the discussion
24    involves review by the Regional Transportation Authority
25    Board of employment contracts under Section 28d of the
26    Metropolitan Transit Authority Act and Sections 3A.18 and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 30 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    3B.26 of the Regional Transportation Authority Act.
2        (33) Those meetings or portions of meetings of the
3    advisory committee and peer review subcommittee created
4    under Section 320 of the Illinois Controlled Substances Act
5    during which specific controlled substance prescriber,
6    dispenser, or patient information is discussed.
7        (34) Meetings of the Tax Increment Financing Reform
8    Task Force under Section 2505-800 of the Department of
9    Revenue Law of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois.
10    (d) Definitions. For purposes of this Section:
11    "Employee" means a person employed by a public body whose
12relationship with the public body constitutes an
13employer-employee relationship under the usual common law
14rules, and who is not an independent contractor.
15    "Public office" means a position created by or under the
16Constitution or laws of this State, the occupant of which is
17charged with the exercise of some portion of the sovereign
18power of this State. The term "public office" shall include
19members of the public body, but it shall not include
20organizational positions filled by members thereof, whether
21established by law or by a public body itself, that exist to
22assist the body in the conduct of its business.
23    "Quasi-adjudicative body" means an administrative body
24charged by law or ordinance with the responsibility to conduct
25hearings, receive evidence or testimony and make
26determinations based thereon, but does not include local

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 31 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1electoral boards when such bodies are considering petition
2challenges.
3    (e) Final action. No final action may be taken at a closed
4meeting. Final action shall be preceded by a public recital of
5the nature of the matter being considered and other information
6that will inform the public of the business being conducted.
7(Source: P.A. 98-49, eff. 7-1-13; 98-63, eff. 7-9-13; 98-756,
8eff. 7-16-14; 98-1027, eff. 1-1-15; 98-1039, eff. 8-25-14;
999-78, eff. 7-20-15; 99-235, eff. 1-1-16; 99-480, eff. 9-9-15;
1099-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-646, eff. 7-28-16; 99-687, eff.
111-1-17; revised 9-21-16.)
 
12    Section 902. The Freedom of Information Act is amended by
13changing Section 7.5 as follows:
 
14    (5 ILCS 140/7.5)
15    Sec. 7.5. Statutory exemptions. To the extent provided for
16by the statutes referenced below, the following shall be exempt
17from inspection and copying:
18        (a) All information determined to be confidential
19    under Section 4002 of the Technology Advancement and
20    Development Act.
21        (b) Library circulation and order records identifying
22    library users with specific materials under the Library
23    Records Confidentiality Act.
24        (c) Applications, related documents, and medical

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 32 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    records received by the Experimental Organ Transplantation
2    Procedures Board and any and all documents or other records
3    prepared by the Experimental Organ Transplantation
4    Procedures Board or its staff relating to applications it
5    has received.
6        (d) Information and records held by the Department of
7    Public Health and its authorized representatives relating
8    to known or suspected cases of sexually transmissible
9    disease or any information the disclosure of which is
10    restricted under the Illinois Sexually Transmissible
11    Disease Control Act.
12        (e) Information the disclosure of which is exempted
13    under Section 30 of the Radon Industry Licensing Act.
14        (f) Firm performance evaluations under Section 55 of
15    the Architectural, Engineering, and Land Surveying
16    Qualifications Based Selection Act.
17        (g) Information the disclosure of which is restricted
18    and exempted under Section 50 of the Illinois Prepaid
19    Tuition Act.
20        (h) Information the disclosure of which is exempted
21    under the State Officials and Employees Ethics Act, and
22    records of any lawfully created State or local inspector
23    general's office that would be exempt if created or
24    obtained by an Executive Inspector General's office under
25    that Act.
26        (i) Information contained in a local emergency energy

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 33 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    plan submitted to a municipality in accordance with a local
2    emergency energy plan ordinance that is adopted under
3    Section 11-21.5-5 of the Illinois Municipal Code.
4        (j) Information and data concerning the distribution
5    of surcharge moneys collected and remitted by wireless
6    carriers under the Wireless Emergency Telephone Safety
7    Act.
8        (k) Law enforcement officer identification information
9    or driver identification information compiled by a law
10    enforcement agency or the Department of Transportation
11    under Section 11-212 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
12        (l) Records and information provided to a residential
13    health care facility resident sexual assault and death
14    review team or the Executive Council under the Abuse
15    Prevention Review Team Act.
16        (m) Information provided to the predatory lending
17    database created pursuant to Article 3 of the Residential
18    Real Property Disclosure Act, except to the extent
19    authorized under that Article.
20        (n) Defense budgets and petitions for certification of
21    compensation and expenses for court appointed trial
22    counsel as provided under Sections 10 and 15 of the Capital
23    Crimes Litigation Act. This subsection (n) shall apply
24    until the conclusion of the trial of the case, even if the
25    prosecution chooses not to pursue the death penalty prior
26    to trial or sentencing.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 34 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (o) Information that is prohibited from being
2    disclosed under Section 4 of the Illinois Health and
3    Hazardous Substances Registry Act.
4        (p) Security portions of system safety program plans,
5    investigation reports, surveys, schedules, lists, data, or
6    information compiled, collected, or prepared by or for the
7    Regional Transportation Authority under Section 2.11 of
8    the Regional Transportation Authority Act or the St. Clair
9    County Transit District under the Bi-State Transit Safety
10    Act.
11        (q) Information prohibited from being disclosed by the
12    Personnel Records Review Act.
13        (r) Information prohibited from being disclosed by the
14    Illinois School Student Records Act.
15        (s) Information the disclosure of which is restricted
16    under Section 5-108 of the Public Utilities Act.
17        (t) All identified or deidentified health information
18    in the form of health data or medical records contained in,
19    stored in, submitted to, transferred by, or released from
20    the Illinois Health Information Exchange, and identified
21    or deidentified health information in the form of health
22    data and medical records of the Illinois Health Information
23    Exchange in the possession of the Illinois Health
24    Information Exchange Authority due to its administration
25    of the Illinois Health Information Exchange. The terms
26    "identified" and "deidentified" shall be given the same

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 35 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    meaning as in the Health Insurance Portability and
2    Accountability Act of 1996, Public Law 104-191, or any
3    subsequent amendments thereto, and any regulations
4    promulgated thereunder.
5        (u) Records and information provided to an independent
6    team of experts under Brian's Law.
7        (v) Names and information of people who have applied
8    for or received Firearm Owner's Identification Cards under
9    the Firearm Owners Identification Card Act or applied for
10    or received a concealed carry license under the Firearm
11    Concealed Carry Act, unless otherwise authorized by the
12    Firearm Concealed Carry Act; and databases under the
13    Firearm Concealed Carry Act, records of the Concealed Carry
14    Licensing Review Board under the Firearm Concealed Carry
15    Act, and law enforcement agency objections under the
16    Firearm Concealed Carry Act.
17        (w) Personally identifiable information which is
18    exempted from disclosure under subsection (g) of Section
19    19.1 of the Toll Highway Act.
20        (x) Information which is exempted from disclosure
21    under Section 5-1014.3 of the Counties Code or Section
22    8-11-21 of the Illinois Municipal Code.
23        (y) Confidential information under the Adult
24    Protective Services Act and its predecessor enabling
25    statute, the Elder Abuse and Neglect Act, including
26    information about the identity and administrative finding

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 36 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    against any caregiver of a verified and substantiated
2    decision of abuse, neglect, or financial exploitation of an
3    eligible adult maintained in the Registry established
4    under Section 7.5 of the Adult Protective Services Act.
5        (z) Records and information provided to a fatality
6    review team or the Illinois Fatality Review Team Advisory
7    Council under Section 15 of the Adult Protective Services
8    Act.
9        (aa) Information which is exempted from disclosure
10    under Section 2.37 of the Wildlife Code.
11        (bb) Information which is or was prohibited from
12    disclosure by the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
13        (cc) Recordings made under the Law Enforcement
14    Officer-Worn Body Camera Act, except to the extent
15    authorized under that Act.
16        (dd) Information that is prohibited from being
17    disclosed under Section 45 of the Condominium and Common
18    Interest Community Ombudsperson Act.
19        (ee) (dd) Information that is exempted from disclosure
20    under Section 30.1 of the Pharmacy Practice Act.
21        (ff) Information which is exempted from disclosure
22    under Section 2505-800 of the Department of Revenue Law of
23    the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois.
24(Source: P.A. 98-49, eff. 7-1-13; 98-63, eff. 7-9-13; 98-756,
25eff. 7-16-14; 98-1039, eff. 8-25-14; 98-1045, eff. 8-25-14;
2699-78, eff. 7-20-15; 99-298, eff. 8-6-15; 99-352, eff. 1-1-16;

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 37 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

199-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-776, eff. 8-12-16; 99-863, eff.
28-19-16; revised 9-1-16.)
 
3    Section 904. The Election Code is amended by changing
4Section 28-2 as follows:
 
5    (10 ILCS 5/28-2)  (from Ch. 46, par. 28-2)
6    Sec. 28-2. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this
7Section, petitions for the submission of public questions to
8referendum must be filed with the appropriate officer or board
9not less than 92 days prior to a regular election to be
10eligible for submission on the ballot at such election; and
11petitions for the submission of a question under Section 18-120
12or Section 18-206 of the Property Tax Code must be filed with
13the appropriate officer or board not more than 10 months nor
14less than 6 months prior to the election at which such question
15is to be submitted to the voters.
16    (b) However, petitions for the submission of a public
17question to referendum which proposes the creation or formation
18of a political subdivision must be filed with the appropriate
19officer or board not less than 122 days prior to a regular
20election to be eligible for submission on the ballot at such
21election.
22    (c) Resolutions or ordinances of governing boards of
23political subdivisions which initiate the submission of public
24questions pursuant to law must be adopted not less than 79 days

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 38 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1before a regularly scheduled election to be eligible for
2submission on the ballot at such election.
3    (d) A petition, resolution or ordinance initiating the
4submission of a public question may specify a regular election
5at which the question is to be submitted, and must so specify
6if the statute authorizing the public question requires
7submission at a particular election. However, no petition,
8resolution or ordinance initiating the submission of a public
9question, other than a legislative resolution initiating an
10amendment to the Constitution, may specify such submission at
11an election more than one year, or 15 months in the case of a
12back door referendum as defined in subsection (f), after the
13date on which it is filed or adopted, as the case may be. A
14petition, resolution or ordinance initiating a public question
15which specifies a particular election at which the question is
16to be submitted shall be so limited, and shall not be valid as
17to any other election, other than an emergency referendum
18ordered pursuant to Section 2A-1.4.
19    (e) If a petition initiating a public question does not
20specify a regularly scheduled election, the public question
21shall be submitted to referendum at the next regular election
22occurring not less than 92 days after the filing of the
23petition, or not less than 122 days after the filing of a
24petition for referendum to create a political subdivision. If a
25resolution or ordinance initiating a public question does not
26specify a regularly scheduled election, the public question

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 39 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall be submitted to referendum at the next regular election
2occurring not less than 79 days after the adoption of the
3resolution or ordinance.
4    (f) In the case of back door referenda, any limitations in
5another statute authorizing such a referendum which restrict
6the time in which the initiating petition may be validly filed
7shall apply to such petition, in addition to the filing
8deadlines specified in this Section for submission at a
9particular election. In the case of any back door referendum,
10the publication of the ordinance or resolution of the political
11subdivision shall include a notice of (1) the specific number
12of voters required to sign a petition requesting that a public
13question be submitted to the voters of the subdivision; (2) the
14time within which the petition must be filed; and (3) the date
15of the prospective referendum. The secretary or clerk of the
16political subdivision shall provide a petition form to any
17individual requesting one. The legal sufficiency of that form,
18if provided by the secretary or clerk of the political
19subdivision, cannot be the basis of a challenge to placing the
20back door referendum on the ballot. As used herein, a "back
21door referendum" is the submission of a public question to the
22voters of a political subdivision, initiated by a petition of
23voters or residents of such political subdivision, to determine
24whether an action by the governing body of such subdivision
25shall be adopted or rejected.
26    (g) A petition for the incorporation or formation of a new

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 40 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1political subdivision whose officers are to be elected rather
2than appointed must have attached to it an affidavit attesting
3that at least 122 days and no more than 152 days prior to such
4election notice of intention to file such petition was
5published in a newspaper published within the proposed
6political subdivision, or if none, in a newspaper of general
7circulation within the territory of the proposed political
8subdivision in substantially the following form:
9
NOTICE OF PETITION TO FORM A NEW........
10    Residents of the territory described below are notified
11that a petition will or has been filed in the Office
12of............requesting a referendum to establish a
13new........, to be called the............
14    *The officers of the new...........will be elected on the
15same day as the referendum. Candidates for the governing board
16of the new......may file nominating petitions with the officer
17named above until...........
18    The territory proposed to comprise the new........is
19described as follows:
20        (description of territory included in petition)
21        (signature)....................................
22        Name and address of person or persons proposing
23        the new political subdivision.
24    * Where applicable.
25    Failure to file such affidavit, or failure to publish the
26required notice with the correct information contained therein

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 41 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall render the petition, and any referendum held pursuant to
2such petition, null and void.
3    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
4subsection (g) or any other provisions of this Code, the
5publication of notice and affidavit requirements of this
6subsection (g) shall not apply to any petition filed under
7Article 7 or 11E of the School Code nor to any referendum held
8pursuant to any such petition, and neither any petition filed
9under any of those Articles nor any referendum held pursuant to
10any such petition shall be rendered null and void because of
11the failure to file an affidavit or publish a notice with
12respect to the petition or referendum as required under this
13subsection (g) for petitions that are not filed under any of
14those Articles of the School Code.
15(Source: P.A. 96-1008, eff. 7-6-10.)
 
16    Section 905. The Economic Development Area Tax Increment
17Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as follows:
 
18    (20 ILCS 620/7)  (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 1007)
19    Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a
20municipality has adopted tax increment allocation financing
21for an economic development project area by ordinance, the
22county clerk has thereafter certified the "total initial
23equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within
24such economic development project area in the manner provided

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 42 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1in Section 6 of this Act, and the Department has approved and
2certified the economic development project area, each year
3after the date of the certification by the county clerk of the
4"total initial equalized assessed value" until economic
5development project costs and all municipal obligations
6financing economic development project costs have been paid,
7the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the
8taxable real property in the economic development project area
9by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner
10provided in subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act shall be
11divided as follows:
12    (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable lot,
13block, tract or parcel of real property which is attributable
14to the lower of the current equalized assessed value or the
15initial equalized assessed value of each such taxable lot,
16block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at the time
17tax increment allocation financing was adopted, shall be
18allocated to and when collected shall be paid by the county
19collector to the respective affected taxing districts in the
20manner required by law in the absence of the adoption of tax
21increment allocation financing.
22    (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is
23attributable to the increase in the current equalized assessed
24valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
25property in the economic development project area, over and
26above the initial equalized assessed value of each property

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 43 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1existing at the time tax increment allocation financing was
2adopted, shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid
3to the municipal treasurer, who shall deposit those taxes into
4a special fund called the special tax allocation fund of the
5municipality for the purpose of paying economic development
6project costs and obligations incurred in the payment thereof.
7    The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax increment
8allocation financing, may pledge the funds in and to be
9deposited in the special tax allocation fund for the payment of
10obligations issued under this Act and for the payment of
11economic development project costs. No part of the current
12equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic
13development project area attributable to any increase above the
14total initial equalized assessed value, of such properties
15shall be used in calculating the general State school aid
16formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or
17the evidence-based funding formula, provided for in Section
1818-8.15 of the School Code, until such time as all economic
19development projects costs have been paid as provided for in
20this Section.
21    When the economic development project costs, including
22without limitation all municipal obligations financing
23economic development project costs incurred under this Act,
24have been paid, all surplus funds then remaining in the special
25tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being paid by the
26municipal treasurer to the county collector, who shall

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 44 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1immediately thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts
2having taxable property in the economic development project
3area in the same manner and proportion as the most recent
4distribution by the county collector to those taxing districts
5of real property taxes from real property in the economic
6development project area.
7    Upon the payment of all economic development project costs,
8retirement of obligations and the distribution of any excess
9monies pursuant to this Section the municipality shall adopt an
10ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
11economic development project area, terminating the economic
12development project area, and terminating the use of tax
13increment allocation financing for the economic development
14project area. Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts
15shall be extended and taxes levied, collected and distributed
16in the manner applicable in the absence of the adoption of tax
17increment allocation financing.
18    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
19property in economic development project areas from being
20assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code, or as relieving
21owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as
22required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
23Constitution.
24(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
 
25    Section 910. The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 45 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1(Department of Revenue Law) is amended by adding Section
22505-800 as follows:
 
3    (20 ILCS 2505/2505-800 new)
4    Sec. 2505-800. Tax Increment Financing Reform Task Force.
5    (a) There is hereby created the Tax Increment Financing
6Reform Task Force which shall consist of the following members:
7        (1) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the
8    President of the Senate;
9        (2) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the
10    Minority Leader of the Senate;
11        (3) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the
12    Speaker of the House of Representatives; and
13        (4) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the
14    Minority Leader of the House of Representatives.
15    (b) The members of the Task Force shall elect one co-chair
16from each legislative caucus, who shall call meetings of the
17Task Force to order. The Task Force shall hold an initial
18meeting within 60 days after the effective date of this
19amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly.
20    (c) The Task Force shall conduct a study examining current
21Tax Increment Financing (TIF) laws in this State and issues
22that include, but are not limited to:
23        (1) the benefits and costs of TIF districts;
24        (2) the interaction between TIF law and school funding;
25        (3) the expenditure of TIF funds; and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 46 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (4) the expenditure of TIF surplus funds.
2    (d) The Task Force shall report the findings of the study
3and any recommendations to the General Assembly on or before
4April 1, 2018, at which time the Task Force shall be dissolved.
5    (e) The Department of Revenue shall provide staff and
6administrative support to the Task Force, and shall post on its
7website the report under subsection (d) of this Section.
8    (f) The Task Force is exempt from any requirements under
9the Freedom of Information Act and Open Meetings Act.
10    (g) This Section is repealed on April 30, 2018.
 
11    Section 915. The State Finance Act is amended by changing
12Section 13.2 as follows:
 
13    (30 ILCS 105/13.2)  (from Ch. 127, par. 149.2)
14    Sec. 13.2. Transfers among line item appropriations.
15    (a) Transfers among line item appropriations from the same
16treasury fund for the objects specified in this Section may be
17made in the manner provided in this Section when the balance
18remaining in one or more such line item appropriations is
19insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was
20made.
21    (a-1) No transfers may be made from one agency to another
22agency, nor may transfers be made from one institution of
23higher education to another institution of higher education
24except as provided by subsection (a-4).

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 47 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (a-2) Except as otherwise provided in this Section,
2transfers may be made only among the objects of expenditure
3enumerated in this Section, except that no funds may be
4transferred from any appropriation for personal services, from
5any appropriation for State contributions to the State
6Employees' Retirement System, from any separate appropriation
7for employee retirement contributions paid by the employer, nor
8from any appropriation for State contribution for employee
9group insurance. During State fiscal year 2005, an agency may
10transfer amounts among its appropriations within the same
11treasury fund for personal services, employee retirement
12contributions paid by employer, and State Contributions to
13retirement systems; notwithstanding and in addition to the
14transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section, the
15fiscal year 2005 transfers authorized in this sentence may be
16made in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount
17appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund. During
18State fiscal year 2007, the Departments of Children and Family
19Services, Corrections, Human Services, and Juvenile Justice
20may transfer amounts among their respective appropriations
21within the same treasury fund for personal services, employee
22retirement contributions paid by employer, and State
23contributions to retirement systems. During State fiscal year
242010, the Department of Transportation may transfer amounts
25among their respective appropriations within the same treasury
26fund for personal services, employee retirement contributions

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 48 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1paid by employer, and State contributions to retirement
2systems. During State fiscal years 2010 and 2014 only, an
3agency may transfer amounts among its respective
4appropriations within the same treasury fund for personal
5services, employee retirement contributions paid by employer,
6and State contributions to retirement systems.
7Notwithstanding, and in addition to, the transfers authorized
8in subsection (c) of this Section, these transfers may be made
9in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount
10appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund.
11    (a-2.5) During State fiscal year 2015 only, the State's
12Attorneys Appellate Prosecutor may transfer amounts among its
13respective appropriations contained in operational line items
14within the same treasury fund. Notwithstanding, and in addition
15to, the transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section,
16these transfers may be made in an amount not to exceed 4% of
17the aggregate amount appropriated to the State's Attorneys
18Appellate Prosecutor within the same treasury fund.
19    (a-3) Further, if an agency receives a separate
20appropriation for employee retirement contributions paid by
21the employer, any transfer by that agency into an appropriation
22for personal services must be accompanied by a corresponding
23transfer into the appropriation for employee retirement
24contributions paid by the employer, in an amount sufficient to
25meet the employer share of the employee contributions required
26to be remitted to the retirement system.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 49 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (a-4) Long-Term Care Rebalancing. The Governor may
2designate amounts set aside for institutional services
3appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State
4fund that receives monies for long-term care services to be
5transferred to all State agencies responsible for the
6administration of community-based long-term care programs,
7including, but not limited to, community-based long-term care
8programs administered by the Department of Healthcare and
9Family Services, the Department of Human Services, and the
10Department on Aging, provided that the Director of Healthcare
11and Family Services first certifies that the amounts being
12transferred are necessary for the purpose of assisting persons
13in or at risk of being in institutional care to transition to
14community-based settings, including the financial data needed
15to prove the need for the transfer of funds. The total amounts
16transferred shall not exceed 4% in total of the amounts
17appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State
18fund that receives monies for long-term care services for each
19fiscal year. A notice of the fund transfer must be made to the
20General Assembly and posted at a minimum on the Department of
21Healthcare and Family Services website, the Governor's Office
22of Management and Budget website, and any other website the
23Governor sees fit. These postings shall serve as notice to the
24General Assembly of the amounts to be transferred. Notice shall
25be given at least 30 days prior to transfer.
26    (b) In addition to the general transfer authority provided

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 50 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1under subsection (c), the following agencies have the specific
2transfer authority granted in this subsection:
3    The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is
4authorized to make transfers representing savings attributable
5to not increasing grants due to the births of additional
6children from line items for payments of cash grants to line
7items for payments for employment and social services for the
8purposes outlined in subsection (f) of Section 4-2 of the
9Illinois Public Aid Code.
10    The Department of Children and Family Services is
11authorized to make transfers not exceeding 2% of the aggregate
12amount appropriated to it within the same treasury fund for the
13following line items among these same line items: Foster Home
14and Specialized Foster Care and Prevention, Institutions and
15Group Homes and Prevention, and Purchase of Adoption and
16Guardianship Services.
17    The Department on Aging is authorized to make transfers not
18exceeding 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to it within
19the same treasury fund for the following Community Care Program
20line items among these same line items: purchase of services
21covered by the Community Care Program and Comprehensive Case
22Coordination.
23    The State Treasurer is authorized to make transfers among
24line item appropriations from the Capital Litigation Trust
25Fund, with respect to costs incurred in fiscal years 2002 and
262003 only, when the balance remaining in one or more such line

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 51 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which
2the appropriation was made, provided that no such transfer may
3be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for
4the purpose for which that appropriation was made.
5    The State Board of Education is authorized to make
6transfers from line item appropriations within the same
7treasury fund for General State Aid, and General State Aid -
8Hold Harmless, and Evidence-Based Funding, provided that no
9such transfer may be made unless the amount transferred is no
10longer required for the purpose for which that appropriation
11was made, to the line item appropriation for Transitional
12Assistance when the balance remaining in such line item
13appropriation is insufficient for the purpose for which the
14appropriation was made.
15    The State Board of Education is authorized to make
16transfers between the following line item appropriations
17within the same treasury fund: Disabled Student
18Services/Materials (Section 14-13.01 of the School Code),
19Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement (Section
2014-13.01 of the School Code), Disabled Student Tuition -
21Private Tuition (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code),
22Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b of the
23School Code), Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Program,
24Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the School Code), and
25Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement (Section
2629-5 of the School Code). Such transfers shall be made only

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 52 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1when the balance remaining in one or more such line item
2appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the
3appropriation was made and provided that no such transfer may
4be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for
5the purpose for which that appropriation was made.
6    The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is
7authorized to make transfers not exceeding 4% of the aggregate
8amount appropriated to it, within the same treasury fund, among
9the various line items appropriated for Medical Assistance.
10    (c) The sum of such transfers for an agency in a fiscal
11year shall not exceed 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated
12to it within the same treasury fund for the following objects:
13Personal Services; Extra Help; Student and Inmate
14Compensation; State Contributions to Retirement Systems; State
15Contributions to Social Security; State Contribution for
16Employee Group Insurance; Contractual Services; Travel;
17Commodities; Printing; Equipment; Electronic Data Processing;
18Operation of Automotive Equipment; Telecommunications
19Services; Travel and Allowance for Committed, Paroled and
20Discharged Prisoners; Library Books; Federal Matching Grants
21for Student Loans; Refunds; Workers' Compensation,
22Occupational Disease, and Tort Claims; and, in appropriations
23to institutions of higher education, Awards and Grants.
24Notwithstanding the above, any amounts appropriated for
25payment of workers' compensation claims to an agency to which
26the authority to evaluate, administer and pay such claims has

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 53 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1been delegated by the Department of Central Management Services
2may be transferred to any other expenditure object where such
3amounts exceed the amount necessary for the payment of such
4claims.
5    (c-1) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2003.
6Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section to the
7contrary, for State fiscal year 2003 only, transfers among line
8item appropriations to an agency from the same treasury fund
9may be made provided that the sum of such transfers for an
10agency in State fiscal year 2003 shall not exceed 3% of the
11aggregate amount appropriated to that State agency for State
12fiscal year 2003 for the following objects: personal services,
13except that no transfer may be approved which reduces the
14aggregate appropriations for personal services within an
15agency; extra help; student and inmate compensation; State
16contributions to retirement systems; State contributions to
17social security; State contributions for employee group
18insurance; contractual services; travel; commodities;
19printing; equipment; electronic data processing; operation of
20automotive equipment; telecommunications services; travel and
21allowance for committed, paroled, and discharged prisoners;
22library books; federal matching grants for student loans;
23refunds; workers' compensation, occupational disease, and tort
24claims; and, in appropriations to institutions of higher
25education, awards and grants.
26    (c-2) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2005.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 54 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Notwithstanding subsections (a), (a-2), and (c), for State
2fiscal year 2005 only, transfers may be made among any line
3item appropriations from the same or any other treasury fund
4for any objects or purposes, without limitation, when the
5balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations
6is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was
7made, provided that the sum of those transfers by a State
8agency shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated
9to that State agency for fiscal year 2005.
10    (c-3) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2015.
11Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for State
12fiscal year 2015, transfers among line item appropriations to a
13State agency from the same State treasury fund may be made for
14operational or lump sum expenses only, provided that the sum of
15such transfers for a State agency in State fiscal year 2015
16shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated to
17that State agency for operational or lump sum expenses for
18State fiscal year 2015. For the purpose of this subsection,
19"operational or lump sum expenses" includes the following
20objects: personal services; extra help; student and inmate
21compensation; State contributions to retirement systems; State
22contributions to social security; State contributions for
23employee group insurance; contractual services; travel;
24commodities; printing; equipment; electronic data processing;
25operation of automotive equipment; telecommunications
26services; travel and allowance for committed, paroled, and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 55 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1discharged prisoners; library books; federal matching grants
2for student loans; refunds; workers' compensation,
3occupational disease, and tort claims; lump sum and other
4purposes; and lump sum operations. For the purpose of this
5subsection (c-3), "State agency" does not include the Attorney
6General, the Secretary of State, the Comptroller, the
7Treasurer, or the legislative or judicial branches.
8    (d) Transfers among appropriations made to agencies of the
9Legislative and Judicial departments and to the
10constitutionally elected officers in the Executive branch
11require the approval of the officer authorized in Section 10 of
12this Act to approve and certify vouchers. Transfers among
13appropriations made to the University of Illinois, Southern
14Illinois University, Chicago State University, Eastern
15Illinois University, Governors State University, Illinois
16State University, Northeastern Illinois University, Northern
17Illinois University, Western Illinois University, the Illinois
18Mathematics and Science Academy and the Board of Higher
19Education require the approval of the Board of Higher Education
20and the Governor. Transfers among appropriations to all other
21agencies require the approval of the Governor.
22    The officer responsible for approval shall certify that the
23transfer is necessary to carry out the programs and purposes
24for which the appropriations were made by the General Assembly
25and shall transmit to the State Comptroller a certified copy of
26the approval which shall set forth the specific amounts

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 56 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1transferred so that the Comptroller may change his records
2accordingly. The Comptroller shall furnish the Governor with
3information copies of all transfers approved for agencies of
4the Legislative and Judicial departments and transfers
5approved by the constitutionally elected officials of the
6Executive branch other than the Governor, showing the amounts
7transferred and indicating the dates such changes were entered
8on the Comptroller's records.
9    (e) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
10State Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations for
11General State Aid or Evidence-Based Funding between the Common
12School Fund and the Education Assistance Fund. With the advice
13and consent of the Governor's Office of Management and Budget,
14the State Board of Education, in consultation with the State
15Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations between the
16General Revenue Fund and the Education Assistance Fund for the
17following programs:
18        (1) Disabled Student Personnel Reimbursement (Section
19    14-13.01 of the School Code);
20        (2) Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement
21    (subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of the School Code);
22        (3) Disabled Student Tuition - Private Tuition
23    (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code);
24        (4) Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b
25    of the School Code);
26        (5) Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Programs;

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 57 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (6) Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the
2    School Code);
3        (7) Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement
4    (Section 29-5 of the School Code);
5        (8) Regular Education Reimbursement (Section 18-3 of
6    the School Code); and
7        (9) Special Education Reimbursement (Section 14-7.03
8    of the School Code).
9(Source: P.A. 98-24, eff. 6-19-13; 98-674, eff. 6-30-14; 99-2,
10eff. 3-26-15.)
 
11    Section 920. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by
12adding Section 224 as follows:
 
13    (35 ILCS 5/224 new)
14    Sec. 224. Invest in Kids credit.
15    (a) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018
16and ending before January 1, 2023, each taxpayer for whom a tax
17credit has been awarded by the Department under the Invest in
18Kids Act is entitled to a credit against the tax imposed under
19subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act in an amount
20equal to the amount awarded under the Invest in Kids Act.
21    (b) For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
22corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the
23liability company is treated as a partnership for purposes of
24federal and State income taxation, the credit under this

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 58 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Section shall be determined in accordance with the
2determination of income and distributive share of income under
3Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue
4Code.
5    (c) The credit may not be carried back and may not reduce
6the taxpayer's liability to less than zero. If the amount of
7the credit exceeds the tax liability for the year, the excess
8may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of the
95 taxable years following the excess credit year. The tax
10credit shall be applied to the earliest year for which there is
11a tax liability. If there are credits for more than one year
12that are available to offset the liability, the earlier credit
13shall be applied first.
14    (d) A tax credit awarded by the Department under the Invest
15in Kids Act may not be claimed for any qualified contribution
16for which the taxpayer claims a federal income tax deduction.
 
17    Section 925. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing
18Sections 18-185, 18-200, and 18-249 and by adding Section
1918-206 as follows:
 
20    (35 ILCS 200/18-185)
21    Sec. 18-185. Short title; definitions. This Division 5 may
22be cited as the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. As used
23in this Division 5:
24    "Consumer Price Index" means the Consumer Price Index for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 59 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1All Urban Consumers for all items published by the United
2States Department of Labor.
3    "Extension limitation" means (a) the lesser of 5% or the
4percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index during the
512-month calendar year preceding the levy year or (b) the rate
6of increase approved by voters under Section 18-205.
7    "Affected county" means a county of 3,000,000 or more
8inhabitants or a county contiguous to a county of 3,000,000 or
9more inhabitants.
10    "Taxing district" has the same meaning provided in Section
111-150, except as otherwise provided in this Section. For the
121991 through 1994 levy years only, "taxing district" includes
13only each non-home rule taxing district having the majority of
14its 1990 equalized assessed value within any county or counties
15contiguous to a county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants.
16Beginning with the 1995 levy year, "taxing district" includes
17only each non-home rule taxing district subject to this Law
18before the 1995 levy year and each non-home rule taxing
19district not subject to this Law before the 1995 levy year
20having the majority of its 1994 equalized assessed value in an
21affected county or counties. Beginning with the levy year in
22which this Law becomes applicable to a taxing district as
23provided in Section 18-213, "taxing district" also includes
24those taxing districts made subject to this Law as provided in
25Section 18-213.
26    "Aggregate extension" for taxing districts to which this

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 60 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Law applied before the 1995 levy year means the annual
2corporate extension for the taxing district and those special
3purpose extensions that are made annually for the taxing
4district, excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for
5the taxing district to pay interest or principal on general
6obligation bonds that were approved by referendum; (b) made for
7any taxing district to pay interest or principal on general
8obligation bonds issued before October 1, 1991; (c) made for
9any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds
10issued to refund or continue to refund those bonds issued
11before October 1, 1991; (d) made for any taxing district to pay
12interest or principal on bonds issued to refund or continue to
13refund bonds issued after October 1, 1991 that were approved by
14referendum; (e) made for any taxing district to pay interest or
15principal on revenue bonds issued before October 1, 1991 for
16payment of which a property tax levy or the full faith and
17credit of the unit of local government is pledged; however, a
18tax for the payment of interest or principal on those bonds
19shall be made only after the governing body of the unit of
20local government finds that all other sources for payment are
21insufficient to make those payments; (f) made for payments
22under a building commission lease when the lease payments are
23for the retirement of bonds issued by the commission before
24October 1, 1991, to pay for the building project; (g) made for
25payments due under installment contracts entered into before
26October 1, 1991; (h) made for payments of principal and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 61 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1interest on bonds issued under the Metropolitan Water
2Reclamation District Act to finance construction projects
3initiated before October 1, 1991; (i) made for payments of
4principal and interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section
53 of the Local Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to
6exceed the debt service extension base less the amount in items
7(b), (c), (e), and (h) of this definition for non-referendum
8obligations, except obligations initially issued pursuant to
9referendum; (j) made for payments of principal and interest on
10bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
11Reform Act; (k) made by a school district that participates in
12the Special Education District of Lake County, created by
13special education joint agreement under Section 10-22.31 of the
14School Code, for payment of the school district's share of the
15amounts required to be contributed by the Special Education
16District of Lake County to the Illinois Municipal Retirement
17Fund under Article 7 of the Illinois Pension Code; the amount
18of any extension under this item (k) shall be certified by the
19school district to the county clerk; (l) made to fund expenses
20of providing joint recreational programs for persons with
21disabilities under Section 5-8 of the Park District Code or
22Section 11-95-14 of the Illinois Municipal Code; (m) made for
23temporary relocation loan repayment purposes pursuant to
24Sections 2-3.77 and 17-2.2d of the School Code; (n) made for
25payment of principal and interest on any bonds issued under the
26authority of Section 17-2.2d of the School Code; (o) made for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 62 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1contributions to a firefighter's pension fund created under
2Article 4 of the Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the
3amount certified under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the
4Illinois Pension Code; and (p) made for road purposes in the
5first year after a township assumes the rights, powers, duties,
6assets, property, liabilities, obligations, and
7responsibilities of a road district abolished under the
8provisions of Section 6-133 of the Illinois Highway Code.
9    "Aggregate extension" for the taxing districts to which
10this Law did not apply before the 1995 levy year (except taxing
11districts subject to this Law in accordance with Section
1218-213) means the annual corporate extension for the taxing
13district and those special purpose extensions that are made
14annually for the taxing district, excluding special purpose
15extensions: (a) made for the taxing district to pay interest or
16principal on general obligation bonds that were approved by
17referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay interest or
18principal on general obligation bonds issued before March 1,
191995; (c) made for any taxing district to pay interest or
20principal on bonds issued to refund or continue to refund those
21bonds issued before March 1, 1995; (d) made for any taxing
22district to pay interest or principal on bonds issued to refund
23or continue to refund bonds issued after March 1, 1995 that
24were approved by referendum; (e) made for any taxing district
25to pay interest or principal on revenue bonds issued before
26March 1, 1995 for payment of which a property tax levy or the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 63 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1full faith and credit of the unit of local government is
2pledged; however, a tax for the payment of interest or
3principal on those bonds shall be made only after the governing
4body of the unit of local government finds that all other
5sources for payment are insufficient to make those payments;
6(f) made for payments under a building commission lease when
7the lease payments are for the retirement of bonds issued by
8the commission before March 1, 1995 to pay for the building
9project; (g) made for payments due under installment contracts
10entered into before March 1, 1995; (h) made for payments of
11principal and interest on bonds issued under the Metropolitan
12Water Reclamation District Act to finance construction
13projects initiated before October 1, 1991; (h-4) made for
14stormwater management purposes by the Metropolitan Water
15Reclamation District of Greater Chicago under Section 12 of the
16Metropolitan Water Reclamation District Act; (i) made for
17payments of principal and interest on limited bonds, as defined
18in Section 3 of the Local Government Debt Reform Act, in an
19amount not to exceed the debt service extension base less the
20amount in items (b), (c), and (e) of this definition for
21non-referendum obligations, except obligations initially
22issued pursuant to referendum and bonds described in subsection
23(h) of this definition; (j) made for payments of principal and
24interest on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local
25Government Debt Reform Act; (k) made for payments of principal
26and interest on bonds authorized by Public Act 88-503 and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 64 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1issued under Section 20a of the Chicago Park District Act for
2aquarium or museum projects; (l) made for payments of principal
3and interest on bonds authorized by Public Act 87-1191 or
493-601 and (i) issued pursuant to Section 21.2 of the Cook
5County Forest Preserve District Act, (ii) issued under Section
642 of the Cook County Forest Preserve District Act for
7zoological park projects, or (iii) issued under Section 44.1 of
8the Cook County Forest Preserve District Act for botanical
9gardens projects; (m) made pursuant to Section 34-53.5 of the
10School Code, whether levied annually or not; (n) made to fund
11expenses of providing joint recreational programs for persons
12with disabilities under Section 5-8 of the Park District Code
13or Section 11-95-14 of the Illinois Municipal Code; (o) made by
14the Chicago Park District for recreational programs for persons
15with disabilities under subsection (c) of Section 7.06 of the
16Chicago Park District Act; (p) made for contributions to a
17firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the
18Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified
19under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code;
20(q) made by Ford Heights School District 169 under Section
2117-9.02 of the School Code; and (r) made for the purpose of
22making employer contributions to the Public School Teachers'
23Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago under Section 34-53 of
24the School Code.
25    "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts to which
26this Law applies in accordance with Section 18-213, except for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 65 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1those taxing districts subject to paragraph (2) of subsection
2(e) of Section 18-213, means the annual corporate extension for
3the taxing district and those special purpose extensions that
4are made annually for the taxing district, excluding special
5purpose extensions: (a) made for the taxing district to pay
6interest or principal on general obligation bonds that were
7approved by referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay
8interest or principal on general obligation bonds issued before
9the date on which the referendum making this Law applicable to
10the taxing district is held; (c) made for any taxing district
11to pay interest or principal on bonds issued to refund or
12continue to refund those bonds issued before the date on which
13the referendum making this Law applicable to the taxing
14district is held; (d) made for any taxing district to pay
15interest or principal on bonds issued to refund or continue to
16refund bonds issued after the date on which the referendum
17making this Law applicable to the taxing district is held if
18the bonds were approved by referendum after the date on which
19the referendum making this Law applicable to the taxing
20district is held; (e) made for any taxing district to pay
21interest or principal on revenue bonds issued before the date
22on which the referendum making this Law applicable to the
23taxing district is held for payment of which a property tax
24levy or the full faith and credit of the unit of local
25government is pledged; however, a tax for the payment of
26interest or principal on those bonds shall be made only after

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 66 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the governing body of the unit of local government finds that
2all other sources for payment are insufficient to make those
3payments; (f) made for payments under a building commission
4lease when the lease payments are for the retirement of bonds
5issued by the commission before the date on which the
6referendum making this Law applicable to the taxing district is
7held to pay for the building project; (g) made for payments due
8under installment contracts entered into before the date on
9which the referendum making this Law applicable to the taxing
10district is held; (h) made for payments of principal and
11interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section 3 of the Local
12Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to exceed the debt
13service extension base less the amount in items (b), (c), and
14(e) of this definition for non-referendum obligations, except
15obligations initially issued pursuant to referendum; (i) made
16for payments of principal and interest on bonds issued under
17Section 15 of the Local Government Debt Reform Act; (j) made
18for a qualified airport authority to pay interest or principal
19on general obligation bonds issued for the purpose of paying
20obligations due under, or financing airport facilities
21required to be acquired, constructed, installed or equipped
22pursuant to, contracts entered into before March 1, 1996 (but
23not including any amendments to such a contract taking effect
24on or after that date); (k) made to fund expenses of providing
25joint recreational programs for persons with disabilities
26under Section 5-8 of the Park District Code or Section 11-95-14

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 67 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of the Illinois Municipal Code; (l) made for contributions to a
2firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the
3Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified
4under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code;
5and (m) made for the taxing district to pay interest or
6principal on general obligation bonds issued pursuant to
7Section 19-3.10 of the School Code.
8    "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts to which
9this Law applies in accordance with paragraph (2) of subsection
10(e) of Section 18-213 means the annual corporate extension for
11the taxing district and those special purpose extensions that
12are made annually for the taxing district, excluding special
13purpose extensions: (a) made for the taxing district to pay
14interest or principal on general obligation bonds that were
15approved by referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay
16interest or principal on general obligation bonds issued before
17the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997; (c) made for
18any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds
19issued to refund or continue to refund those bonds issued
20before the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997; (d)
21made for any taxing district to pay interest or principal on
22bonds issued to refund or continue to refund bonds issued after
23the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997 if the bonds
24were approved by referendum after the effective date of this
25amendatory Act of 1997; (e) made for any taxing district to pay
26interest or principal on revenue bonds issued before the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 68 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997 for payment of
2which a property tax levy or the full faith and credit of the
3unit of local government is pledged; however, a tax for the
4payment of interest or principal on those bonds shall be made
5only after the governing body of the unit of local government
6finds that all other sources for payment are insufficient to
7make those payments; (f) made for payments under a building
8commission lease when the lease payments are for the retirement
9of bonds issued by the commission before the effective date of
10this amendatory Act of 1997 to pay for the building project;
11(g) made for payments due under installment contracts entered
12into before the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997;
13(h) made for payments of principal and interest on limited
14bonds, as defined in Section 3 of the Local Government Debt
15Reform Act, in an amount not to exceed the debt service
16extension base less the amount in items (b), (c), and (e) of
17this definition for non-referendum obligations, except
18obligations initially issued pursuant to referendum; (i) made
19for payments of principal and interest on bonds issued under
20Section 15 of the Local Government Debt Reform Act; (j) made
21for a qualified airport authority to pay interest or principal
22on general obligation bonds issued for the purpose of paying
23obligations due under, or financing airport facilities
24required to be acquired, constructed, installed or equipped
25pursuant to, contracts entered into before March 1, 1996 (but
26not including any amendments to such a contract taking effect

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 69 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1on or after that date); (k) made to fund expenses of providing
2joint recreational programs for persons with disabilities
3under Section 5-8 of the Park District Code or Section 11-95-14
4of the Illinois Municipal Code; and (l) made for contributions
5to a firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the
6Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified
7under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code.
8    "Debt service extension base" means an amount equal to that
9portion of the extension for a taxing district for the 1994
10levy year, or for those taxing districts subject to this Law in
11accordance with Section 18-213, except for those subject to
12paragraph (2) of subsection (e) of Section 18-213, for the levy
13year in which the referendum making this Law applicable to the
14taxing district is held, or for those taxing districts subject
15to this Law in accordance with paragraph (2) of subsection (e)
16of Section 18-213 for the 1996 levy year, constituting an
17extension for payment of principal and interest on bonds issued
18by the taxing district without referendum, but not including
19excluded non-referendum bonds. For park districts (i) that were
20first subject to this Law in 1991 or 1995 and (ii) whose
21extension for the 1994 levy year for the payment of principal
22and interest on bonds issued by the park district without
23referendum (but not including excluded non-referendum bonds)
24was less than 51% of the amount for the 1991 levy year
25constituting an extension for payment of principal and interest
26on bonds issued by the park district without referendum (but

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 70 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1not including excluded non-referendum bonds), "debt service
2extension base" means an amount equal to that portion of the
3extension for the 1991 levy year constituting an extension for
4payment of principal and interest on bonds issued by the park
5district without referendum (but not including excluded
6non-referendum bonds). A debt service extension base
7established or increased at any time pursuant to any provision
8of this Law, except Section 18-212, shall be increased each
9year commencing with the later of (i) the 2009 levy year or
10(ii) the first levy year in which this Law becomes applicable
11to the taxing district, by the lesser of 5% or the percentage
12increase in the Consumer Price Index during the 12-month
13calendar year preceding the levy year. The debt service
14extension base may be established or increased as provided
15under Section 18-212. "Excluded non-referendum bonds" means
16(i) bonds authorized by Public Act 88-503 and issued under
17Section 20a of the Chicago Park District Act for aquarium and
18museum projects; (ii) bonds issued under Section 15 of the
19Local Government Debt Reform Act; or (iii) refunding
20obligations issued to refund or to continue to refund
21obligations initially issued pursuant to referendum.
22    "Special purpose extensions" include, but are not limited
23to, extensions for levies made on an annual basis for
24unemployment and workers' compensation, self-insurance,
25contributions to pension plans, and extensions made pursuant to
26Section 6-601 of the Illinois Highway Code for a road

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 71 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1district's permanent road fund whether levied annually or not.
2The extension for a special service area is not included in the
3aggregate extension.
4    "Aggregate extension base" means the taxing district's
5last preceding aggregate extension as adjusted under Sections
618-135, 18-215, and 18-230, and 18-206. An adjustment under
7Section 18-135 shall be made for the 2007 levy year and all
8subsequent levy years whenever one or more counties within
9which a taxing district is located (i) used estimated
10valuations or rates when extending taxes in the taxing district
11for the last preceding levy year that resulted in the over or
12under extension of taxes, or (ii) increased or decreased the
13tax extension for the last preceding levy year as required by
14Section 18-135(c). Whenever an adjustment is required under
15Section 18-135, the aggregate extension base of the taxing
16district shall be equal to the amount that the aggregate
17extension of the taxing district would have been for the last
18preceding levy year if either or both (i) actual, rather than
19estimated, valuations or rates had been used to calculate the
20extension of taxes for the last levy year, or (ii) the tax
21extension for the last preceding levy year had not been
22adjusted as required by subsection (c) of Section 18-135.
23    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for levy year
242012, the aggregate extension base for West Northfield School
25District No. 31 in Cook County shall be $12,654,592.
26    "Levy year" has the same meaning as "year" under Section

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 72 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

11-155.
2    "New property" means (i) the assessed value, after final
3board of review or board of appeals action, of new improvements
4or additions to existing improvements on any parcel of real
5property that increase the assessed value of that real property
6during the levy year multiplied by the equalization factor
7issued by the Department under Section 17-30, (ii) the assessed
8value, after final board of review or board of appeals action,
9of real property not exempt from real estate taxation, which
10real property was exempt from real estate taxation for any
11portion of the immediately preceding levy year, multiplied by
12the equalization factor issued by the Department under Section
1317-30, including the assessed value, upon final stabilization
14of occupancy after new construction is complete, of any real
15property located within the boundaries of an otherwise or
16previously exempt military reservation that is intended for
17residential use and owned by or leased to a private corporation
18or other entity, (iii) in counties that classify in accordance
19with Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois Constitution, an
20incentive property's additional assessed value resulting from
21a scheduled increase in the level of assessment as applied to
22the first year final board of review market value, and (iv) any
23increase in assessed value due to oil or gas production from an
24oil or gas well required to be permitted under the Hydraulic
25Fracturing Regulatory Act that was not produced in or accounted
26for during the previous levy year. In addition, the county

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 73 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1clerk in a county containing a population of 3,000,000 or more
2shall include in the 1997 recovered tax increment value for any
3school district, any recovered tax increment value that was
4applicable to the 1995 tax year calculations.
5    "Qualified airport authority" means an airport authority
6organized under the Airport Authorities Act and located in a
7county bordering on the State of Wisconsin and having a
8population in excess of 200,000 and not greater than 500,000.
9    "Recovered tax increment value" means, except as otherwise
10provided in this paragraph, the amount of the current year's
11equalized assessed value, in the first year after a
12municipality terminates the designation of an area as a
13redevelopment project area previously established under the
14Tax Increment Allocation Development Act in the Illinois
15Municipal Code, previously established under the Industrial
16Jobs Recovery Law in the Illinois Municipal Code, previously
17established under the Economic Development Project Area Tax
18Increment Act of 1995, or previously established under the
19Economic Development Area Tax Increment Allocation Act, of each
20taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property in the
21redevelopment project area over and above the initial equalized
22assessed value of each property in the redevelopment project
23area. For the taxes which are extended for the 1997 levy year,
24the recovered tax increment value for a non-home rule taxing
25district that first became subject to this Law for the 1995
26levy year because a majority of its 1994 equalized assessed

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 74 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1value was in an affected county or counties shall be increased
2if a municipality terminated the designation of an area in 1993
3as a redevelopment project area previously established under
4the Tax Increment Allocation Development Act in the Illinois
5Municipal Code, previously established under the Industrial
6Jobs Recovery Law in the Illinois Municipal Code, or previously
7established under the Economic Development Area Tax Increment
8Allocation Act, by an amount equal to the 1994 equalized
9assessed value of each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of
10real property in the redevelopment project area over and above
11the initial equalized assessed value of each property in the
12redevelopment project area. In the first year after a
13municipality removes a taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of
14real property from a redevelopment project area established
15under the Tax Increment Allocation Development Act in the
16Illinois Municipal Code, the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law in
17the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Economic Development Area
18Tax Increment Allocation Act, "recovered tax increment value"
19means the amount of the current year's equalized assessed value
20of each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property
21removed from the redevelopment project area over and above the
22initial equalized assessed value of that real property before
23removal from the redevelopment project area.
24    Except as otherwise provided in this Section, "limiting
25rate" means a fraction the numerator of which is the last
26preceding aggregate extension base times an amount equal to one

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 75 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1plus the extension limitation defined in this Section and the
2denominator of which is the current year's equalized assessed
3value of all real property in the territory under the
4jurisdiction of the taxing district during the prior levy year.
5For those taxing districts that reduced their aggregate
6extension for the last preceding levy year, except for school
7districts that reduced their extension for educational
8purposes pursuant to Section 18-206, the highest aggregate
9extension in any of the last 3 preceding levy years shall be
10used for the purpose of computing the limiting rate. The
11denominator shall not include new property or the recovered tax
12increment value. If a new rate, a rate decrease, or a limiting
13rate increase has been approved at an election held after March
1421, 2006, then (i) the otherwise applicable limiting rate shall
15be increased by the amount of the new rate or shall be reduced
16by the amount of the rate decrease, as the case may be, or (ii)
17in the case of a limiting rate increase, the limiting rate
18shall be equal to the rate set forth in the proposition
19approved by the voters for each of the years specified in the
20proposition, after which the limiting rate of the taxing
21district shall be calculated as otherwise provided. In the case
22of a taxing district that obtained referendum approval for an
23increased limiting rate on March 20, 2012, the limiting rate
24for tax year 2012 shall be the rate that generates the
25approximate total amount of taxes extendable for that tax year,
26as set forth in the proposition approved by the voters; this

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 76 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1rate shall be the final rate applied by the county clerk for
2the aggregate of all capped funds of the district for tax year
32012.
4(Source: P.A. 98-6, eff. 3-29-13; 98-23, eff. 6-17-13; 99-143,
5eff. 7-27-15; 99-521, eff. 6-1-17.)
 
6    (35 ILCS 200/18-200)
7    Sec. 18-200. School Code. A school district's State aid
8shall not be reduced under the computation under subsections
95(a) through 5(h) of Part A of Section 18-8 of the School Code
10or under Section 18-8.15 of the School Code due to the
11operating tax rate falling from above the minimum requirement
12of that Section of the School Code to below the minimum
13requirement of that Section of the School Code due to the
14operation of this Law.
15(Source: P.A. 87-17; 88-455.)
 
16    (35 ILCS 200/18-206 new)
17    Sec. 18-206. Decrease in extension for educational
18purposes.
19    (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for those
20school districts whose adequacy targets, as defined in Section
2118-8.15 of this Code, exceed 110% for the school year that
22begins during the calendar year immediately preceding the levy
23year for which the reduction under this Section is sought, the
24question of whether the school district shall reduce its

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 77 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1extension for educational purposes for the levy year in which
2the election is held to an amount that is less than the
3extension for educational purposes for the immediately
4preceding levy year shall be submitted to the voters of the
5school district at the next consolidated election but only upon
6submission of a petition signed by not fewer than 10% of the
7registered voters in the school district. In no event shall the
8reduced extension be more than 10% lower than the amount
9extended for educational purposes in the previous levy year,
10and in no event shall the reduction cause the school district's
11adequacy target to fall below 110% for the levy year for which
12the reduction is sought.
13    (b) The petition shall be filed with the applicable
14election authority, as defined in Section 1-3 of the Election
15Code, or, in the case of multiple election authorities, with
16the State Board of Elections, not more than 10 months nor less
17than 6 months prior to the election at which the question is to
18be submitted to the voters, and its validity shall be
19determined as provided by Article 28 of the Election Code and
20general election law. The election authority or Board, as
21applicable, shall certify the question and the proper election
22authority or authorities shall submit the question to the
23voters. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, this
24referendum shall be subject to all other general election law
25requirements.
26    (c) The proposition seeking to reduce the extension for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 78 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1educational purposes shall be in substantially the following
2form:
3        Shall the amount extended for educational purposes by
4    (school district) be reduced from (previous levy year's
5    extension) to (proposed extension) for (levy year), but in
6    no event lower than the amount required to maintain an
7    adequacy target of 110%?
8    Votes shall be recorded as "Yes" or "No".
9    If a majority of all votes cast on the proposition are in
10favor of the proposition, then, for the levy year in which the
11election is held, the amount extended by the school district
12for educational purposes shall be reduced as provided in the
13referendum; however, in no event shall the reduction exceed the
14amount that would cause the school district to have an adequacy
15target of 110% for the applicable school year.
16    Once the question is submitted to the voters, then the
17question may not be submitted again for the same school
18district at any of the next 2 consolidated elections.
19    (d) For school districts that approve a reduction under
20this Section, the county clerk shall extend a rate for
21educational purposes that is no greater than the limiting rate
22for educational purposes. If the school district is otherwise
23subject to this Law for the applicable levy year, then, for the
24levy year in which the reduction occurs, the county clerk shall
25calculate separate limiting rates for educational purposes and
26for the aggregate of the school district's other funds.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 79 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    As used in this Section:
2    "School district" means each school district in the State,
3regardless of whether or not that school district is otherwise
4subject to this Law.
5    "Limiting rate for educational purposes" means a fraction
6the numerator of which is the greater of (i) the amount
7approved by the voters in the referendum under subsection (c)
8of this Section or (ii) the amount that would cause the school
9district to have an adequacy target of 110% for the applicable
10school year, but in no event more than the school district's
11extension for educational purposes in the immediately
12preceding levy year, and the denominator of which is the
13current year's equalized assessed value of all real property
14under the jurisdiction of the school district during the prior
15levy year.
 
16    (35 ILCS 200/18-249)
17    Sec. 18-249. Miscellaneous provisions.
18    (a) Certification of new property. For the 1994 levy year,
19the chief county assessment officer shall certify to the county
20clerk, after all changes by the board of review or board of
21appeals, as the case may be, the assessed value of new property
22by taxing district for the 1994 levy year under rules
23promulgated by the Department.
24    (b) School Code. A school district's State aid shall not be
25reduced under the computation under subsections 5(a) through

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 80 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

15(h) of Part A of Section 18-8 of the School Code or under
2Section 18-8.15 of the School Code due to the operating tax
3rate falling from above the minimum requirement of that Section
4of the School Code to below the minimum requirement of that
5Section of the School Code due to the operation of this Law.
6    (c) Rules. The Department shall make and promulgate
7reasonable rules relating to the administration of the purposes
8and provisions of Sections 18-246 through 18-249 as may be
9necessary or appropriate.
10(Source: P.A. 89-1, eff. 2-12-95.)
 
11    Section 930. The Illinois Pension Code is amended by
12changing Section 17-127 as follows:
 
13    (40 ILCS 5/17-127)  (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-127)
14    Sec. 17-127. Financing; revenues for the Fund.
15    (a) The revenues for the Fund shall consist of: (1) amounts
16paid into the Fund by contributors thereto and from employer
17contributions and State appropriations in accordance with this
18Article; (2) amounts contributed to the Fund by an Employer;
19(3) amounts contributed to the Fund pursuant to any law now in
20force or hereafter to be enacted; (4) contributions from any
21other source; and (5) the earnings on investments.
22    (b) The General Assembly finds that for many years the
23State has contributed to the Fund an annual amount that is
24between 20% and 30% of the amount of the annual State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 81 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1contribution to the Article 16 retirement system, and the
2General Assembly declares that it is its goal and intention to
3continue this level of contribution to the Fund in the future.
4    (c) Beginning in State fiscal year 1999, the State shall
5include in its annual contribution to the Fund an additional
6amount equal to 0.544% of the Fund's total teacher payroll;
7except that this additional contribution need not be made in a
8fiscal year if the Board has certified in the previous fiscal
9year that the Fund is at least 90% funded, based on actuarial
10determinations. These additional State contributions are
11intended to offset a portion of the cost to the Fund of the
12increases in retirement benefits resulting from this
13amendatory Act of 1998.
14    (d) In addition to any other contribution required under
15this Article, including the contribution required under
16subsection (c), the State shall contribute to the Fund the
17following amounts:
18        (1) For State fiscal year 2018, the State shall
19    contribute $221,300,000 for the employer normal cost for
20    fiscal year 2018 and the amount allowed under paragraph (3)
21    of Section 17-142.1 of this Code to defray health insurance
22    costs. Funds for this paragraph (1) shall come from funds
23    appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding pursuant to
24    Section 18-8.15 of the School Code.
25        (2) Beginning in State fiscal year 2019, the State
26    shall contribute for each fiscal year an amount to be

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 82 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    determined by the Fund, equal to the employer normal cost
2    for that fiscal year, plus the amount allowed pursuant to
3    paragraph (3) of Section 17-142.1 to defray health
4    insurance costs.
5    (e) The Board shall determine the amount of State
6contributions required for each fiscal year on the basis of the
7actuarial tables and other assumptions adopted by the Board and
8the recommendations of the actuary. On or before November 1 of
9each year, beginning November 1, 2017, the Board shall submit
10to the State Actuary, the Governor, and the General Assembly a
11proposed certification of the amount of the required State
12contribution to the Fund for the next fiscal year, along with
13all of the actuarial assumptions, calculations, and data upon
14which that proposed certification is based.
15    On or before January 1 of each year, beginning January 1,
162018, the State Actuary shall issue a preliminary report
17concerning the proposed certification and identifying, if
18necessary, recommended changes in actuarial assumptions that
19the Board must consider before finalizing its certification of
20the required State contributions.
21    (f) On or before January 15, 2018 and each January 15
22thereafter, the Board shall certify to the Governor and the
23General Assembly the amount of the required State contribution
24for the next fiscal year. The certification shall include a
25copy of the actuarial recommendations upon which it is based
26and shall specifically identify the Fund's projected employer

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 83 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1normal cost for that fiscal year. The Board's certification
2must note any deviations from the State Actuary's recommended
3changes, the reason or reasons for not following the State
4Actuary's recommended changes, and the fiscal impact of not
5following the State Actuary's recommended changes on the
6required State contribution.
7    For the purposes of this Article, including issuing
8vouchers, and for the purposes of subsection (h) of Section 1.1
9of the State Pension Funds Continuing Appropriation Act, the
10State contribution specified for State fiscal year 2018 shall
11be deemed to have been certified, by operation of law and
12without official action by the Board or the State Actuary, in
13the amount provided in subsection (c) and subsection (d) of
14this Section.
15    (g) For State fiscal year 2018, the State Board of
16Education shall submit vouchers, as directed by the Board, for
17payment of State contributions to the Fund for the required
18annual State contribution under subsection (d) of this Section.
19These vouchers shall be paid by the State Comptroller and
20Treasurer by warrants drawn on the amount appropriated to the
21State Board of Education from the Common School Fund in Section
225 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. If State appropriations
23for State fiscal year 2018 are less than the amount lawfully
24vouchered under this subsection, the difference shall be paid
25from the Common School Fund under the continuing appropriation
26authority provided in Section 1.1 of the State Pension Funds

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 84 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Continuing Appropriation Act.
2    (h) For State fiscal year 2018, the Board shall submit
3vouchers for the payment of State contributions to the Fund for
4the required annual State contribution under subsection (c) of
5this Section. Beginning in State fiscal year 2019, the Board
6shall submit vouchers for payment of State contributions to the
7Fund for the required annual State contribution under
8subsections (c) and (d) of this Section. These vouchers shall
9be paid by the State Comptroller and Treasurer by warrants
10drawn on the funds appropriated to the Fund for that fiscal
11year. If State appropriations to the Fund for the applicable
12fiscal year are less than the amount lawfully vouchered under
13this subsection, the difference shall be paid from the Common
14School Fund under the continuing appropriation authority
15provided in Section 1.1 of the State Pension Funds Continuing
16Appropriation Act.
17(Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 12-4-97; 90-566, eff. 1-2-98;
1890-582, eff. 5-27-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98.)
 
19    Section 935. The State Pension Funds Continuing
20Appropriation Act is amended by changing Section 1.1 as
21follows:
 
22    (40 ILCS 15/1.1)
23    Sec. 1.1. Appropriations to certain retirement systems.
24    (a) There is hereby appropriated from the General Revenue

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 85 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Fund to the General Assembly Retirement System, on a continuing
2monthly basis, the amount, if any, by which the total available
3amount of all other appropriations to that retirement system
4for the payment of State contributions is less than the total
5amount of the vouchers for required State contributions
6lawfully submitted by the retirement system for that month
7under Section 2-134 of the Illinois Pension Code.
8    (b) There is hereby appropriated from the General Revenue
9Fund to the State Universities Retirement System, on a
10continuing monthly basis, the amount, if any, by which the
11total available amount of all other appropriations to that
12retirement system for the payment of State contributions,
13including any deficiency in the required contributions of the
14optional retirement program established under Section 15-158.2
15of the Illinois Pension Code, is less than the total amount of
16the vouchers for required State contributions lawfully
17submitted by the retirement system for that month under Section
1815-165 of the Illinois Pension Code.
19    (c) There is hereby appropriated from the Common School
20Fund to the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of
21Illinois, on a continuing monthly basis, the amount, if any, by
22which the total available amount of all other appropriations to
23that retirement system for the payment of State contributions
24is less than the total amount of the vouchers for required
25State contributions lawfully submitted by the retirement
26system for that month under Section 16-158 of the Illinois

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 86 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Pension Code.
2    (d) There is hereby appropriated from the General Revenue
3Fund to the Judges Retirement System of Illinois, on a
4continuing monthly basis, the amount, if any, by which the
5total available amount of all other appropriations to that
6retirement system for the payment of State contributions is
7less than the total amount of the vouchers for required State
8contributions lawfully submitted by the retirement system for
9that month under Section 18-140 of the Illinois Pension Code.
10    (e) The continuing appropriations provided by subsections
11(a), (b), (c), and (d) of this Section shall first be available
12in State fiscal year 1996. The continuing appropriations
13provided by subsection (h) of this Section shall first be
14available as provided in that subsection (h).
15    (f) For State fiscal year 2010 only, the continuing
16appropriations provided by this Section are equal to the amount
17certified by each System on or before December 31, 2008, less
18(i) the gross proceeds of the bonds sold in fiscal year 2010
19under the authorization contained in subsection (a) of Section
207.2 of the General Obligation Bond Act and (ii) any amounts
21received from the State Pensions Fund.
22    (g) For State fiscal year 2011 only, the continuing
23appropriations provided by this Section are equal to the amount
24certified by each System on or before April 1, 2011, less (i)
25the gross proceeds of the bonds sold in fiscal year 2011 under
26the authorization contained in subsection (a) of Section 7.2 of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 87 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the General Obligation Bond Act and (ii) any amounts received
2from the State Pensions Fund.
3    (h) There is hereby appropriated from the Common School
4Fund to the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund
5of Chicago, on a continuing basis, the amount, if any, by which
6the total available amount of all other State appropriations to
7that Retirement Fund for the payment of State contributions
8under Section 17-127 of the Illinois Pension Code is less than
9the total amount of the vouchers for required State
10contributions lawfully submitted by the Retirement Fund or the
11State Board of Education, under that Section 17-127.
12(Source: P.A. 96-43, eff. 7-15-09; 96-1497, eff. 1-14-11;
1396-1511, eff. 1-27-11.)
 
14    Section 940. The Innovation Development and Economy Act is
15amended by changing Section 33 as follows:
 
16    (50 ILCS 470/33)
17    Sec. 33. STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust
18Fund.
19    (a) The STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust
20Fund is created as a trust fund in the State treasury. Deposits
21into the Trust Fund shall be made as provided under this
22Section. Moneys in the Trust Fund shall be used by the
23Department of Revenue only for the purpose of making payments
24to school districts in educational service regions that include

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 88 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1or are adjacent to the STAR bond district. Moneys in the Trust
2Fund are not subject to appropriation and shall be used solely
3as provided in this Section. All deposits into the Trust Fund
4shall be held in the Trust Fund by the State Treasurer as ex
5officio custodian separate and apart from all public moneys or
6funds of this State and shall be administered by the Department
7exclusively for the purposes set forth in this Section. All
8moneys in the Trust Fund shall be invested and reinvested by
9the State Treasurer. All interest accruing from these
10investments shall be deposited in the Trust Fund.
11    (b) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the political
12subdivision shall immediately transmit to the county clerk of
13the county in which the district is located a certified copy of
14the ordinance creating the district, a legal description of the
15district, a map of the district, identification of the year
16that the county clerk shall use for determining the total
17initial equalized assessed value of the district consistent
18with subsection (c), and a list of the parcel or tax
19identification number of each parcel of property included in
20the district.
21    (c) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the county clerk
22immediately thereafter shall determine (i) the most recently
23ascertained equalized assessed value of each lot, block, tract,
24or parcel of real property within the STAR bond district, from
25which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions under Article
2615 of the Property Tax Code, which value shall be the initial

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 89 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1equalized assessed value of each such piece of property, and
2(ii) the total equalized assessed value of all taxable real
3property within the district by adding together the most
4recently ascertained equalized assessed value of each taxable
5lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property within the
6district, from which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions
7under Article 15 of the Property Tax Code, and shall certify
8that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value of
9the taxable real property within the STAR bond district.
10    (d) In reference to any STAR bond district created within
11any political subdivision, and in respect to which the county
12clerk has certified the total initial equalized assessed value
13of the property in the area, the political subdivision may
14thereafter request the clerk in writing to adjust the initial
15equalized value of all taxable real property within the STAR
16bond district by deducting therefrom the exemptions under
17Article 15 of the Property Tax Code applicable to each lot,
18block, tract, or parcel of real property within the STAR bond
19district. The county clerk shall immediately, after the written
20request to adjust the total initial equalized value is
21received, determine the total homestead exemptions in the STAR
22bond district as provided under Article 15 of the Property Tax
23Code by adding together the homestead exemptions provided by
24said Article on each lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
25property within the STAR bond district and then shall deduct
26the total of said exemptions from the total initial equalized

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 90 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1assessed value. The county clerk shall then promptly certify
2that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value as
3adjusted of the taxable real property within the STAR bond
4district.
5    (e) The county clerk or other person authorized by law
6shall compute the tax rates for each taxing district with all
7or a portion of its equalized assessed value located in the
8STAR bond district. The rate per cent of tax determined shall
9be extended to the current equalized assessed value of all
10property in the district in the same manner as the rate per
11cent of tax is extended to all other taxable property in the
12taxing district.
13    (f) Beginning with the assessment year in which the first
14destination user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond
15district makes its first retail sales and for each assessment
16year thereafter until final maturity of the last STAR bonds
17issued in the district, the county clerk or other person
18authorized by law shall determine the increase in equalized
19assessed value of all real property within the STAR bond
20district by subtracting the initial equalized assessed value of
21all property in the district certified under subsection (c)
22from the current equalized assessed value of all property in
23the district. Each year, the property taxes arising from the
24increase in equalized assessed value in the STAR bond district
25shall be determined for each taxing district and shall be
26certified to the county collector.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 91 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (g) Beginning with the year in which taxes are collected
2based on the assessment year in which the first destination
3user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond district
4makes its first retail sales and for each year thereafter until
5final maturity of the last STAR bonds issued in the district,
6the county collector shall, within 30 days after receipt of
7property taxes, transmit to the Department to be deposited into
8the STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund 15%
9of property taxes attributable to the increase in equalized
10assessed value within the STAR bond district from each taxing
11district as certified in subsection (f).
12    (h) The Department shall pay to the regional superintendent
13of schools whose educational service region includes Franklin
14and Williamson Counties, for each year for which money is
15remitted to the Department and paid into the STAR Bonds School
16Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, the money in the Fund as
17provided in this Section. The amount paid to each school
18district shall be allocated proportionately, based on each
19qualifying school district's fall enrollment for the
20then-current school year, such that the school district with
21the largest fall enrollment receives the largest proportionate
22share of money paid out of the Fund or by any other method or
23formula that the regional superintendent of schools deems fit,
24equitable, and in the public interest. The regional
25superintendent may allocate moneys to school districts that are
26outside of his or her educational service region or to other

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 92 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1regional superintendents.
2    The Department shall determine the distributions under
3this Section using its best judgment and information. The
4Department shall be held harmless for the distributions made
5under this Section and all distributions shall be final.
6    (i) In any year that an assessment appeal is filed, the
7extension of taxes on any assessment so appealed shall not be
8delayed. In the case of an assessment that is altered, any
9taxes extended upon the unauthorized assessment or part thereof
10shall be abated, or, if already paid, shall be refunded with
11interest as provided in Section 23-20 of the Property Tax Code.
12In the case of an assessment appeal, the county collector shall
13notify the Department that an assessment appeal has been filed
14and the amount of the tax that would have been deposited in the
15STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund. The
16county collector shall hold that amount in a separate fund
17until the appeal process is final. After the appeal process is
18finalized, the county collector shall transmit to the
19Department the amount of tax that remains, if any, after all
20required refunds are made. The Department shall pay any amount
21deposited into the Trust Fund under this Section in the same
22proportion as determined for payments for that taxable year
23under subsection (h).
24    (j) In any year that ad valorem taxes are allocated to the
25STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, that
26allocation shall not reduce or otherwise impact the school aid

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 93 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1provided to any school district under the general State school
2aid formula provided for in Section 18-8.05 of the School Code
3or the evidence-based funding formula provided for in Section
418-8.15 of the School Code.
5(Source: P.A. 96-939, eff. 6-24-10.)
 
6    Section 945. The County Economic Development Project Area
7Property Tax Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as
8follows:
 
9    (55 ILCS 85/7)  (from Ch. 34, par. 7007)
10    Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a
11county has adopted property tax allocation financing by
12ordinance for an economic development project area, the
13Department has approved and certified the economic development
14project area, and the county clerk has thereafter certified the
15"total initial equalized value" of the taxable real property
16within such economic development project area in the manner
17provided in subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act, each year
18after the date of the certification by the county clerk of the
19"initial equalized assessed value" until economic development
20project costs and all county obligations financing economic
21development project costs have been paid, the ad valorem taxes,
22if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable real property
23in the economic development project area by taxing districts
24and tax rates determined in the manner provided in subsection

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 94 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1(b) of Section 6 of this Act shall be divided as follows:
2        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
3    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property which is
4    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
5    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each such
6    taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property
7    existing at the time property tax allocation financing was
8    adopted shall be allocated and when collected shall be paid
9    by the county collector to the respective affected taxing
10    districts in the manner required by the law in the absence
11    of the adoption of property tax allocation financing.
12        (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is
13    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
14    assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or
15    parcel of real property in the economic development project
16    are, over and above the initial equalized assessed value of
17    each property existing at the time property tax allocation
18    financing was adopted shall be allocated to and when
19    collected shall be paid to the county treasurer, who shall
20    deposit those taxes into a special fund called the special
21    tax allocation fund of the county for the purpose of paying
22    economic development project costs and obligations
23    incurred in the payment thereof.
24    The county, by an ordinance adopting property tax
25allocation financing, may pledge the funds in and to be
26deposited in the special tax allocation fund for the payment of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 95 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1obligations issued under this Act and for the payment of
2economic development project costs. No part of the current
3equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic
4development project area attributable to any increase above the
5total initial equalized assessed value of such properties shall
6be used in calculating the general State school aid formula,
7provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or the
8evidence-based funding formula, provided for in Section
918-8.15 of the School Code, until such time as all economic
10development projects costs have been paid as provided for in
11this Section.
12    Whenever a county issues bonds for the purpose of financing
13economic development project costs, the county may provide by
14ordinance for the appointment of a trustee, which may be any
15trust company within the State, and for the establishment of
16the funds or accounts to be maintained by such trustee as the
17county shall deem necessary to provide for the security and
18payment of the bonds. If the county provides for the
19appointment of a trustee, the trustee shall be considered the
20assignee of any payments assigned by the county pursuant to the
21ordinance and this Section. Any amounts paid to the trustee as
22assignee shall be deposited in the funds or accounts
23established pursuant to the trust agreement, and shall be held
24by the trustee in trust for the benefit of the holders of the
25bonds, and the holders shall have a lien on and a security
26interest in those bonds or accounts so long as the bonds remain

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 96 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1outstanding and unpaid. Upon retirement of the bonds, the
2trustee shall pay over any excess amounts held to the county
3for deposit in the special tax allocation fund.
4    When the economic development project costs, including
5without limitation all county obligations financing economic
6development project costs incurred under this Act, have been
7paid, all surplus funds then remaining in the special tax
8allocation funds shall be distributed by being paid by the
9county treasurer to the county collector, who shall immediately
10thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts having
11taxable property in the economic development project area in
12the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
13by the county collector to those taxing districts of real
14property taxes from real property in the economic development
15project area.
16    Upon the payment of all economic development project costs,
17retirement of obligations and the distribution of any excess
18monies pursuant to this Section and not later than 23 years
19from the date of adoption of the ordinance adopting property
20tax allocation financing, the county shall adopt an ordinance
21dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the economic
22development project area and terminating the designation of the
23economic development project area as an economic development
24project area; however, in relation to one or more contiguous
25parcels not exceeding a total area of 120 acres within which an
26electric generating facility is intended to be constructed, and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 97 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1with respect to which the owner of that proposed electric
2generating facility has entered into a redevelopment agreement
3with Grundy County on or before July 25, 2017, the ordinance of
4the county required in this paragraph shall not dissolve the
5special tax allocation fund for the existing economic
6development project area and shall only terminate the
7designation of the economic development project area as to
8those portions of the economic development project area
9excluding the area covered by the redevelopment agreement
10between the owner of the proposed electric generating facility
11and Grundy County; the county shall adopt an ordinance
12dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the economic
13development project area and terminating the designation of the
14economic development project area as an economic development
15project area with regard to the electric generating facility
16property not later than 35 years from the date of adoption of
17the ordinance adopting property tax allocation financing.
18Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts shall be extended
19and taxes levied, collected and distributed in the manner
20applicable in the absence of the adoption of property tax
21allocation financing.
22    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
23property in economic development project areas from being
24assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
25owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as
26required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 98 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Constitution of 1970.
2(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 99-513, eff. 6-30-16.)
 
3    Section 950. The County Economic Development Project Area
4Tax Increment Allocation Act of 1991 is amended by changing
5Section 50 as follows:
 
6    (55 ILCS 90/50)  (from Ch. 34, par. 8050)
7    Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
8    (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial
9equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within
10an economic development project area in the manner provided in
11Section 45, each year after the date of the certification by
12the county clerk of the "total initial equalized assessed
13value", until economic development project costs and all county
14obligations financing economic development project costs have
15been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
16levies upon the taxable real property in the economic
17development project area by taxing districts and tax rates
18determined in the manner provided in subsection (b) of Section
1945 shall be divided as follows:
20        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
21    lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property that is
22    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
23    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each
24    taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 99 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    existing at the time tax increment financing was adopted
2    shall be allocated to (and when collected shall be paid by
3    the county collector to) the respective affected taxing
4    districts in the manner required by law in the absence of
5    the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
6        (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is
7    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
8    assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or
9    parcel of real property in the economic development project
10    area, over and above the initial equalized assessed value
11    of each property existing at the time tax increment
12    financing was adopted, shall be allocated to (and when
13    collected shall be paid to) the county treasurer, who shall
14    deposit the taxes into a special fund (called the special
15    tax allocation fund of the county) for the purpose of
16    paying economic development project costs and obligations
17    incurred in the payment of those costs.
18    (b) The county, by an ordinance adopting tax increment
19allocation financing, may pledge the monies in and to be
20deposited into the special tax allocation fund for the payment
21of obligations issued under this Act and for the payment of
22economic development project costs. No part of the current
23equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic
24development project area attributable to any increase above the
25total initial equalized assessed value of those properties
26shall be used in calculating the general State school aid

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 100 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1formula under Section 18-8 of the School Code or the
2evidence-based funding formula under Section 18-8.15 of the
3School Code until all economic development projects costs have
4been paid as provided for in this Section.
5    (c) When the economic development projects costs,
6including without limitation all county obligations financing
7economic development project costs incurred under this Act,
8have been paid, all surplus monies then remaining in the
9special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being paid
10by the county treasurer to the county collector, who shall
11immediately pay the monies to the taxing districts having
12taxable property in the economic development project area in
13the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
14by the county collector to those taxing districts of real
15property taxes from real property in the economic development
16project area.
17    (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project
18costs, retirement of obligations, and distribution of any
19excess monies under this Section, the county shall adopt an
20ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
21economic development project area and terminating the
22designation of the economic development project area as an
23economic development project area. Thereafter, the rates of the
24taxing districts shall be extended and taxes shall be levied,
25collected, and distributed in the manner applicable in the
26absence of the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 101 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
2property in the economic development project areas from being
3assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
4owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes as
5required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
6Constitution.
7(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
 
8    Section 955. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by
9changing Sections 11-74.4-3, 11-74.4-8, and 11-74.6-35 as
10follows:
 
11    (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-3)  (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-3)
12    Sec. 11-74.4-3. Definitions. The following terms, wherever
13used or referred to in this Division 74.4 shall have the
14following respective meanings, unless in any case a different
15meaning clearly appears from the context.
16    (a) For any redevelopment project area that has been
17designated pursuant to this Section by an ordinance adopted
18prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective date of Public Act
1991-478), "blighted area" shall have the meaning set forth in
20this Section prior to that date.
21    On and after November 1, 1999, "blighted area" means any
22improved or vacant area within the boundaries of a
23redevelopment project area located within the territorial
24limits of the municipality where:

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 102 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (1) If improved, industrial, commercial, and
2    residential buildings or improvements are detrimental to
3    the public safety, health, or welfare because of a
4    combination of 5 or more of the following factors, each of
5    which is (i) present, with that presence documented, to a
6    meaningful extent so that a municipality may reasonably
7    find that the factor is clearly present within the intent
8    of the Act and (ii) reasonably distributed throughout the
9    improved part of the redevelopment project area:
10            (A) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair
11        or neglect of necessary repairs to the primary
12        structural components of buildings or improvements in
13        such a combination that a documented building
14        condition analysis determines that major repair is
15        required or the defects are so serious and so extensive
16        that the buildings must be removed.
17            (B) Obsolescence. The condition or process of
18        falling into disuse. Structures have become ill-suited
19        for the original use.
20            (C) Deterioration. With respect to buildings,
21        defects including, but not limited to, major defects in
22        the secondary building components such as doors,
23        windows, porches, gutters and downspouts, and fascia.
24        With respect to surface improvements, that the
25        condition of roadways, alleys, curbs, gutters,
26        sidewalks, off-street parking, and surface storage

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 103 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        areas evidence deterioration, including, but not
2        limited to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes,
3        depressions, loose paving material, and weeds
4        protruding through paved surfaces.
5            (D) Presence of structures below minimum code
6        standards. All structures that do not meet the
7        standards of zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
8        other governmental codes applicable to property, but
9        not including housing and property maintenance codes.
10            (E) Illegal use of individual structures. The use
11        of structures in violation of applicable federal,
12        State, or local laws, exclusive of those applicable to
13        the presence of structures below minimum code
14        standards.
15            (F) Excessive vacancies. The presence of buildings
16        that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that
17        represent an adverse influence on the area because of
18        the frequency, extent, or duration of the vacancies.
19            (G) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary
20        facilities. The absence of adequate ventilation for
21        light or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
22        windows, or that require the removal of dust, odor,
23        gas, smoke, or other noxious airborne materials.
24        Inadequate natural light and ventilation means the
25        absence of skylights or windows for interior spaces or
26        rooms and improper window sizes and amounts by room

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 104 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        area to window area ratios. Inadequate sanitary
2        facilities refers to the absence or inadequacy of
3        garbage storage and enclosure, bathroom facilities,
4        hot water and kitchens, and structural inadequacies
5        preventing ingress and egress to and from all rooms and
6        units within a building.
7            (H) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead
8        utilities such as storm sewers and storm drainage,
9        sanitary sewers, water lines, and gas, telephone, and
10        electrical services that are shown to be inadequate.
11        Inadequate utilities are those that are: (i) of
12        insufficient capacity to serve the uses in the
13        redevelopment project area, (ii) deteriorated,
14        antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or (iii)
15        lacking within the redevelopment project area.
16            (I) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of
17        structures and community facilities. The
18        over-intensive use of property and the crowding of
19        buildings and accessory facilities onto a site.
20        Examples of problem conditions warranting the
21        designation of an area as one exhibiting excessive land
22        coverage are: (i) the presence of buildings either
23        improperly situated on parcels or located on parcels of
24        inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day
25        standards of development for health and safety and (ii)
26        the presence of multiple buildings on a single parcel.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 105 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        For there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
2        these parcels must exhibit one or more of the following
3        conditions: insufficient provision for light and air
4        within or around buildings, increased threat of spread
5        of fire due to the close proximity of buildings, lack
6        of adequate or proper access to a public right-of-way,
7        lack of reasonably required off-street parking, or
8        inadequate provision for loading and service.
9            (J) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence
10        of incompatible land-use relationships, buildings
11        occupied by inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
12        considered to be noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for
13        the surrounding area.
14            (K) Environmental clean-up. The proposed
15        redevelopment project area has incurred Illinois
16        Environmental Protection Agency or United States
17        Environmental Protection Agency remediation costs for,
18        or a study conducted by an independent consultant
19        recognized as having expertise in environmental
20        remediation has determined a need for, the clean-up of
21        hazardous waste, hazardous substances, or underground
22        storage tanks required by State or federal law,
23        provided that the remediation costs constitute a
24        material impediment to the development or
25        redevelopment of the redevelopment project area.
26            (L) Lack of community planning. The proposed

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 106 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        redevelopment project area was developed prior to or
2        without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
3        This means that the development occurred prior to the
4        adoption by the municipality of a comprehensive or
5        other community plan or that the plan was not followed
6        at the time of the area's development. This factor must
7        be documented by evidence of adverse or incompatible
8        land-use relationships, inadequate street layout,
9        improper subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
10        size to meet contemporary development standards, or
11        other evidence demonstrating an absence of effective
12        community planning.
13            (M) The total equalized assessed value of the
14        proposed redevelopment project area has declined for 3
15        of the last 5 calendar years prior to the year in which
16        the redevelopment project area is designated or is
17        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
18        balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5
19        calendar years for which information is available or is
20        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
21        Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published
22        by the United States Department of Labor or successor
23        agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years prior to the
24        year in which the redevelopment project area is
25        designated.
26        (2) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 107 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    project area is impaired by a combination of 2 or more of
2    the following factors, each of which is (i) present, with
3    that presence documented, to a meaningful extent so that a
4    municipality may reasonably find that the factor is clearly
5    present within the intent of the Act and (ii) reasonably
6    distributed throughout the vacant part of the
7    redevelopment project area to which it pertains:
8            (A) Obsolete platting of vacant land that results
9        in parcels of limited or narrow size or configurations
10        of parcels of irregular size or shape that would be
11        difficult to develop on a planned basis and in a manner
12        compatible with contemporary standards and
13        requirements, or platting that failed to create
14        rights-of-ways for streets or alleys or that created
15        inadequate right-of-way widths for streets, alleys, or
16        other public rights-of-way or that omitted easements
17        for public utilities.
18            (B) Diversity of ownership of parcels of vacant
19        land sufficient in number to retard or impede the
20        ability to assemble the land for development.
21            (C) Tax and special assessment delinquencies exist
22        or the property has been the subject of tax sales under
23        the Property Tax Code within the last 5 years.
24            (D) Deterioration of structures or site
25        improvements in neighboring areas adjacent to the
26        vacant land.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 108 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            (E) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental
2        Protection Agency or United States Environmental
3        Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
4        conducted by an independent consultant recognized as
5        having expertise in environmental remediation has
6        determined a need for, the clean-up of hazardous waste,
7        hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks
8        required by State or federal law, provided that the
9        remediation costs constitute a material impediment to
10        the development or redevelopment of the redevelopment
11        project area.
12            (F) The total equalized assessed value of the
13        proposed redevelopment project area has declined for 3
14        of the last 5 calendar years prior to the year in which
15        the redevelopment project area is designated or is
16        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
17        balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5
18        calendar years for which information is available or is
19        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
20        Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published
21        by the United States Department of Labor or successor
22        agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years prior to the
23        year in which the redevelopment project area is
24        designated.
25        (3) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment
26    project area is impaired by one of the following factors

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 109 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    that (i) is present, with that presence documented, to a
2    meaningful extent so that a municipality may reasonably
3    find that the factor is clearly present within the intent
4    of the Act and (ii) is reasonably distributed throughout
5    the vacant part of the redevelopment project area to which
6    it pertains:
7            (A) The area consists of one or more unused
8        quarries, mines, or strip mine ponds.
9            (B) The area consists of unused rail yards, rail
10        tracks, or railroad rights-of-way.
11            (C) The area, prior to its designation, is subject
12        to (i) chronic flooding that adversely impacts on real
13        property in the area as certified by a registered
14        professional engineer or appropriate regulatory agency
15        or (ii) surface water that discharges from all or a
16        part of the area and contributes to flooding within the
17        same watershed, but only if the redevelopment project
18        provides for facilities or improvements to contribute
19        to the alleviation of all or part of the flooding.
20            (D) The area consists of an unused or illegal
21        disposal site containing earth, stone, building
22        debris, or similar materials that were removed from
23        construction, demolition, excavation, or dredge sites.
24            (E) Prior to November 1, 1999, the area is not less
25        than 50 nor more than 100 acres and 75% of which is
26        vacant (notwithstanding that the area has been used for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 110 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        commercial agricultural purposes within 5 years prior
2        to the designation of the redevelopment project area),
3        and the area meets at least one of the factors itemized
4        in paragraph (1) of this subsection, the area has been
5        designated as a town or village center by ordinance or
6        comprehensive plan adopted prior to January 1, 1982,
7        and the area has not been developed for that designated
8        purpose.
9            (F) The area qualified as a blighted improved area
10        immediately prior to becoming vacant, unless there has
11        been substantial private investment in the immediately
12        surrounding area.
13    (b) For any redevelopment project area that has been
14designated pursuant to this Section by an ordinance adopted
15prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective date of Public Act
1691-478), "conservation area" shall have the meaning set forth
17in this Section prior to that date.
18    On and after November 1, 1999, "conservation area" means
19any improved area within the boundaries of a redevelopment
20project area located within the territorial limits of the
21municipality in which 50% or more of the structures in the area
22have an age of 35 years or more. Such an area is not yet a
23blighted area but because of a combination of 3 or more of the
24following factors is detrimental to the public safety, health,
25morals or welfare and such an area may become a blighted area:
26        (1) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair or

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 111 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    neglect of necessary repairs to the primary structural
2    components of buildings or improvements in such a
3    combination that a documented building condition analysis
4    determines that major repair is required or the defects are
5    so serious and so extensive that the buildings must be
6    removed.
7        (2) Obsolescence. The condition or process of falling
8    into disuse. Structures have become ill-suited for the
9    original use.
10        (3) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, defects
11    including, but not limited to, major defects in the
12    secondary building components such as doors, windows,
13    porches, gutters and downspouts, and fascia. With respect
14    to surface improvements, that the condition of roadways,
15    alleys, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, off-street parking, and
16    surface storage areas evidence deterioration, including,
17    but not limited to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes,
18    depressions, loose paving material, and weeds protruding
19    through paved surfaces.
20        (4) Presence of structures below minimum code
21    standards. All structures that do not meet the standards of
22    zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and other
23    governmental codes applicable to property, but not
24    including housing and property maintenance codes.
25        (5) Illegal use of individual structures. The use of
26    structures in violation of applicable federal, State, or

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 112 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    local laws, exclusive of those applicable to the presence
2    of structures below minimum code standards.
3        (6) Excessive vacancies. The presence of buildings
4    that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that represent an
5    adverse influence on the area because of the frequency,
6    extent, or duration of the vacancies.
7        (7) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary
8    facilities. The absence of adequate ventilation for light
9    or air circulation in spaces or rooms without windows, or
10    that require the removal of dust, odor, gas, smoke, or
11    other noxious airborne materials. Inadequate natural light
12    and ventilation means the absence or inadequacy of
13    skylights or windows for interior spaces or rooms and
14    improper window sizes and amounts by room area to window
15    area ratios. Inadequate sanitary facilities refers to the
16    absence or inadequacy of garbage storage and enclosure,
17    bathroom facilities, hot water and kitchens, and
18    structural inadequacies preventing ingress and egress to
19    and from all rooms and units within a building.
20        (8) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead
21    utilities such as storm sewers and storm drainage, sanitary
22    sewers, water lines, and gas, telephone, and electrical
23    services that are shown to be inadequate. Inadequate
24    utilities are those that are: (i) of insufficient capacity
25    to serve the uses in the redevelopment project area, (ii)
26    deteriorated, antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 113 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (iii) lacking within the redevelopment project area.
2        (9) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of
3    structures and community facilities. The over-intensive
4    use of property and the crowding of buildings and accessory
5    facilities onto a site. Examples of problem conditions
6    warranting the designation of an area as one exhibiting
7    excessive land coverage are: the presence of buildings
8    either improperly situated on parcels or located on parcels
9    of inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day
10    standards of development for health and safety and the
11    presence of multiple buildings on a single parcel. For
12    there to be a finding of excessive land coverage, these
13    parcels must exhibit one or more of the following
14    conditions: insufficient provision for light and air
15    within or around buildings, increased threat of spread of
16    fire due to the close proximity of buildings, lack of
17    adequate or proper access to a public right-of-way, lack of
18    reasonably required off-street parking, or inadequate
19    provision for loading and service.
20        (10) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence of
21    incompatible land-use relationships, buildings occupied by
22    inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses considered to be
23    noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for the surrounding
24    area.
25        (11) Lack of community planning. The proposed
26    redevelopment project area was developed prior to or

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 114 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    without the benefit or guidance of a community plan. This
2    means that the development occurred prior to the adoption
3    by the municipality of a comprehensive or other community
4    plan or that the plan was not followed at the time of the
5    area's development. This factor must be documented by
6    evidence of adverse or incompatible land-use
7    relationships, inadequate street layout, improper
8    subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and size to meet
9    contemporary development standards, or other evidence
10    demonstrating an absence of effective community planning.
11        (12) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental
12    Protection Agency or United States Environmental
13    Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
14    conducted by an independent consultant recognized as
15    having expertise in environmental remediation has
16    determined a need for, the clean-up of hazardous waste,
17    hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks
18    required by State or federal law, provided that the
19    remediation costs constitute a material impediment to the
20    development or redevelopment of the redevelopment project
21    area.
22        (13) The total equalized assessed value of the proposed
23    redevelopment project area has declined for 3 of the last 5
24    calendar years for which information is available or is
25    increasing at an annual rate that is less than the balance
26    of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 calendar years for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 115 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    which information is available or is increasing at an
2    annual rate that is less than the Consumer Price Index for
3    All Urban Consumers published by the United States
4    Department of Labor or successor agency for 3 of the last 5
5    calendar years for which information is available.
6    (c) "Industrial park" means an area in a blighted or
7conservation area suitable for use by any manufacturing,
8industrial, research or transportation enterprise, of
9facilities to include but not be limited to factories, mills,
10processing plants, assembly plants, packing plants,
11fabricating plants, industrial distribution centers,
12warehouses, repair overhaul or service facilities, freight
13terminals, research facilities, test facilities or railroad
14facilities.
15    (d) "Industrial park conservation area" means an area
16within the boundaries of a redevelopment project area located
17within the territorial limits of a municipality that is a labor
18surplus municipality or within 1 1/2 miles of the territorial
19limits of a municipality that is a labor surplus municipality
20if the area is annexed to the municipality; which area is zoned
21as industrial no later than at the time the municipality by
22ordinance designates the redevelopment project area, and which
23area includes both vacant land suitable for use as an
24industrial park and a blighted area or conservation area
25contiguous to such vacant land.
26    (e) "Labor surplus municipality" means a municipality in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 116 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1which, at any time during the 6 months before the municipality
2by ordinance designates an industrial park conservation area,
3the unemployment rate was over 6% and was also 100% or more of
4the national average unemployment rate for that same time as
5published in the United States Department of Labor Bureau of
6Labor Statistics publication entitled "The Employment
7Situation" or its successor publication. For the purpose of
8this subsection, if unemployment rate statistics for the
9municipality are not available, the unemployment rate in the
10municipality shall be deemed to be the same as the unemployment
11rate in the principal county in which the municipality is
12located.
13    (f) "Municipality" shall mean a city, village,
14incorporated town, or a township that is located in the
15unincorporated portion of a county with 3 million or more
16inhabitants, if the county adopted an ordinance that approved
17the township's redevelopment plan.
18    (g) "Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount of taxes
19paid under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax Act,
20Service Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, the
21Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, and the Municipal
22Service Occupation Tax Act by retailers and servicemen on
23transactions at places located in a State Sales Tax Boundary
24during the calendar year 1985.
25    (g-1) "Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount
26of taxes paid under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 117 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Act, Service Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, the
2Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, and the Municipal
3Service Occupation Tax Act by retailers and servicemen on
4transactions at places located within the State Sales Tax
5Boundary revised pursuant to Section 11-74.4-8a(9) of this Act.
6    (h) "Municipal Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal
7to the increase in the aggregate amount of taxes paid to a
8municipality from the Local Government Tax Fund arising from
9sales by retailers and servicemen within the redevelopment
10project area or State Sales Tax Boundary, as the case may be,
11for as long as the redevelopment project area or State Sales
12Tax Boundary, as the case may be, exist over and above the
13aggregate amount of taxes as certified by the Illinois
14Department of Revenue and paid under the Municipal Retailers'
15Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service Occupation Tax Act
16by retailers and servicemen, on transactions at places of
17business located in the redevelopment project area or State
18Sales Tax Boundary, as the case may be, during the base year
19which shall be the calendar year immediately prior to the year
20in which the municipality adopted tax increment allocation
21financing. For purposes of computing the aggregate amount of
22such taxes for base years occurring prior to 1985, the
23Department of Revenue shall determine the Initial Sales Tax
24Amounts for such taxes and deduct therefrom an amount equal to
254% of the aggregate amount of taxes per year for each year the
26base year is prior to 1985, but not to exceed a total deduction

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 118 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of 12%. The amount so determined shall be known as the
2"Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts". For purposes of
3determining the Municipal Sales Tax Increment, the Department
4of Revenue shall for each period subtract from the amount paid
5to the municipality from the Local Government Tax Fund arising
6from sales by retailers and servicemen on transactions located
7in the redevelopment project area or the State Sales Tax
8Boundary, as the case may be, the certified Initial Sales Tax
9Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised
10Initial Sales Tax Amounts for the Municipal Retailers'
11Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service Occupation Tax
12Act. For the State Fiscal Year 1989, this calculation shall be
13made by utilizing the calendar year 1987 to determine the tax
14amounts received. For the State Fiscal Year 1990, this
15calculation shall be made by utilizing the period from January
161, 1988, until September 30, 1988, to determine the tax amounts
17received from retailers and servicemen pursuant to the
18Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service
19Occupation Tax Act, which shall have deducted therefrom
20nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, the
21Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
22Tax Amounts as appropriate. For the State Fiscal Year 1991,
23this calculation shall be made by utilizing the period from
24October 1, 1988, to June 30, 1989, to determine the tax amounts
25received from retailers and servicemen pursuant to the
26Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 119 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Occupation Tax Act which shall have deducted therefrom
2nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts,
3Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
4Tax Amounts as appropriate. For every State Fiscal Year
5thereafter, the applicable period shall be the 12 months
6beginning July 1 and ending June 30 to determine the tax
7amounts received which shall have deducted therefrom the
8certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales
9Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts, as the
10case may be.
11    (i) "Net State Sales Tax Increment" means the sum of the
12following: (a) 80% of the first $100,000 of State Sales Tax
13Increment annually generated within a State Sales Tax Boundary;
14(b) 60% of the amount in excess of $100,000 but not exceeding
15$500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually generated within
16a State Sales Tax Boundary; and (c) 40% of all amounts in
17excess of $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually
18generated within a State Sales Tax Boundary. If, however, a
19municipality established a tax increment financing district in
20a county with a population in excess of 3,000,000 before
21January 1, 1986, and the municipality entered into a contract
22or issued bonds after January 1, 1986, but before December 31,
231986, to finance redevelopment project costs within a State
24Sales Tax Boundary, then the Net State Sales Tax Increment
25means, for the fiscal years beginning July 1, 1990, and July 1,
261991, 100% of the State Sales Tax Increment annually generated

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 120 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1within a State Sales Tax Boundary; and notwithstanding any
2other provision of this Act, for those fiscal years the
3Department of Revenue shall distribute to those municipalities
4100% of their Net State Sales Tax Increment before any
5distribution to any other municipality and regardless of
6whether or not those other municipalities will receive 100% of
7their Net State Sales Tax Increment. For Fiscal Year 1999, and
8every year thereafter until the year 2007, for any municipality
9that has not entered into a contract or has not issued bonds
10prior to June 1, 1988 to finance redevelopment project costs
11within a State Sales Tax Boundary, the Net State Sales Tax
12Increment shall be calculated as follows: By multiplying the
13Net State Sales Tax Increment by 90% in the State Fiscal Year
141999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% in the State
15Fiscal Year 2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year 2002; 50% in the
16State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State Fiscal Year 2004; 30%
17in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the State Fiscal Year
182006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007. No payment shall
19be made for State Fiscal Year 2008 and thereafter.
20    Municipalities that issued bonds in connection with a
21redevelopment project in a redevelopment project area within
22the State Sales Tax Boundary prior to July 29, 1991, or that
23entered into contracts in connection with a redevelopment
24project in a redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988,
25shall continue to receive their proportional share of the
26Illinois Tax Increment Fund distribution until the date on

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 121 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1which the redevelopment project is completed or terminated. If,
2however, a municipality that issued bonds in connection with a
3redevelopment project in a redevelopment project area within
4the State Sales Tax Boundary prior to July 29, 1991 retires the
5bonds prior to June 30, 2007 or a municipality that entered
6into contracts in connection with a redevelopment project in a
7redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988 completes the
8contracts prior to June 30, 2007, then so long as the
9redevelopment project is not completed or is not terminated,
10the Net State Sales Tax Increment shall be calculated,
11beginning on the date on which the bonds are retired or the
12contracts are completed, as follows: By multiplying the Net
13State Sales Tax Increment by 60% in the State Fiscal Year 2002;
1450% in the State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State Fiscal Year
152004; 30% in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the State
16Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007. No
17payment shall be made for State Fiscal Year 2008 and
18thereafter. Refunding of any bonds issued prior to July 29,
191991, shall not alter the Net State Sales Tax Increment.
20    (j) "State Utility Tax Increment Amount" means an amount
21equal to the aggregate increase in State electric and gas tax
22charges imposed on owners and tenants, other than residential
23customers, of properties located within the redevelopment
24project area under Section 9-222 of the Public Utilities Act,
25over and above the aggregate of such charges as certified by
26the Department of Revenue and paid by owners and tenants, other

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 122 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1than residential customers, of properties within the
2redevelopment project area during the base year, which shall be
3the calendar year immediately prior to the year of the adoption
4of the ordinance authorizing tax increment allocation
5financing.
6    (k) "Net State Utility Tax Increment" means the sum of the
7following: (a) 80% of the first $100,000 of State Utility Tax
8Increment annually generated by a redevelopment project area;
9(b) 60% of the amount in excess of $100,000 but not exceeding
10$500,000 of the State Utility Tax Increment annually generated
11by a redevelopment project area; and (c) 40% of all amounts in
12excess of $500,000 of State Utility Tax Increment annually
13generated by a redevelopment project area. For the State Fiscal
14Year 1999, and every year thereafter until the year 2007, for
15any municipality that has not entered into a contract or has
16not issued bonds prior to June 1, 1988 to finance redevelopment
17project costs within a redevelopment project area, the Net
18State Utility Tax Increment shall be calculated as follows: By
19multiplying the Net State Utility Tax Increment by 90% in the
20State Fiscal Year 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70%
21in the State Fiscal Year 2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year
222002; 50% in the State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State
23Fiscal Year 2004; 30% in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the
24State Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007.
25No payment shall be made for the State Fiscal Year 2008 and
26thereafter.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 123 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Municipalities that issue bonds in connection with the
2redevelopment project during the period from June 1, 1988 until
33 years after the effective date of this Amendatory Act of 1988
4shall receive the Net State Utility Tax Increment, subject to
5appropriation, for 15 State Fiscal Years after the issuance of
6such bonds. For the 16th through the 20th State Fiscal Years
7after issuance of the bonds, the Net State Utility Tax
8Increment shall be calculated as follows: By multiplying the
9Net State Utility Tax Increment by 90% in year 16; 80% in year
1017; 70% in year 18; 60% in year 19; and 50% in year 20.
11Refunding of any bonds issued prior to June 1, 1988, shall not
12alter the revised Net State Utility Tax Increment payments set
13forth above.
14    (l) "Obligations" mean bonds, loans, debentures, notes,
15special certificates or other evidence of indebtedness issued
16by the municipality to carry out a redevelopment project or to
17refund outstanding obligations.
18    (m) "Payment in lieu of taxes" means those estimated tax
19revenues from real property in a redevelopment project area
20derived from real property that has been acquired by a
21municipality which according to the redevelopment project or
22plan is to be used for a private use which taxing districts
23would have received had a municipality not acquired the real
24property and adopted tax increment allocation financing and
25which would result from levies made after the time of the
26adoption of tax increment allocation financing to the time the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 124 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1current equalized value of real property in the redevelopment
2project area exceeds the total initial equalized value of real
3property in said area.
4    (n) "Redevelopment plan" means the comprehensive program
5of the municipality for development or redevelopment intended
6by the payment of redevelopment project costs to reduce or
7eliminate those conditions the existence of which qualified the
8redevelopment project area as a "blighted area" or
9"conservation area" or combination thereof or "industrial park
10conservation area," and thereby to enhance the tax bases of the
11taxing districts which extend into the redevelopment project
12area, provided that, with respect to redevelopment project
13areas described in subsections (p-1) and (p-2), "redevelopment
14plan" means the comprehensive program of the affected
15municipality for the development of qualifying transit
16facilities. On and after November 1, 1999 (the effective date
17of Public Act 91-478), no redevelopment plan may be approved or
18amended that includes the development of vacant land (i) with a
19golf course and related clubhouse and other facilities or (ii)
20designated by federal, State, county, or municipal government
21as public land for outdoor recreational activities or for
22nature preserves and used for that purpose within 5 years prior
23to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. For the purpose of
24this subsection, "recreational activities" is limited to mean
25camping and hunting. Each redevelopment plan shall set forth in
26writing the program to be undertaken to accomplish the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 125 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1objectives and shall include but not be limited to:
2        (A) an itemized list of estimated redevelopment
3    project costs;
4        (B) evidence indicating that the redevelopment project
5    area on the whole has not been subject to growth and
6    development through investment by private enterprise,
7    provided that such evidence shall not be required for any
8    redevelopment project area located within a transit
9    facility improvement area established pursuant to Section
10    11-74.4-3.3;
11        (C) an assessment of any financial impact of the
12    redevelopment project area on or any increased demand for
13    services from any taxing district affected by the plan and
14    any program to address such financial impact or increased
15    demand;
16        (D) the sources of funds to pay costs;
17        (E) the nature and term of the obligations to be
18    issued;
19        (F) the most recent equalized assessed valuation of the
20    redevelopment project area;
21        (G) an estimate as to the equalized assessed valuation
22    after redevelopment and the general land uses to apply in
23    the redevelopment project area;
24        (H) a commitment to fair employment practices and an
25    affirmative action plan;
26        (I) if it concerns an industrial park conservation

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 126 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    area, the plan shall also include a general description of
2    any proposed developer, user and tenant of any property, a
3    description of the type, structure and general character of
4    the facilities to be developed, a description of the type,
5    class and number of new employees to be employed in the
6    operation of the facilities to be developed; and
7        (J) if property is to be annexed to the municipality,
8    the plan shall include the terms of the annexation
9    agreement.
10    The provisions of items (B) and (C) of this subsection (n)
11shall not apply to a municipality that before March 14, 1994
12(the effective date of Public Act 88-537) had fixed, either by
13its corporate authorities or by a commission designated under
14subsection (k) of Section 11-74.4-4, a time and place for a
15public hearing as required by subsection (a) of Section
1611-74.4-5. No redevelopment plan shall be adopted unless a
17municipality complies with all of the following requirements:
18        (1) The municipality finds that the redevelopment
19    project area on the whole has not been subject to growth
20    and development through investment by private enterprise
21    and would not reasonably be anticipated to be developed
22    without the adoption of the redevelopment plan, provided,
23    however, that such a finding shall not be required with
24    respect to any redevelopment project area located within a
25    transit facility improvement area established pursuant to
26    Section 11-74.4-3.3.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 127 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (2) The municipality finds that the redevelopment plan
2    and project conform to the comprehensive plan for the
3    development of the municipality as a whole, or, for
4    municipalities with a population of 100,000 or more,
5    regardless of when the redevelopment plan and project was
6    adopted, the redevelopment plan and project either: (i)
7    conforms to the strategic economic development or
8    redevelopment plan issued by the designated planning
9    authority of the municipality, or (ii) includes land uses
10    that have been approved by the planning commission of the
11    municipality.
12        (3) The redevelopment plan establishes the estimated
13    dates of completion of the redevelopment project and
14    retirement of obligations issued to finance redevelopment
15    project costs. Those dates may not be later than the dates
16    set forth under Section 11-74.4-3.5.
17        A municipality may by municipal ordinance amend an
18    existing redevelopment plan to conform to this paragraph
19    (3) as amended by Public Act 91-478, which municipal
20    ordinance may be adopted without further hearing or notice
21    and without complying with the procedures provided in this
22    Act pertaining to an amendment to or the initial approval
23    of a redevelopment plan and project and designation of a
24    redevelopment project area.
25        (3.5) The municipality finds, in the case of an
26    industrial park conservation area, also that the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 128 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    municipality is a labor surplus municipality and that the
2    implementation of the redevelopment plan will reduce
3    unemployment, create new jobs and by the provision of new
4    facilities enhance the tax base of the taxing districts
5    that extend into the redevelopment project area.
6        (4) If any incremental revenues are being utilized
7    under Section 8(a)(1) or 8(a)(2) of this Act in
8    redevelopment project areas approved by ordinance after
9    January 1, 1986, the municipality finds: (a) that the
10    redevelopment project area would not reasonably be
11    developed without the use of such incremental revenues, and
12    (b) that such incremental revenues will be exclusively
13    utilized for the development of the redevelopment project
14    area.
15        (5) If: (a) the redevelopment plan will not result in
16    displacement of residents from 10 or more inhabited
17    residential units, and the municipality certifies in the
18    plan that such displacement will not result from the plan;
19    or (b) the redevelopment plan is for a redevelopment
20    project area located within a transit facility improvement
21    area established pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3, and the
22    applicable project is subject to the process for evaluation
23    of environmental effects under the National Environmental
24    Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. § 4321 et seq., then a
25    housing impact study need not be performed. If, however,
26    the redevelopment plan would result in the displacement of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 129 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    residents from 10 or more inhabited residential units, or
2    if the redevelopment project area contains 75 or more
3    inhabited residential units and no certification is made,
4    then the municipality shall prepare, as part of the
5    separate feasibility report required by subsection (a) of
6    Section 11-74.4-5, a housing impact study.
7        Part I of the housing impact study shall include (i)
8    data as to whether the residential units are single family
9    or multi-family units, (ii) the number and type of rooms
10    within the units, if that information is available, (iii)
11    whether the units are inhabited or uninhabited, as
12    determined not less than 45 days before the date that the
13    ordinance or resolution required by subsection (a) of
14    Section 11-74.4-5 is passed, and (iv) data as to the racial
15    and ethnic composition of the residents in the inhabited
16    residential units. The data requirement as to the racial
17    and ethnic composition of the residents in the inhabited
18    residential units shall be deemed to be fully satisfied by
19    data from the most recent federal census.
20        Part II of the housing impact study shall identify the
21    inhabited residential units in the proposed redevelopment
22    project area that are to be or may be removed. If inhabited
23    residential units are to be removed, then the housing
24    impact study shall identify (i) the number and location of
25    those units that will or may be removed, (ii) the
26    municipality's plans for relocation assistance for those

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 130 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    residents in the proposed redevelopment project area whose
2    residences are to be removed, (iii) the availability of
3    replacement housing for those residents whose residences
4    are to be removed, and shall identify the type, location,
5    and cost of the housing, and (iv) the type and extent of
6    relocation assistance to be provided.
7        (6) On and after November 1, 1999, the housing impact
8    study required by paragraph (5) shall be incorporated in
9    the redevelopment plan for the redevelopment project area.
10        (7) On and after November 1, 1999, no redevelopment
11    plan shall be adopted, nor an existing plan amended, nor
12    shall residential housing that is occupied by households of
13    low-income and very low-income persons in currently
14    existing redevelopment project areas be removed after
15    November 1, 1999 unless the redevelopment plan provides,
16    with respect to inhabited housing units that are to be
17    removed for households of low-income and very low-income
18    persons, affordable housing and relocation assistance not
19    less than that which would be provided under the federal
20    Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property
21    Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 and the regulations under
22    that Act, including the eligibility criteria. Affordable
23    housing may be either existing or newly constructed
24    housing. For purposes of this paragraph (7), "low-income
25    households", "very low-income households", and "affordable
26    housing" have the meanings set forth in the Illinois

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 131 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Affordable Housing Act. The municipality shall make a good
2    faith effort to ensure that this affordable housing is
3    located in or near the redevelopment project area within
4    the municipality.
5        (8) On and after November 1, 1999, if, after the
6    adoption of the redevelopment plan for the redevelopment
7    project area, any municipality desires to amend its
8    redevelopment plan to remove more inhabited residential
9    units than specified in its original redevelopment plan,
10    that change shall be made in accordance with the procedures
11    in subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-5.
12        (9) For redevelopment project areas designated prior
13    to November 1, 1999, the redevelopment plan may be amended
14    without further joint review board meeting or hearing,
15    provided that the municipality shall give notice of any
16    such changes by mail to each affected taxing district and
17    registrant on the interested party registry, to authorize
18    the municipality to expend tax increment revenues for
19    redevelopment project costs defined by paragraphs (5) and
20    (7.5), subparagraphs (E) and (F) of paragraph (11), and
21    paragraph (11.5) of subsection (q) of Section 11-74.4-3, so
22    long as the changes do not increase the total estimated
23    redevelopment project costs set out in the redevelopment
24    plan by more than 5% after adjustment for inflation from
25    the date the plan was adopted.
26    (o) "Redevelopment project" means any public and private

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 132 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1development project in furtherance of the objectives of a
2redevelopment plan. On and after November 1, 1999 (the
3effective date of Public Act 91-478), no redevelopment plan may
4be approved or amended that includes the development of vacant
5land (i) with a golf course and related clubhouse and other
6facilities or (ii) designated by federal, State, county, or
7municipal government as public land for outdoor recreational
8activities or for nature preserves and used for that purpose
9within 5 years prior to the adoption of the redevelopment plan.
10For the purpose of this subsection, "recreational activities"
11is limited to mean camping and hunting.
12    (p) "Redevelopment project area" means an area designated
13by the municipality, which is not less in the aggregate than 1
141/2 acres and in respect to which the municipality has made a
15finding that there exist conditions which cause the area to be
16classified as an industrial park conservation area or a
17blighted area or a conservation area, or a combination of both
18blighted areas and conservation areas.
19    (p-1) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act to the
20contrary, on and after August 25, 2009 (the effective date of
21Public Act 96-680), a redevelopment project area may include
22areas within a one-half mile radius of an existing or proposed
23Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit Access
24Route (STAR Line) station without a finding that the area is
25classified as an industrial park conservation area, a blighted
26area, a conservation area, or a combination thereof, but only

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 133 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1if the municipality receives unanimous consent from the joint
2review board created to review the proposed redevelopment
3project area.
4    (p-2) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act to the
5contrary, on and after the effective date of this amendatory
6Act of the 99th General Assembly, a redevelopment project area
7may include areas within a transit facility improvement area
8that has been established pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3
9without a finding that the area is classified as an industrial
10park conservation area, a blighted area, a conservation area,
11or any combination thereof.
12    (q) "Redevelopment project costs", except for
13redevelopment project areas created pursuant to subsection
14subsections (p-1) or (p-2), means and includes the sum total of
15all reasonable or necessary costs incurred or estimated to be
16incurred, and any such costs incidental to a redevelopment plan
17and a redevelopment project. Such costs include, without
18limitation, the following:
19        (1) Costs of studies, surveys, development of plans,
20    and specifications, implementation and administration of
21    the redevelopment plan including but not limited to staff
22    and professional service costs for architectural,
23    engineering, legal, financial, planning or other services,
24    provided however that no charges for professional services
25    may be based on a percentage of the tax increment
26    collected; except that on and after November 1, 1999 (the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 134 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    effective date of Public Act 91-478), no contracts for
2    professional services, excluding architectural and
3    engineering services, may be entered into if the terms of
4    the contract extend beyond a period of 3 years. In
5    addition, "redevelopment project costs" shall not include
6    lobbying expenses. After consultation with the
7    municipality, each tax increment consultant or advisor to a
8    municipality that plans to designate or has designated a
9    redevelopment project area shall inform the municipality
10    in writing of any contracts that the consultant or advisor
11    has entered into with entities or individuals that have
12    received, or are receiving, payments financed by tax
13    increment revenues produced by the redevelopment project
14    area with respect to which the consultant or advisor has
15    performed, or will be performing, service for the
16    municipality. This requirement shall be satisfied by the
17    consultant or advisor before the commencement of services
18    for the municipality and thereafter whenever any other
19    contracts with those individuals or entities are executed
20    by the consultant or advisor;
21        (1.5) After July 1, 1999, annual administrative costs
22    shall not include general overhead or administrative costs
23    of the municipality that would still have been incurred by
24    the municipality if the municipality had not designated a
25    redevelopment project area or approved a redevelopment
26    plan;

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 135 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (1.6) The cost of marketing sites within the
2    redevelopment project area to prospective businesses,
3    developers, and investors;
4        (2) Property assembly costs, including but not limited
5    to acquisition of land and other property, real or
6    personal, or rights or interests therein, demolition of
7    buildings, site preparation, site improvements that serve
8    as an engineered barrier addressing ground level or below
9    ground environmental contamination, including, but not
10    limited to parking lots and other concrete or asphalt
11    barriers, and the clearing and grading of land;
12        (3) Costs of rehabilitation, reconstruction or repair
13    or remodeling of existing public or private buildings,
14    fixtures, and leasehold improvements; and the cost of
15    replacing an existing public building if pursuant to the
16    implementation of a redevelopment project the existing
17    public building is to be demolished to use the site for
18    private investment or devoted to a different use requiring
19    private investment; including any direct or indirect costs
20    relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction
21    elements or construction elements with an equivalent
22    certification;
23        (4) Costs of the construction of public works or
24    improvements, including any direct or indirect costs
25    relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction
26    elements or construction elements with an equivalent

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 136 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    certification, except that on and after November 1, 1999,
2    redevelopment project costs shall not include the cost of
3    constructing a new municipal public building principally
4    used to provide offices, storage space, or conference
5    facilities or vehicle storage, maintenance, or repair for
6    administrative, public safety, or public works personnel
7    and that is not intended to replace an existing public
8    building as provided under paragraph (3) of subsection (q)
9    of Section 11-74.4-3 unless either (i) the construction of
10    the new municipal building implements a redevelopment
11    project that was included in a redevelopment plan that was
12    adopted by the municipality prior to November 1, 1999, (ii)
13    the municipality makes a reasonable determination in the
14    redevelopment plan, supported by information that provides
15    the basis for that determination, that the new municipal
16    building is required to meet an increase in the need for
17    public safety purposes anticipated to result from the
18    implementation of the redevelopment plan, or (iii) the new
19    municipal public building is for the storage, maintenance,
20    or repair of transit vehicles and is located in a transit
21    facility improvement area that has been established
22    pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3;
23        (5) Costs of job training and retraining projects,
24    including the cost of "welfare to work" programs
25    implemented by businesses located within the redevelopment
26    project area;

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 137 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (6) Financing costs, including but not limited to all
2    necessary and incidental expenses related to the issuance
3    of obligations and which may include payment of interest on
4    any obligations issued hereunder including interest
5    accruing during the estimated period of construction of any
6    redevelopment project for which such obligations are
7    issued and for not exceeding 36 months thereafter and
8    including reasonable reserves related thereto;
9        (7) To the extent the municipality by written agreement
10    accepts and approves the same, all or a portion of a taxing
11    district's capital costs resulting from the redevelopment
12    project necessarily incurred or to be incurred within a
13    taxing district in furtherance of the objectives of the
14    redevelopment plan and project; .
15        (7.5) For redevelopment project areas designated (or
16    redevelopment project areas amended to add or increase the
17    number of tax-increment-financing assisted housing units)
18    on or after November 1, 1999, an elementary, secondary, or
19    unit school district's increased costs attributable to
20    assisted housing units located within the redevelopment
21    project area for which the developer or redeveloper
22    receives financial assistance through an agreement with
23    the municipality or because the municipality incurs the
24    cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within the
25    boundaries of the assisted housing sites necessary for the
26    completion of that housing as authorized by this Act, and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 138 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    which costs shall be paid by the municipality from the
2    Special Tax Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue
3    is received as a result of the assisted housing units and
4    shall be calculated annually as follows:
5            (A) for foundation districts, excluding any school
6        district in a municipality with a population in excess
7        of 1,000,000, by multiplying the district's increase
8        in attendance resulting from the net increase in new
9        students enrolled in that school district who reside in
10        housing units within the redevelopment project area
11        that have received financial assistance through an
12        agreement with the municipality or because the
13        municipality incurs the cost of necessary
14        infrastructure improvements within the boundaries of
15        the housing sites necessary for the completion of that
16        housing as authorized by this Act since the designation
17        of the redevelopment project area by the most recently
18        available per capita tuition cost as defined in Section
19        10-20.12a of the School Code less any increase in
20        general State aid as defined in Section 18-8.05 of the
21        School Code or evidence-based funding as defined in
22        Section 18-8.15 of the School Code attributable to
23        these added new students subject to the following
24        annual limitations:
25                (i) for unit school districts with a district
26            average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge of less

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 139 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            than $5,900, no more than 25% of the total amount
2            of property tax increment revenue produced by
3            those housing units that have received tax
4            increment finance assistance under this Act;
5                (ii) for elementary school districts with a
6            district average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge
7            of less than $5,900, no more than 17% of the total
8            amount of property tax increment revenue produced
9            by those housing units that have received tax
10            increment finance assistance under this Act; and
11                (iii) for secondary school districts with a
12            district average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge
13            of less than $5,900, no more than 8% of the total
14            amount of property tax increment revenue produced
15            by those housing units that have received tax
16            increment finance assistance under this Act.
17            (B) For alternate method districts, flat grant
18        districts, and foundation districts with a district
19        average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge equal to or
20        more than $5,900, excluding any school district with a
21        population in excess of 1,000,000, by multiplying the
22        district's increase in attendance resulting from the
23        net increase in new students enrolled in that school
24        district who reside in housing units within the
25        redevelopment project area that have received
26        financial assistance through an agreement with the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 140 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        municipality or because the municipality incurs the
2        cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
3        the boundaries of the housing sites necessary for the
4        completion of that housing as authorized by this Act
5        since the designation of the redevelopment project
6        area by the most recently available per capita tuition
7        cost as defined in Section 10-20.12a of the School Code
8        less any increase in general state aid as defined in
9        Section 18-8.05 of the School Code or evidence-based
10        funding as defined in Section 18-8.15 of the School
11        Code attributable to these added new students subject
12        to the following annual limitations:
13                (i) for unit school districts, no more than 40%
14            of the total amount of property tax increment
15            revenue produced by those housing units that have
16            received tax increment finance assistance under
17            this Act;
18                (ii) for elementary school districts, no more
19            than 27% of the total amount of property tax
20            increment revenue produced by those housing units
21            that have received tax increment finance
22            assistance under this Act; and
23                (iii) for secondary school districts, no more
24            than 13% of the total amount of property tax
25            increment revenue produced by those housing units
26            that have received tax increment finance

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 141 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            assistance under this Act.
2            (C) For any school district in a municipality with
3        a population in excess of 1,000,000, the following
4        restrictions shall apply to the reimbursement of
5        increased costs under this paragraph (7.5):
6                (i) no increased costs shall be reimbursed
7            unless the school district certifies that each of
8            the schools affected by the assisted housing
9            project is at or over its student capacity;
10                (ii) the amount reimbursable shall be reduced
11            by the value of any land donated to the school
12            district by the municipality or developer, and by
13            the value of any physical improvements made to the
14            schools by the municipality or developer; and
15                (iii) the amount reimbursed may not affect
16            amounts otherwise obligated by the terms of any
17            bonds, notes, or other funding instruments, or the
18            terms of any redevelopment agreement.
19        Any school district seeking payment under this
20        paragraph (7.5) shall, after July 1 and before
21        September 30 of each year, provide the municipality
22        with reasonable evidence to support its claim for
23        reimbursement before the municipality shall be
24        required to approve or make the payment to the school
25        district. If the school district fails to provide the
26        information during this period in any year, it shall

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 142 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        forfeit any claim to reimbursement for that year.
2        School districts may adopt a resolution waiving the
3        right to all or a portion of the reimbursement
4        otherwise required by this paragraph (7.5). By
5        acceptance of this reimbursement the school district
6        waives the right to directly or indirectly set aside,
7        modify, or contest in any manner the establishment of
8        the redevelopment project area or projects;
9        (7.7) For redevelopment project areas designated (or
10    redevelopment project areas amended to add or increase the
11    number of tax-increment-financing assisted housing units)
12    on or after January 1, 2005 (the effective date of Public
13    Act 93-961), a public library district's increased costs
14    attributable to assisted housing units located within the
15    redevelopment project area for which the developer or
16    redeveloper receives financial assistance through an
17    agreement with the municipality or because the
18    municipality incurs the cost of necessary infrastructure
19    improvements within the boundaries of the assisted housing
20    sites necessary for the completion of that housing as
21    authorized by this Act shall be paid to the library
22    district by the municipality from the Special Tax
23    Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue is received
24    as a result of the assisted housing units. This paragraph
25    (7.7) applies only if (i) the library district is located
26    in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 143 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Limitation Law or (ii) the library district is not located
2    in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension
3    Limitation Law but the district is prohibited by any other
4    law from increasing its tax levy rate without a prior voter
5    referendum.
6        The amount paid to a library district under this
7    paragraph (7.7) shall be calculated by multiplying (i) the
8    net increase in the number of persons eligible to obtain a
9    library card in that district who reside in housing units
10    within the redevelopment project area that have received
11    financial assistance through an agreement with the
12    municipality or because the municipality incurs the cost of
13    necessary infrastructure improvements within the
14    boundaries of the housing sites necessary for the
15    completion of that housing as authorized by this Act since
16    the designation of the redevelopment project area by (ii)
17    the per-patron cost of providing library services so long
18    as it does not exceed $120. The per-patron cost shall be
19    the Total Operating Expenditures Per Capita for the library
20    in the previous fiscal year. The municipality may deduct
21    from the amount that it must pay to a library district
22    under this paragraph any amount that it has voluntarily
23    paid to the library district from the tax increment
24    revenue. The amount paid to a library district under this
25    paragraph (7.7) shall be no more than 2% of the amount
26    produced by the assisted housing units and deposited into

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 144 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    the Special Tax Allocation Fund.
2        A library district is not eligible for any payment
3    under this paragraph (7.7) unless the library district has
4    experienced an increase in the number of patrons from the
5    municipality that created the tax-increment-financing
6    district since the designation of the redevelopment
7    project area.
8        Any library district seeking payment under this
9    paragraph (7.7) shall, after July 1 and before September 30
10    of each year, provide the municipality with convincing
11    evidence to support its claim for reimbursement before the
12    municipality shall be required to approve or make the
13    payment to the library district. If the library district
14    fails to provide the information during this period in any
15    year, it shall forfeit any claim to reimbursement for that
16    year. Library districts may adopt a resolution waiving the
17    right to all or a portion of the reimbursement otherwise
18    required by this paragraph (7.7). By acceptance of such
19    reimbursement, the library district shall forfeit any
20    right to directly or indirectly set aside, modify, or
21    contest in any manner whatsoever the establishment of the
22    redevelopment project area or projects;
23        (8) Relocation costs to the extent that a municipality
24    determines that relocation costs shall be paid or is
25    required to make payment of relocation costs by federal or
26    State law or in order to satisfy subparagraph (7) of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 145 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    subsection (n);
2        (9) Payment in lieu of taxes;
3        (10) Costs of job training, retraining, advanced
4    vocational education or career education, including but
5    not limited to courses in occupational, semi-technical or
6    technical fields leading directly to employment, incurred
7    by one or more taxing districts, provided that such costs
8    (i) are related to the establishment and maintenance of
9    additional job training, advanced vocational education or
10    career education programs for persons employed or to be
11    employed by employers located in a redevelopment project
12    area; and (ii) when incurred by a taxing district or taxing
13    districts other than the municipality, are set forth in a
14    written agreement by or among the municipality and the
15    taxing district or taxing districts, which agreement
16    describes the program to be undertaken, including but not
17    limited to the number of employees to be trained, a
18    description of the training and services to be provided,
19    the number and type of positions available or to be
20    available, itemized costs of the program and sources of
21    funds to pay for the same, and the term of the agreement.
22    Such costs include, specifically, the payment by community
23    college districts of costs pursuant to Sections 3-37, 3-38,
24    3-40 and 3-40.1 of the Public Community College Act and by
25    school districts of costs pursuant to Sections 10-22.20a
26    and 10-23.3a of the The School Code;

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 146 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (11) Interest cost incurred by a redeveloper related to
2    the construction, renovation or rehabilitation of a
3    redevelopment project provided that:
4            (A) such costs are to be paid directly from the
5        special tax allocation fund established pursuant to
6        this Act;
7            (B) such payments in any one year may not exceed
8        30% of the annual interest costs incurred by the
9        redeveloper with regard to the redevelopment project
10        during that year;
11            (C) if there are not sufficient funds available in
12        the special tax allocation fund to make the payment
13        pursuant to this paragraph (11) then the amounts so due
14        shall accrue and be payable when sufficient funds are
15        available in the special tax allocation fund;
16            (D) the total of such interest payments paid
17        pursuant to this Act may not exceed 30% of the total
18        (i) cost paid or incurred by the redeveloper for the
19        redevelopment project plus (ii) redevelopment project
20        costs excluding any property assembly costs and any
21        relocation costs incurred by a municipality pursuant
22        to this Act; and
23            (E) the cost limits set forth in subparagraphs (B)
24        and (D) of paragraph (11) shall be modified for the
25        financing of rehabilitated or new housing units for
26        low-income households and very low-income households,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 147 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois Affordable
2        Housing Act. The percentage of 75% shall be substituted
3        for 30% in subparagraphs (B) and (D) of paragraph (11);
4        and .
5            (F) instead Instead of the eligible costs provided
6        by subparagraphs (B) and (D) of paragraph (11), as
7        modified by this subparagraph, and notwithstanding any
8        other provisions of this Act to the contrary, the
9        municipality may pay from tax increment revenues up to
10        50% of the cost of construction of new housing units to
11        be occupied by low-income households and very
12        low-income households as defined in Section 3 of the
13        Illinois Affordable Housing Act. The cost of
14        construction of those units may be derived from the
15        proceeds of bonds issued by the municipality under this
16        Act or other constitutional or statutory authority or
17        from other sources of municipal revenue that may be
18        reimbursed from tax increment revenues or the proceeds
19        of bonds issued to finance the construction of that
20        housing.
21            The eligible costs provided under this
22        subparagraph (F) of paragraph (11) shall be an eligible
23        cost for the construction, renovation, and
24        rehabilitation of all low and very low-income housing
25        units, as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois
26        Affordable Housing Act, within the redevelopment

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 148 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        project area. If the low and very low-income units are
2        part of a residential redevelopment project that
3        includes units not affordable to low and very
4        low-income households, only the low and very
5        low-income units shall be eligible for benefits under
6        this subparagraph (F) of paragraph (11). The standards
7        for maintaining the occupancy by low-income households
8        and very low-income households, as defined in Section 3
9        of the Illinois Affordable Housing Act, of those units
10        constructed with eligible costs made available under
11        the provisions of this subparagraph (F) of paragraph
12        (11) shall be established by guidelines adopted by the
13        municipality. The responsibility for annually
14        documenting the initial occupancy of the units by
15        low-income households and very low-income households,
16        as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois Affordable
17        Housing Act, shall be that of the then current owner of
18        the property. For ownership units, the guidelines will
19        provide, at a minimum, for a reasonable recapture of
20        funds, or other appropriate methods designed to
21        preserve the original affordability of the ownership
22        units. For rental units, the guidelines will provide,
23        at a minimum, for the affordability of rent to low and
24        very low-income households. As units become available,
25        they shall be rented to income-eligible tenants. The
26        municipality may modify these guidelines from time to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 149 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        time; the guidelines, however, shall be in effect for
2        as long as tax increment revenue is being used to pay
3        for costs associated with the units or for the
4        retirement of bonds issued to finance the units or for
5        the life of the redevelopment project area, whichever
6        is later; .
7        (11.5) If the redevelopment project area is located
8    within a municipality with a population of more than
9    100,000, the cost of day care services for children of
10    employees from low-income families working for businesses
11    located within the redevelopment project area and all or a
12    portion of the cost of operation of day care centers
13    established by redevelopment project area businesses to
14    serve employees from low-income families working in
15    businesses located in the redevelopment project area. For
16    the purposes of this paragraph, "low-income families"
17    means families whose annual income does not exceed 80% of
18    the municipal, county, or regional median income, adjusted
19    for family size, as the annual income and municipal,
20    county, or regional median income are determined from time
21    to time by the United States Department of Housing and
22    Urban Development.
23    (12) Unless explicitly stated herein the cost of
24construction of new privately-owned buildings shall not be an
25eligible redevelopment project cost.
26    (13) After November 1, 1999 (the effective date of Public

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 150 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Act 91-478), none of the redevelopment project costs enumerated
2in this subsection shall be eligible redevelopment project
3costs if those costs would provide direct financial support to
4a retail entity initiating operations in the redevelopment
5project area while terminating operations at another Illinois
6location within 10 miles of the redevelopment project area but
7outside the boundaries of the redevelopment project area
8municipality. For purposes of this paragraph, termination
9means a closing of a retail operation that is directly related
10to the opening of the same operation or like retail entity
11owned or operated by more than 50% of the original ownership in
12a redevelopment project area, but it does not mean closing an
13operation for reasons beyond the control of the retail entity,
14as documented by the retail entity, subject to a reasonable
15finding by the municipality that the current location contained
16inadequate space, had become economically obsolete, or was no
17longer a viable location for the retailer or serviceman.
18    (14) No cost shall be a redevelopment project cost in a
19redevelopment project area if used to demolish, remove, or
20substantially modify a historic resource, after August 26, 2008
21(the effective date of Public Act 95-934), unless no prudent
22and feasible alternative exists. "Historic resource" for the
23purpose of this paragraph item (14) means (i) a place or
24structure that is included or eligible for inclusion on the
25National Register of Historic Places or (ii) a contributing
26structure in a district on the National Register of Historic

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 151 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Places. This paragraph item (14) does not apply to a place or
2structure for which demolition, removal, or modification is
3subject to review by the preservation agency of a Certified
4Local Government designated as such by the National Park
5Service of the United States Department of the Interior.
6    If a special service area has been established pursuant to
7the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special Service Area Tax
8Law, then any tax increment revenues derived from the tax
9imposed pursuant to the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special
10Service Area Tax Law may be used within the redevelopment
11project area for the purposes permitted by that Act or Law as
12well as the purposes permitted by this Act.
13    (q-1) For redevelopment project areas created pursuant to
14subsection (p-1), redevelopment project costs are limited to
15those costs in paragraph (q) that are related to the existing
16or proposed Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit
17Access Route (STAR Line) station.
18    (q-2) For a redevelopment project area located within a
19transit facility improvement area established pursuant to
20Section 11-74.4-3.3, redevelopment project costs means those
21costs described in subsection (q) that are related to the
22construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, remodeling, or
23repair of any existing or proposed transit facility.
24    (r) "State Sales Tax Boundary" means the redevelopment
25project area or the amended redevelopment project area
26boundaries which are determined pursuant to subsection (9) of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 152 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Section 11-74.4-8a of this Act. The Department of Revenue shall
2certify pursuant to subsection (9) of Section 11-74.4-8a the
3appropriate boundaries eligible for the determination of State
4Sales Tax Increment.
5    (s) "State Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal to
6the increase in the aggregate amount of taxes paid by retailers
7and servicemen, other than retailers and servicemen subject to
8the Public Utilities Act, on transactions at places of business
9located within a State Sales Tax Boundary pursuant to the
10Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act, the Service Use
11Tax Act, and the Service Occupation Tax Act, except such
12portion of such increase that is paid into the State and Local
13Sales Tax Reform Fund, the Local Government Distributive Fund,
14the Local Government Tax Fund and the County and Mass Transit
15District Fund, for as long as State participation exists, over
16and above the Initial Sales Tax Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales
17Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts for such
18taxes as certified by the Department of Revenue and paid under
19those Acts by retailers and servicemen on transactions at
20places of business located within the State Sales Tax Boundary
21during the base year which shall be the calendar year
22immediately prior to the year in which the municipality adopted
23tax increment allocation financing, less 3.0% of such amounts
24generated under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax Act
25and Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act,
26which sum shall be appropriated to the Department of Revenue to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 153 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1cover its costs of administering and enforcing this Section.
2For purposes of computing the aggregate amount of such taxes
3for base years occurring prior to 1985, the Department of
4Revenue shall compute the Initial Sales Tax Amount for such
5taxes and deduct therefrom an amount equal to 4% of the
6aggregate amount of taxes per year for each year the base year
7is prior to 1985, but not to exceed a total deduction of 12%.
8The amount so determined shall be known as the "Adjusted
9Initial Sales Tax Amount". For purposes of determining the
10State Sales Tax Increment the Department of Revenue shall for
11each period subtract from the tax amounts received from
12retailers and servicemen on transactions located in the State
13Sales Tax Boundary, the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts,
14Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or Revised Initial Sales Tax
15Amounts for the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
16the Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act. For
17the State Fiscal Year 1989 this calculation shall be made by
18utilizing the calendar year 1987 to determine the tax amounts
19received. For the State Fiscal Year 1990, this calculation
20shall be made by utilizing the period from January 1, 1988,
21until September 30, 1988, to determine the tax amounts received
22from retailers and servicemen, which shall have deducted
23therefrom nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax
24Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised
25Initial Sales Tax Amounts as appropriate. For the State Fiscal
26Year 1991, this calculation shall be made by utilizing the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 154 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1period from October 1, 1988, until June 30, 1989, to determine
2the tax amounts received from retailers and servicemen, which
3shall have deducted therefrom nine-twelfths of the certified
4Initial State Sales Tax Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
5Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts as
6appropriate. For every State Fiscal Year thereafter, the
7applicable period shall be the 12 months beginning July 1 and
8ending on June 30, to determine the tax amounts received which
9shall have deducted therefrom the certified Initial Sales Tax
10Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised
11Initial Sales Tax Amounts. Municipalities intending to receive
12a distribution of State Sales Tax Increment must report a list
13of retailers to the Department of Revenue by October 31, 1988
14and by July 31, of each year thereafter.
15    (t) "Taxing districts" means counties, townships, cities
16and incorporated towns and villages, school, road, park,
17sanitary, mosquito abatement, forest preserve, public health,
18fire protection, river conservancy, tuberculosis sanitarium
19and any other municipal corporations or districts with the
20power to levy taxes.
21    (u) "Taxing districts' capital costs" means those costs of
22taxing districts for capital improvements that are found by the
23municipal corporate authorities to be necessary and directly
24result from the redevelopment project.
25    (v) As used in subsection (a) of Section 11-74.4-3 of this
26Act, "vacant land" means any parcel or combination of parcels

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 155 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of real property without industrial, commercial, and
2residential buildings which has not been used for commercial
3agricultural purposes within 5 years prior to the designation
4of the redevelopment project area, unless the parcel is
5included in an industrial park conservation area or the parcel
6has been subdivided; provided that if the parcel was part of a
7larger tract that has been divided into 3 or more smaller
8tracts that were accepted for recording during the period from
91950 to 1990, then the parcel shall be deemed to have been
10subdivided, and all proceedings and actions of the municipality
11taken in that connection with respect to any previously
12approved or designated redevelopment project area or amended
13redevelopment project area are hereby validated and hereby
14declared to be legally sufficient for all purposes of this Act.
15For purposes of this Section and only for land subject to the
16subdivision requirements of the Plat Act, land is subdivided
17when the original plat of the proposed Redevelopment Project
18Area or relevant portion thereof has been properly certified,
19acknowledged, approved, and recorded or filed in accordance
20with the Plat Act and a preliminary plat, if any, for any
21subsequent phases of the proposed Redevelopment Project Area or
22relevant portion thereof has been properly approved and filed
23in accordance with the applicable ordinance of the
24municipality.
25    (w) "Annual Total Increment" means the sum of each
26municipality's annual Net Sales Tax Increment and each

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 156 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1municipality's annual Net Utility Tax Increment. The ratio of
2the Annual Total Increment of each municipality to the Annual
3Total Increment for all municipalities, as most recently
4calculated by the Department, shall determine the proportional
5shares of the Illinois Tax Increment Fund to be distributed to
6each municipality.
7    (x) "LEED certified" means any certification level of
8construction elements by a qualified Leadership in Energy and
9Environmental Design Accredited Professional as determined by
10the U.S. Green Building Council.
11    (y) "Green Globes certified" means any certification level
12of construction elements by a qualified Green Globes
13Professional as determined by the Green Building Initiative.
14(Source: P.A. 99-792, eff. 8-12-16; revised 10-31-16.)
 
15    (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-8)   (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-8)
16    Sec. 11-74.4-8. Tax increment allocation financing. A
17municipality may not adopt tax increment financing in a
18redevelopment project area after the effective date of this
19amendatory Act of 1997 that will encompass an area that is
20currently included in an enterprise zone created under the
21Illinois Enterprise Zone Act unless that municipality,
22pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act,
23amends the enterprise zone designating ordinance to limit the
24eligibility for tax abatements as provided in Section 5.4.1 of
25the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act. A municipality, at the time a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 157 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1redevelopment project area is designated, may adopt tax
2increment allocation financing by passing an ordinance
3providing that the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
4levies upon taxable real property in such redevelopment project
5area by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner
6provided in paragraph (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 each year after
7the effective date of the ordinance until redevelopment project
8costs and all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
9project costs incurred under this Division have been paid shall
10be divided as follows, provided, however, that with respect to
11any redevelopment project area located within a transit
12facility improvement area established pursuant to Section
1311-74.4-3.3 in a municipality with a population of 1,000,000 or
14more, ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon
15taxable real property in such redevelopment project area shall
16be allocated as specifically provided in this Section:
17        (a) That portion of taxes levied upon each taxable lot,
18    block, tract or parcel of real property which is
19    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
20    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each such
21    taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property in the
22    redevelopment project area shall be allocated to and when
23    collected shall be paid by the county collector to the
24    respective affected taxing districts in the manner
25    required by law in the absence of the adoption of tax
26    increment allocation financing.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 158 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (b) Except from a tax levied by a township to retire
2    bonds issued to satisfy court-ordered damages, that
3    portion, if any, of such taxes which is attributable to the
4    increase in the current equalized assessed valuation of
5    each taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property
6    in the redevelopment project area over and above the
7    initial equalized assessed value of each property in the
8    project area shall be allocated to and when collected shall
9    be paid to the municipal treasurer who shall deposit said
10    taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation
11    fund of the municipality for the purpose of paying
12    redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred in
13    the payment thereof. In any county with a population of
14    3,000,000 or more that has adopted a procedure for
15    collecting taxes that provides for one or more of the
16    installments of the taxes to be billed and collected on an
17    estimated basis, the municipal treasurer shall be paid for
18    deposit in the special tax allocation fund of the
19    municipality, from the taxes collected from estimated
20    bills issued for property in the redevelopment project
21    area, the difference between the amount actually collected
22    from each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
23    property within the redevelopment project area and an
24    amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes
25    were last extended against the taxable lot, block, track,
26    or parcel of real property in the manner provided in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 159 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 by the initial
2    equalized assessed value of the property divided by the
3    number of installments in which real estate taxes are
4    billed and collected within the county; provided that the
5    payments on or before December 31, 1999 to a municipal
6    treasurer shall be made only if each of the following
7    conditions are met:
8        (1) The total equalized assessed value of the
9        redevelopment project area as last determined was not
10        less than 175% of the total initial equalized assessed
11        value.
12        (2) Not more than 50% of the total equalized assessed
13        value of the redevelopment project area as last
14        determined is attributable to a piece of property
15        assigned a single real estate index number.
16        (3) The municipal clerk has certified to the county
17        clerk that the municipality has issued its obligations
18        to which there has been pledged the incremental
19        property taxes of the redevelopment project area or
20        taxes levied and collected on any or all property in
21        the municipality or the full faith and credit of the
22        municipality to pay or secure payment for all or a
23        portion of the redevelopment project costs. The
24        certification shall be filed annually no later than
25        September 1 for the estimated taxes to be distributed
26        in the following year; however, for the year 1992 the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 160 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        certification shall be made at any time on or before
2        March 31, 1992.
3        (4) The municipality has not requested that the total
4        initial equalized assessed value of real property be
5        adjusted as provided in subsection (b) of Section
6        11-74.4-9.
7        The conditions of paragraphs (1) through (4) do not
8    apply after December 31, 1999 to payments to a municipal
9    treasurer made by a county with 3,000,000 or more
10    inhabitants that has adopted an estimated billing
11    procedure for collecting taxes. If a county that has
12    adopted the estimated billing procedure makes an erroneous
13    overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal treasurer, then
14    the county may seek a refund of that overpayment. The
15    county shall send the municipal treasurer a notice of
16    liability for the overpayment on or before the mailing date
17    of the next real estate tax bill within the county. The
18    refund shall be limited to the amount of the overpayment.
19        It is the intent of this Division that after the
20    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1988 a
21    municipality's own ad valorem tax arising from levies on
22    taxable real property be included in the determination of
23    incremental revenue in the manner provided in paragraph (c)
24    of Section 11-74.4-9. If the municipality does not extend
25    such a tax, it shall annually deposit in the municipality's
26    Special Tax Increment Fund an amount equal to 10% of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 161 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    total contributions to the fund from all other taxing
2    districts in that year. The annual 10% deposit required by
3    this paragraph shall be limited to the actual amount of
4    municipally produced incremental tax revenues available to
5    the municipality from taxpayers located in the
6    redevelopment project area in that year if: (a) the plan
7    for the area restricts the use of the property primarily to
8    industrial purposes, (b) the municipality establishing the
9    redevelopment project area is a home-rule community with a
10    1990 population of between 25,000 and 50,000, (c) the
11    municipality is wholly located within a county with a 1990
12    population of over 750,000 and (d) the redevelopment
13    project area was established by the municipality prior to
14    June 1, 1990. This payment shall be in lieu of a
15    contribution of ad valorem taxes on real property. If no
16    such payment is made, any redevelopment project area of the
17    municipality shall be dissolved.
18        If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation
19    financing by ordinance and the County Clerk thereafter
20    certifies the "total initial equalized assessed value as
21    adjusted" of the taxable real property within such
22    redevelopment project area in the manner provided in
23    paragraph (b) of Section 11-74.4-9, each year after the
24    date of the certification of the total initial equalized
25    assessed value as adjusted until redevelopment project
26    costs and all municipal obligations financing

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 162 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    redevelopment project costs have been paid the ad valorem
2    taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable
3    real property in such redevelopment project area by taxing
4    districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided
5    in paragraph (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 shall be divided as
6    follows, provided, however, that with respect to any
7    redevelopment project area located within a transit
8    facility improvement area established pursuant to Section
9    11-74.4-3.3 in a municipality with a population of
10    1,000,000 or more, ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from
11    the levies upon the taxable real property in such
12    redevelopment project area shall be allocated as
13    specifically provided in this Section:
14        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
15        lot, block, tract or parcel of real property which is
16        attributable to the lower of the current equalized
17        assessed value or "current equalized assessed value as
18        adjusted" or the initial equalized assessed value of
19        each such taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
20        property existing at the time tax increment financing
21        was adopted, minus the total current homestead
22        exemptions under Article 15 of the Property Tax Code in
23        the redevelopment project area shall be allocated to
24        and when collected shall be paid by the county
25        collector to the respective affected taxing districts
26        in the manner required by law in the absence of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 163 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
2        (2) That portion, if any, of such taxes which is
3        attributable to the increase in the current equalized
4        assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract,
5        or parcel of real property in the redevelopment project
6        area, over and above the initial equalized assessed
7        value of each property existing at the time tax
8        increment financing was adopted, minus the total
9        current homestead exemptions pertaining to each piece
10        of property provided by Article 15 of the Property Tax
11        Code in the redevelopment project area, shall be
12        allocated to and when collected shall be paid to the
13        municipal Treasurer, who shall deposit said taxes into
14        a special fund called the special tax allocation fund
15        of the municipality for the purpose of paying
16        redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred
17        in the payment thereof.
18        The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds
19    in and to be deposited in the special tax allocation fund
20    for the payment of such costs and obligations. No part of
21    the current equalized assessed valuation of each property
22    in the redevelopment project area attributable to any
23    increase above the total initial equalized assessed value,
24    or the total initial equalized assessed value as adjusted,
25    of such properties shall be used in calculating the general
26    State school aid formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 164 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    the School Code, or the evidence-based funding formula,
2    provided for in Section 18-8.15 of the School Code, until
3    such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid
4    as provided for in this Section.
5        Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of
6    financing redevelopment project costs, such municipality
7    may provide by ordinance for the appointment of a trustee,
8    which may be any trust company within the State, and for
9    the establishment of such funds or accounts to be
10    maintained by such trustee as the municipality shall deem
11    necessary to provide for the security and payment of the
12    bonds. If such municipality provides for the appointment of
13    a trustee, such trustee shall be considered the assignee of
14    any payments assigned by the municipality pursuant to such
15    ordinance and this Section. Any amounts paid to such
16    trustee as assignee shall be deposited in the funds or
17    accounts established pursuant to such trust agreement, and
18    shall be held by such trustee in trust for the benefit of
19    the holders of the bonds, and such holders shall have a
20    lien on and a security interest in such funds or accounts
21    so long as the bonds remain outstanding and unpaid. Upon
22    retirement of the bonds, the trustee shall pay over any
23    excess amounts held to the municipality for deposit in the
24    special tax allocation fund.
25        When such redevelopment projects costs, including
26    without limitation all municipal obligations financing

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 165 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    redevelopment project costs incurred under this Division,
2    have been paid, all surplus funds then remaining in the
3    special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being
4    paid by the municipal treasurer to the Department of
5    Revenue, the municipality and the county collector; first
6    to the Department of Revenue and the municipality in direct
7    proportion to the tax incremental revenue received from the
8    State and the municipality, but not to exceed the total
9    incremental revenue received from the State or the
10    municipality less any annual surplus distribution of
11    incremental revenue previously made; with any remaining
12    funds to be paid to the County Collector who shall
13    immediately thereafter pay said funds to the taxing
14    districts in the redevelopment project area in the same
15    manner and proportion as the most recent distribution by
16    the county collector to the affected districts of real
17    property taxes from real property in the redevelopment
18    project area.
19        Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs,
20    the retirement of obligations, the distribution of any
21    excess monies pursuant to this Section, and final closing
22    of the books and records of the redevelopment project area,
23    the municipality shall adopt an ordinance dissolving the
24    special tax allocation fund for the redevelopment project
25    area and terminating the designation of the redevelopment
26    project area as a redevelopment project area. Title to real

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 166 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    or personal property and public improvements acquired by or
2    for the municipality as a result of the redevelopment
3    project and plan shall vest in the municipality when
4    acquired and shall continue to be held by the municipality
5    after the redevelopment project area has been terminated.
6    Municipalities shall notify affected taxing districts
7    prior to November 1 if the redevelopment project area is to
8    be terminated by December 31 of that same year. If a
9    municipality extends estimated dates of completion of a
10    redevelopment project and retirement of obligations to
11    finance a redevelopment project, as allowed by this
12    amendatory Act of 1993, that extension shall not extend the
13    property tax increment allocation financing authorized by
14    this Section. Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts
15    shall be extended and taxes levied, collected and
16    distributed in the manner applicable in the absence of the
17    adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
18        If a municipality with a population of 1,000,000 or
19    more has adopted by ordinance tax increment allocation
20    financing for a redevelopment project area located in a
21    transit facility improvement area established pursuant to
22    Section 11-74.4-3.3, for each year after the effective date
23    of the ordinance until redevelopment project costs and all
24    municipal obligations financing redevelopment project
25    costs have been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising
26    from the levies upon the taxable real property in that

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 167 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    redevelopment project area by taxing districts and tax
2    rates determined in the manner provided in paragraph (c) of
3    Section 11-74.4-9 shall be divided as follows:
4            (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each
5        taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property
6        which is attributable to the lower of (i) the current
7        equalized assessed value or "current equalized
8        assessed value as adjusted" or (ii) the initial
9        equalized assessed value of each such taxable lot,
10        block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at
11        the time tax increment financing was adopted, minus the
12        total current homestead exemptions under Article 15 of
13        the Property Tax Code in the redevelopment project area
14        shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid
15        by the county collector to the respective affected
16        taxing districts in the manner required by law in the
17        absence of the adoption of tax increment allocation
18        financing.
19            (2) That portion, if any, of such taxes which is
20        attributable to the increase in the current equalized
21        assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract,
22        or parcel of real property in the redevelopment project
23        area, over and above the initial equalized assessed
24        value of each property existing at the time tax
25        increment financing was adopted, minus the total
26        current homestead exemptions pertaining to each piece

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 168 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        of property provided by Article 15 of the Property Tax
2        Code in the redevelopment project area, shall be
3        allocated to and when collected shall be paid by the
4        county collector as follows:
5                (A) First, that portion which would be payable
6            to a school district whose boundaries are
7            coterminous with such municipality in the absence
8            of the adoption of tax increment allocation
9            financing, shall be paid to such school district in
10            the manner required by law in the absence of the
11            adoption of tax increment allocation financing;
12            then
13                (B) 80% of the remaining portion shall be paid
14            to the municipal Treasurer, who shall deposit said
15            taxes into a special fund called the special tax
16            allocation fund of the municipality for the
17            purpose of paying redevelopment project costs and
18            obligations incurred in the payment thereof; and
19            then
20                (C) 20% of the remaining portion shall be paid
21            to the respective affected taxing districts, other
22            than the school district described in clause (a)
23            above, in the manner required by law in the absence
24            of the adoption of tax increment allocation
25            financing.
26    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 169 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1property in such redevelopment project areas from being
2assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
3owners of such property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as
4required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
5Constitution.
6(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 99-792, eff. 8-12-16.)
 
7    (65 ILCS 5/11-74.6-35)
8    Sec. 11-74.6-35. Ordinance for tax increment allocation
9financing.
10    (a) A municipality, at the time a redevelopment project
11area is designated, may adopt tax increment allocation
12financing by passing an ordinance providing that the ad valorem
13taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon taxable real
14property within the redevelopment project area by taxing
15districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided in
16subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 each year after the
17effective date of the ordinance until redevelopment project
18costs and all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
19project costs incurred under this Act have been paid shall be
20divided as follows:
21        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
22    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property that is
23    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
24    value or the initial equalized assessed value or the
25    updated initial equalized assessed value of each taxable

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 170 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property in the
2    redevelopment project area shall be allocated to and when
3    collected shall be paid by the county collector to the
4    respective affected taxing districts in the manner
5    required by law without regard to the adoption of tax
6    increment allocation financing.
7        (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is
8    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
9    assessed value of each taxable lot, block, tract or parcel
10    of real property in the redevelopment project area, over
11    and above the initial equalized assessed value or the
12    updated initial equalized assessed value of each property
13    in the project area, shall be allocated to and when
14    collected shall be paid by the county collector to the
15    municipal treasurer who shall deposit that portion of those
16    taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation
17    fund of the municipality for the purpose of paying
18    redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred in
19    the payment of those costs and obligations. In any county
20    with a population of 3,000,000 or more that has adopted a
21    procedure for collecting taxes that provides for one or
22    more of the installments of the taxes to be billed and
23    collected on an estimated basis, the municipal treasurer
24    shall be paid for deposit in the special tax allocation
25    fund of the municipality, from the taxes collected from
26    estimated bills issued for property in the redevelopment

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 171 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    project area, the difference between the amount actually
2    collected from each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of
3    real property within the redevelopment project area and an
4    amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes
5    were last extended against the taxable lot, block, track,
6    or parcel of real property in the manner provided in
7    subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 by the initial
8    equalized assessed value or the updated initial equalized
9    assessed value of the property divided by the number of
10    installments in which real estate taxes are billed and
11    collected within the county, provided that the payments on
12    or before December 31, 1999 to a municipal treasurer shall
13    be made only if each of the following conditions are met:
14            (A) The total equalized assessed value of the
15        redevelopment project area as last determined was not
16        less than 175% of the total initial equalized assessed
17        value.
18            (B) Not more than 50% of the total equalized
19        assessed value of the redevelopment project area as
20        last determined is attributable to a piece of property
21        assigned a single real estate index number.
22            (C) The municipal clerk has certified to the county
23        clerk that the municipality has issued its obligations
24        to which there has been pledged the incremental
25        property taxes of the redevelopment project area or
26        taxes levied and collected on any or all property in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 172 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        the municipality or the full faith and credit of the
2        municipality to pay or secure payment for all or a
3        portion of the redevelopment project costs. The
4        certification shall be filed annually no later than
5        September 1 for the estimated taxes to be distributed
6        in the following year.
7    The conditions of paragraphs (A) through (C) do not apply
8after December 31, 1999 to payments to a municipal treasurer
9made by a county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants that has
10adopted an estimated billing procedure for collecting taxes. If
11a county that has adopted the estimated billing procedure makes
12an erroneous overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal
13treasurer, then the county may seek a refund of that
14overpayment. The county shall send the municipal treasurer a
15notice of liability for the overpayment on or before the
16mailing date of the next real estate tax bill within the
17county. The refund shall be limited to the amount of the
18overpayment.
19    (b) It is the intent of this Act that a municipality's own
20ad valorem tax arising from levies on taxable real property be
21included in the determination of incremental revenue in the
22manner provided in paragraph (b) of Section 11-74.6-40.
23    (c) If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation
24financing for a redevelopment project area by ordinance and the
25county clerk thereafter certifies the total initial equalized
26assessed value or the total updated initial equalized assessed

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 173 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1value of the taxable real property within such redevelopment
2project area in the manner provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of
3Section 11-74.6-40, each year after the date of the
4certification of the total initial equalized assessed value or
5the total updated initial equalized assessed value until
6redevelopment project costs and all municipal obligations
7financing redevelopment project costs have been paid, the ad
8valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable
9real property in the redevelopment project area by taxing
10districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided in
11paragraph (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 shall be divided as
12follows:
13        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
14    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property that is
15    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
16    value or the initial equalized assessed value, or the
17    updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel if
18    the updated initial equalized assessed value of that parcel
19    has been certified in accordance with Section 11-74.6-40,
20    whichever has been most recently certified, of each taxable
21    lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at
22    the time tax increment allocation financing was adopted in
23    the redevelopment project area, shall be allocated to and
24    when collected shall be paid by the county collector to the
25    respective affected taxing districts in the manner
26    required by law without regard to the adoption of tax

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 174 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    increment allocation financing.
2        (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is
3    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
4    assessed value of each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel
5    of real property in the redevelopment project area, over
6    and above the initial equalized assessed value of each
7    property existing at the time tax increment allocation
8    financing was adopted in the redevelopment project area, or
9    the updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel
10    if the updated initial equalized assessed value of that
11    parcel has been certified in accordance with Section
12    11-74.6-40, shall be allocated to and when collected shall
13    be paid to the municipal treasurer, who shall deposit those
14    taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation
15    fund of the municipality for the purpose of paying
16    redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred in
17    the payment thereof.
18    (d) The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds
19in and to be deposited in the special tax allocation fund for
20the payment of redevelopment project costs and obligations. No
21part of the current equalized assessed value of each property
22in the redevelopment project area attributable to any increase
23above the total initial equalized assessed value or the total
24initial updated equalized assessed value of the property, shall
25be used in calculating the general General State aid formula
26School Aid Formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of the School

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 175 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Code, or the evidence-based funding formula, provided for in
2Section 18-8.15 of the School Code, until all redevelopment
3project costs have been paid as provided for in this Section.
4    Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of
5financing redevelopment project costs, that municipality may
6provide by ordinance for the appointment of a trustee, which
7may be any trust company within the State, and for the
8establishment of any funds or accounts to be maintained by that
9trustee, as the municipality deems necessary to provide for the
10security and payment of the bonds. If the municipality provides
11for the appointment of a trustee, the trustee shall be
12considered the assignee of any payments assigned by the
13municipality under that ordinance and this Section. Any amounts
14paid to the trustee as assignee shall be deposited into the
15funds or accounts established under the trust agreement, and
16shall be held by the trustee in trust for the benefit of the
17holders of the bonds. The holders of those bonds shall have a
18lien on and a security interest in those funds or accounts
19while the bonds remain outstanding and unpaid. Upon retirement
20of the bonds, the trustee shall pay over any excess amounts
21held to the municipality for deposit in the special tax
22allocation fund.
23    When the redevelopment projects costs, including without
24limitation all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
25project costs incurred under this Law, have been paid, all
26surplus funds then remaining in the special tax allocation fund

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 176 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall be distributed by being paid by the municipal treasurer
2to the municipality and the county collector; first to the
3municipality in direct proportion to the tax incremental
4revenue received from the municipality, but not to exceed the
5total incremental revenue received from the municipality,
6minus any annual surplus distribution of incremental revenue
7previously made. Any remaining funds shall be paid to the
8county collector who shall immediately distribute that payment
9to the taxing districts in the redevelopment project area in
10the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
11by the county collector to the affected districts of real
12property taxes from real property situated in the redevelopment
13project area.
14    Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs,
15retirement of obligations and the distribution of any excess
16moneys under this Section, the municipality shall adopt an
17ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
18redevelopment project area and terminating the designation of
19the redevelopment project area as a redevelopment project area.
20Thereafter the tax levies of taxing districts shall be
21extended, collected and distributed in the same manner
22applicable before the adoption of tax increment allocation
23financing. Municipality shall notify affected taxing districts
24prior to November if the redevelopment project area is to be
25terminated by December 31 of that same year.
26    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 177 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1property in a redevelopment project area from being assessed as
2provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving owners of
3that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as required
4by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois Constitution.
5(Source: P.A. 91-474, eff. 11-1-99.)
 
6    Section 960. The Economic Development Project Area Tax
7Increment Allocation Act of 1995 is amended by changing Section
850 as follows:
 
9    (65 ILCS 110/50)
10    Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
11    (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial
12equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within
13an economic development project area in the manner provided in
14Section 45, each year after the date of the certification by
15the county clerk of the "total initial equalized assessed
16value", until economic development project costs and all
17municipal obligations financing economic development project
18costs have been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising
19from the levies upon the taxable real property in the economic
20development project area by taxing districts and tax rates
21determined in the manner provided in subsection (b) of Section
2245 shall be divided as follows:
23        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
24    lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property that is

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 178 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
2    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each
3    taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property
4    existing at the time tax increment financing was adopted
5    shall be allocated to (and when collected shall be paid by
6    the county collector to) the respective affected taxing
7    districts in the manner required by law in the absence of
8    the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
9        (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is
10    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
11    assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or
12    parcel of real property in the economic development project
13    area, over and above the initial equalized assessed value
14    of each property existing at the time tax increment
15    financing was adopted, shall be allocated to (and when
16    collected shall be paid to) the municipal treasurer, who
17    shall deposit the taxes into a special fund (called the
18    special tax allocation fund of the municipality) for the
19    purpose of paying economic development project costs and
20    obligations incurred in the payment of those costs.
21    (b) The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax
22increment allocation financing, may pledge the monies in and to
23be deposited into the special tax allocation fund for the
24payment of obligations issued under this Act and for the
25payment of economic development project costs. No part of the
26current equalized assessed valuation of each property in the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 179 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1economic development project area attributable to any increase
2above the total initial equalized assessed value of those
3properties shall be used in calculating the general State
4school aid formula under Section 18-8 of the School Code or the
5evidence-based funding formula under Section 18-8.15 of the
6School Code, until all economic development projects costs have
7been paid as provided for in this Section.
8    (c) When the economic development projects costs,
9including without limitation all municipal obligations
10financing economic development project costs incurred under
11this Act, have been paid, all surplus monies then remaining in
12the special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being
13paid by the municipal treasurer to the county collector, who
14shall immediately pay the monies to the taxing districts having
15taxable property in the economic development project area in
16the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
17by the county collector to those taxing districts of real
18property taxes from real property in the economic development
19project area.
20    (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project
21costs, retirement of obligations, and distribution of any
22excess monies under this Section and not later than 23 years
23from the date of the adoption of the ordinance establishing the
24economic development project area, the municipality shall
25adopt an ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund
26for the economic development project area and terminating the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 180 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1designation of the economic development project area as an
2economic development project area. Thereafter, the rates of the
3taxing districts shall be extended and taxes shall be levied,
4collected, and distributed in the manner applicable in the
5absence of the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
6    (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
7property in the economic development project areas from being
8assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
9owners or lessees of that property from paying a uniform rate
10of taxes as required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
11Constitution.
12(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
 
13    Section 965. The School Code is amended by changing
14Sections 1A-8, 1B-5, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-8, 1C-1, 1C-2, 1D-1, 1E-20,
151F-20, 1F-62, 1H-20, 1H-70, 2-3.25g, 2-3.33, 2-3.51.5, 2-3.66,
162-3.66b, 2-3.84, 2-3.109a, 3-14.21, 7-14A, 10-17a, 10-19,
1710-22.5a, 10-22.20, 10-29, 11E-135, 13A-8, 13B-20.20, 13B-45,
1813B-50, 13B-50.10, 13B-50.15, 14-7.02b, 14-13.01, 14C-1,
1914C-12, 17-1, 17-1.2, 17-1.5, 17-2.11, 17-2A, 18-4.3, 18-8.05,
2018-8.10, 18-9, 18-12, 26-16, 27-6, 27-7, 27-8.1, 27-24.2,
2127A-9, 27A-11, 29-5, 34-2.3, 34-18, 34-18.30, 34-43.1, and
2234-53 and by adding Sections 2-3.170, 17-3.6, and 18-8.15 as
23follows:
 
24    (105 ILCS 5/1A-8)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-8)

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 181 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Sec. 1A-8. Powers of the Board in Assisting Districts
2Deemed in Financial Difficulties. To promote the financial
3integrity of school districts, the State Board of Education
4shall be provided the necessary powers to promote sound
5financial management and continue operation of the public
6schools.
7    (a) The State Superintendent of Education may require a
8school district, including any district subject to Article 34A
9of this Code, to share financial information relevant to a
10proper investigation of the district's financial condition and
11the delivery of appropriate State financial, technical, and
12consulting services to the district if the district (i) has
13been designated, through the State Board of Education's School
14District Financial Profile System, as on financial warning or
15financial watch status, (ii) has failed to file an annual
16financial report, annual budget, deficit reduction plan, or
17other financial information as required by law, (iii) has been
18identified, through the district's annual audit or other
19financial and management information, as in serious financial
20difficulty in the current or next school year, or (iv) is
21determined to be likely to fail to fully meet any regularly
22scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due or any debt
23service payments when due or both. In addition to financial,
24technical, and consulting services provided by the State Board
25of Education, at the request of a school district, the State
26Superintendent may provide for an independent financial

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 182 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1consultant to assist the district review its financial
2condition and options.
3    (b) The State Board of Education, after proper
4investigation of a district's financial condition, may certify
5that a district, including any district subject to Article 34A,
6is in financial difficulty when any of the following conditions
7occur:
8        (1) The district has issued school or teacher orders
9    for wages as permitted in Sections 8-16, 32-7.2 and 34-76
10    of this Code.
11        (2) The district has issued tax anticipation warrants
12    or tax anticipation notes in anticipation of a second
13    year's taxes when warrants or notes in anticipation of
14    current year taxes are still outstanding, as authorized by
15    Sections 17-16, 34-23, 34-59 and 34-63 of this Code, or has
16    issued short-term debt against 2 future revenue sources,
17    such as, but not limited to, tax anticipation warrants and
18    general State aid or evidence-based funding Aid
19    certificates or tax anticipation warrants and revenue
20    anticipation notes.
21        (3) The district has for 2 consecutive years shown an
22    excess of expenditures and other financing uses over
23    revenues and other financing sources and beginning fund
24    balances on its annual financial report for the aggregate
25    totals of the Educational, Operations and Maintenance,
26    Transportation, and Working Cash Funds.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 183 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (4) The district refuses to provide financial
2    information or cooperate with the State Superintendent in
3    an investigation of the district's financial condition.
4        (5) The district is likely to fail to fully meet any
5    regularly scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due
6    or any debt service payments when due or both.
7    No school district shall be certified by the State Board of
8Education to be in financial difficulty solely by reason of any
9of the above circumstances arising as a result of (i) the
10failure of the county to make any distribution of property tax
11money due the district at the time such distribution is due or
12(ii) the failure of this State to make timely payments of
13general State aid, evidence-based funding, or any of the
14mandated categoricals; or if the district clearly demonstrates
15to the satisfaction of the State Board of Education at the time
16of its determination that such condition no longer exists. If
17the State Board of Education certifies that a district in a
18city with 500,000 inhabitants or more is in financial
19difficulty, the State Board shall so notify the Governor and
20the Mayor of the city in which the district is located. The
21State Board of Education may require school districts certified
22in financial difficulty, except those districts subject to
23Article 34A, to develop, adopt and submit a financial plan
24within 45 days after certification of financial difficulty. The
25financial plan shall be developed according to guidelines
26presented to the district by the State Board of Education

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 184 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1within 14 days of certification. Such guidelines shall address
2the specific nature of each district's financial difficulties.
3Any proposed budget of the district shall be consistent with
4the financial plan submitted to and approved by the State Board
5of Education.
6    A district certified to be in financial difficulty, other
7than a district subject to Article 34A, shall report to the
8State Board of Education at such times and in such manner as
9the State Board may direct, concerning the district's
10compliance with each financial plan. The State Board may review
11the district's operations, obtain budgetary data and financial
12statements, require the district to produce reports, and have
13access to any other information in the possession of the
14district that it deems relevant. The State Board may issue
15recommendations or directives within its powers to the district
16to assist in compliance with the financial plan. The district
17shall produce such budgetary data, financial statements,
18reports and other information and comply with such directives.
19If the State Board of Education determines that a district has
20failed to comply with its financial plan, the State Board of
21Education may rescind approval of the plan and appoint a
22Financial Oversight Panel for the district as provided in
23Section 1B-4. This action shall be taken only after the
24district has been given notice and an opportunity to appear
25before the State Board of Education to discuss its failure to
26comply with its financial plan.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 185 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    No bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax anticipation
2warrants or other evidences of indebtedness shall be issued or
3sold by a school district or be legally binding upon or
4enforceable against a local board of education of a district
5certified to be in financial difficulty unless and until the
6financial plan required under this Section has been approved by
7the State Board of Education.
8    Any financial profile compiled and distributed by the State
9Board of Education in Fiscal Year 2009 or any fiscal year
10thereafter shall incorporate such adjustments as may be needed
11in the profile scores to reflect the financial effects of the
12inability or refusal of the State of Illinois to make timely
13disbursements of any general State aid, evidence-based
14funding, or mandated categorical aid payments due school
15districts or to fully reimburse school districts for mandated
16categorical programs pursuant to reimbursement formulas
17provided in this School Code.
18(Source: P.A. 96-668, eff. 8-25-09; 96-1423, eff. 8-3-10;
1997-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
20    (105 ILCS 5/1B-5)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-5)
21    Sec. 1B-5. When a petition for emergency financial
22assistance for a school district is allowed by the State Board
23under Section 1B-4, the State Superintendent shall within 10
24days thereafter appoint 3 members to serve at the State
25Superintendent's pleasure on a Financial Oversight Panel for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 186 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the district. The State Superintendent shall designate one of
2the members of the Panel to serve as its Chairman. In the event
3of vacancy or resignation the State Superintendent shall
4appoint a successor within 10 days of receiving notice thereof.
5    Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the
6basis of their experience and education in financial
7management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
8in education finance. A member of the Panel may not be a board
9member or employee of the district for which the Panel is
10constituted, nor may a member have a direct financial interest
11in that district.
12    Panel members shall serve without compensation, but may be
13reimbursed for travel and other necessary expenses incurred in
14the performance of their official duties by the State Board.
15The amount reimbursed Panel members for their expenses shall be
16charged to the school district as part of any emergency
17financial assistance and incorporated as a part of the terms
18and conditions for repayment of such assistance or shall be
19deducted from the district's general State aid or
20evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8.
21    The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the call of
22the Chairman. The Panel may elect such other officers as it
23deems appropriate. The Panel shall prescribe the times and
24places for its meetings and the manner in which regular and
25special meetings may be called, and shall comply with the Open
26Meetings Act.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 187 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Two members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum, and the
2affirmative vote of 2 members shall be necessary for any
3decision or action to be taken by the Panel.
4    The Panel and the State Superintendent shall cooperate with
5each other in the exercise of their respective powers. The
6Panel shall report not later than September 1 annually to the
7State Board and the State Superintendent with respect to its
8activities and the condition of the school district for the
9previous fiscal year.
10    Any Financial Oversight Panel established under this
11Article shall remain in existence for not less than 3 years nor
12more than 10 years from the date the State Board grants the
13petition under Section 1B-4. If after 3 years the school
14district has repaid all of its obligations resulting from
15emergency State financial assistance provided under this
16Article and has improved its financial situation, the board of
17education may, not more frequently than once in any 12 month
18period, petition the State Board to dissolve the Financial
19Oversight Panel, terminate the oversight responsibility, and
20remove the district's certification under Section 1A-8 as a
21district in financial difficulty. In acting on such a petition
22the State Board shall give additional weight to the
23recommendations of the State Superintendent and the Financial
24Oversight Panel.
25(Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 188 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/1B-6)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6)
2    Sec. 1B-6. General powers. The purpose of the Financial
3Oversight Panel shall be to exercise financial control over the
4board of education, and, when approved by the State Board and
5the State Superintendent of Education, to furnish financial
6assistance so that the board can provide public education
7within the board's jurisdiction while permitting the board to
8meet its obligations to its creditors and the holders of its
9notes and bonds. Except as expressly limited by this Article,
10the Panel shall have all powers necessary to meet its
11responsibilities and to carry out its purposes and the purposes
12of this Article, including, but not limited to, the following
13powers:
14    (a) to sue and be sued;
15    (b) to provide for its organization and internal
16management;
17    (c) to appoint a Financial Administrator to serve as the
18chief executive officer of the Panel. The Financial
19Administrator may be an individual, partnership, corporation,
20including an accounting firm, or other entity determined by the
21Panel to be qualified to serve; and to appoint other officers,
22agents, and employees of the Panel, define their duties and
23qualifications and fix their compensation and employee
24benefits;
25    (d) to approve the local board of education appointments to
26the positions of treasurer in a Class I county school unit and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 189 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1in each school district which forms a part of a Class II county
2school unit but which no longer is subject to the jurisdiction
3and authority of a township treasurer or trustees of schools of
4a township because the district has withdrawn from the
5jurisdiction and authority of the township treasurer and the
6trustees of schools of the township or because those offices
7have been abolished as provided in subsection (b) or (c) of
8Section 5-1, and chief school business official, if such
9official is not the superintendent of the district. Either the
10board or the Panel may remove such treasurer or chief school
11business official;
12    (e) to approve any and all bonds, notes, teachers orders,
13tax anticipation warrants, and other evidences of indebtedness
14prior to issuance or sale by the school district; and
15notwithstanding any other provision of The School Code, as now
16or hereafter amended, no bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax
17anticipation warrants or other evidences of indebtedness shall
18be issued or sold by the school district or be legally binding
19upon or enforceable against the local board of education unless
20and until the approval of the Panel has been received;
21    (f) to approve all property tax levies of the school
22district and require adjustments thereto as the Panel deems
23necessary or advisable;
24    (g) to require and approve a school district financial
25plan;
26    (h) to approve and require revisions of the school district

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 190 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1budget;
2    (i) to approve all contracts and other obligations as the
3Panel deems necessary and appropriate;
4    (j) to authorize emergency State financial assistance,
5including requirements regarding the terms and conditions of
6repayment of such assistance, and to require the board of
7education to levy a separate local property tax, subject to the
8limitations of Section 1B-8, sufficient to repay such
9assistance consistent with the terms and conditions of
10repayment and the district's approved financial plan and
11budget;
12    (k) to request the regional superintendent to make
13appointments to fill all vacancies on the local school board as
14provided in Section 10-10;
15    (l) to recommend dissolution or reorganization of the
16school district to the General Assembly if in the Panel's
17judgment the circumstances so require;
18    (m) to direct a phased reduction in the oversight
19responsibilities of the Financial Administrator and of the
20Panel as the circumstances permit;
21    (n) to determine the amount of emergency State financial
22assistance to be made available to the school district, and to
23establish an operating budget for the Panel to be supported by
24funds available from such assistance, with the assistance and
25the budget required to be approved by the State Superintendent;
26    (o) to procure insurance against any loss in such amounts

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 191 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1and from such insurers as it deems necessary;
2    (p) to engage the services of consultants for rendering
3professional and technical assistance and advice on matters
4within the Panel's power;
5    (q) to contract for and to accept any gifts, grants or
6loans of funds or property or financial or other aid in any
7form from the federal government, State government, unit of
8local government, school district or any agency or
9instrumentality thereof, or from any other private or public
10source, and to comply with the terms and conditions thereof;
11    (r) to pay the expenses of its operations based on the
12Panel's budget as approved by the State Superintendent from
13emergency financial assistance funds available to the district
14or from deductions from the district's general State aid or
15evidence-based funding;
16    (s) to do any and all things necessary or convenient to
17carry out its purposes and exercise the powers given to the
18Panel by this Article; and
19    (t) to recommend the creation of a school finance authority
20pursuant to Article 1F of this Code.
21(Source: P.A. 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 92-855, eff. 12-6-02.)
 
22    (105 ILCS 5/1B-7)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-7)
23    Sec. 1B-7. Financial Administrator; Powers and Duties. The
24Financial Administrator appointed by the Financial Oversight
25Panel shall serve as the Panel's chief executive officer. The

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 192 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Financial Administrator shall exercise the powers and duties
2required by the Panel, including but not limited to the
3following:
4    (a) to provide guidance and recommendations to the local
5board and officials of the school district in developing the
6district's financial plan and budget prior to board action;
7    (b) to direct the local board to reorganize its financial
8accounts, budgetary systems, and internal accounting and
9financial controls, in whatever manner the Panel deems
10appropriate to achieve greater financial responsibility and to
11reduce financial inefficiency, and to provide technical
12assistance to aid the district in accomplishing the
13reorganization;
14    (c) to make recommendations to the Financial Oversight
15Panel concerning the school district's financial plan and
16budget, and all other matters within the scope of the Panel's
17authority;
18    (d) to prepare and recommend to the Panel a proposal for
19emergency State financial assistance for the district,
20including recommended terms and conditions of repayment, and an
21operations budget for the Panel to be funded from the emergency
22assistance or from deductions from the district's general State
23aid or evidence-based funding;
24    (e) to require the local board to prepare and submit
25preliminary staffing and budgetary analyses annually prior to
26February 1 in such manner and form as the Financial

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 193 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Administrator shall prescribe; and
2    (f) subject to the direction of the Panel, to do all other
3things necessary or convenient to carry out its purposes and
4exercise the powers given to the Panel under this Article.
5(Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
 
6    (105 ILCS 5/1B-8)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
7    Sec. 1B-8. There is created in the State Treasury a special
8fund to be known as the School District Emergency Financial
9Assistance Fund (the "Fund"). The School District Emergency
10Financial Assistance Fund shall consist of appropriations,
11loan repayments, grants from the federal government, and
12donations from any public or private source. Moneys in the Fund
13may be appropriated only to the Illinois Finance Authority and
14the State Board for those purposes authorized under this
15Article and Articles 1F and 1H of this Code. The appropriation
16may be allocated and expended by the State Board for
17contractual services to provide technical assistance or
18consultation to school districts to assess their financial
19condition and to Financial Oversight Panels that petition for
20emergency financial assistance grants. The Illinois Finance
21Authority may provide loans to school districts which are the
22subject of an approved petition for emergency financial
23assistance under Section 1B-4, 1F-62, or 1H-65 of this Code.
24Neither the State Board of Education nor the Illinois Finance
25Authority may collect any fees for providing these services.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 194 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    From the amount allocated to each such school district
2under this Article the State Board shall identify a sum
3sufficient to cover all approved costs of the Financial
4Oversight Panel established for the respective school
5district. If the State Board and State Superintendent of
6Education have not approved emergency financial assistance in
7conjunction with the appointment of a Financial Oversight
8Panel, the Panel's approved costs shall be paid from deductions
9from the district's general State aid or evidence-based
10funding.
11    The Financial Oversight Panel may prepare and file with the
12State Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial
13assistance for the school district and for its operations
14budget. No expenditures from the Fund shall be authorized by
15the State Superintendent until he or she has approved the
16request of the Panel, either as submitted or in such lesser
17amount determined by the State Superintendent.
18    The maximum amount of an emergency financial assistance
19loan which may be allocated to any school district under this
20Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of the
21Panel, shall not exceed $4,000 times the number of pupils
22enrolled in the school district during the school year ending
23June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State Board of the
24petition for emergency financial assistance, as certified to
25the local board and the Panel by the State Superintendent. An
26emergency financial assistance grant shall not exceed $1,000

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 195 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1times the number of such pupils. A district may receive both a
2loan and a grant.
3    The payment of an emergency State financial assistance
4grant or loan shall be subject to appropriation by the General
5Assembly. Payment of the emergency State financial assistance
6loan is subject to the applicable provisions of the Illinois
7Finance Authority Act. Emergency State financial assistance
8allocated and paid to a school district under this Article may
9be applied to any fund or funds from which the local board of
10education of that district is authorized to make expenditures
11by law.
12    Any emergency financial assistance grant proposed by the
13Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the State
14Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the initial
15year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or declining
16amounts over a period of years not to exceed the period of the
17Panel's existence. An emergency financial assistance loan
18proposed by the Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the
19Illinois Finance Authority may be paid in its entirety during
20the initial year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or
21declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed the
22period of the Panel's existence. All loans made by the Illinois
23Finance Authority for a school district shall be required to be
24repaid, with simple interest over the term of the loan at a
25rate equal to 50% of the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury
26(CMT) yield as last published by the Board of Governors of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 196 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Federal Reserve System before the date on which the district's
2loan is approved by the Illinois Finance Authority, not later
3than the date the Financial Oversight Panel ceases to exist.
4The Panel shall establish and the Illinois Finance Authority
5shall approve the terms and conditions, including the schedule,
6of repayments. The schedule shall provide for repayments
7commencing July 1 of each year or upon each fiscal year's
8receipt of moneys from a tax levy for emergency financial
9assistance. Repayment shall be incorporated into the annual
10budget of the school district and may be made from any fund or
11funds of the district in which there are moneys available. An
12emergency financial assistance loan to the Panel or district
13shall not be considered part of the calculation of a district's
14debt for purposes of the limitation specified in Section 19-1
15of this Code. Default on repayment is subject to the Illinois
16Grant Funds Recovery Act. When moneys are repaid as provided
17herein they shall not be made available to the local board for
18further use as emergency financial assistance under this
19Article at any time thereafter. All repayments required to be
20made by a school district shall be received by the State Board
21and deposited in the School District Emergency Financial
22Assistance Fund.
23    In establishing the terms and conditions for the repayment
24obligation of the school district the Panel shall annually
25determine whether a separate local property tax levy is
26required. The board of any school district with a tax rate for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 197 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1educational purposes for the prior year of less than 120% of
2the maximum rate for educational purposes authorized by Section
317-2 shall provide for a separate tax levy for emergency
4financial assistance repayment purposes. Such tax levy shall
5not be subject to referendum approval. The amount of the levy
6shall be equal to the amount necessary to meet the annual
7repayment obligations of the district as established by the
8Panel, or 20% of the amount levied for educational purposes for
9the prior year, whichever is less. However, no district shall
10be required to levy the tax if the district's operating tax
11rate as determined under Section 18-8, or 18-8.05, or 18-8.15
12exceeds 200% of the district's tax rate for educational
13purposes for the prior year.
14(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
15    (105 ILCS 5/1C-1)
16    Sec. 1C-1. Purpose. The purpose of this Article is to
17permit greater flexibility and efficiency in the distribution
18and use of certain State funds available to local education
19agencies for the improvement of the quality of educational
20services pursuant to locally established priorities.
21    Through fiscal year 2017, this This Article does not apply
22to school districts having a population in excess of 500,000
23inhabitants.
24(Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94; 89-15, eff. 5-30-95;
2589-397, eff. 8-20-95; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 198 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
2    Sec. 1C-2. Block grants.
3    (a) For fiscal year 1999, and each fiscal year thereafter,
4the State Board of Education shall award to school districts
5block grants as described in subsection (c). The State Board of
6Education may adopt rules and regulations necessary to
7implement this Section. In accordance with Section 2-3.32, all
8state block grants are subject to an audit. Therefore, block
9grant receipts and block grant expenditures shall be recorded
10to the appropriate fund code.
11    (b) (Blank).
12    (c) An Early Childhood Education Block Grant shall be
13created by combining the following programs: Preschool
14Education, Parental Training and Prevention Initiative. These
15funds shall be distributed to school districts and other
16entities on a competitive basis, except that the State Board of
17Education shall award to a school district having a population
18exceeding 500,000 inhabitants 37% of the funds in each fiscal
19year. Not less than 14% of the Early Childhood Education Block
20Grant allocation of funds shall be used to fund programs for
21children ages 0-3. Beginning in Fiscal Year 2016, at least 25%
22of any additional Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding
23over and above the previous fiscal year's allocation shall be
24used to fund programs for children ages 0-3. Once the
25percentage of Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 199 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1allocated to programs for children ages 0-3 reaches 20% of the
2overall Early Childhood Education Block Grant allocation for a
3full fiscal year, thereafter in subsequent fiscal years the
4percentage of Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding
5allocated to programs for children ages 0-3 each fiscal year
6shall remain at least 20% of the overall Early Childhood
7Education Block Grant allocation. However, if, in a given
8fiscal year, the amount appropriated for the Early Childhood
9Education Block Grant is insufficient to increase the
10percentage of the grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3
11without reducing the amount of the grant for existing providers
12of preschool education programs, then the percentage of the
13grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3 may be held steady
14instead of increased.
15(Source: P.A. 98-645, eff. 7-1-14; 99-589, eff. 7-21-16.)
 
16    (105 ILCS 5/1D-1)
17    Sec. 1D-1. Block grant funding.
18    (a) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2017 and each
19fiscal year thereafter, the State Board of Education shall
20award to a school district having a population exceeding
21500,000 inhabitants a general education block grant and an
22educational services block grant, determined as provided in
23this Section, in lieu of distributing to the district separate
24State funding for the programs described in subsections (b) and
25(c). The provisions of this Section, however, do not apply to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 200 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1any federal funds that the district is entitled to receive. In
2accordance with Section 2-3.32, all block grants are subject to
3an audit. Therefore, block grant receipts and block grant
4expenditures shall be recorded to the appropriate fund code for
5the designated block grant.
6    (b) The general education block grant shall include the
7following programs: REI Initiative, Summer Bridges, Preschool
8At Risk, K-6 Comprehensive Arts, School Improvement Support,
9Urban Education, Scientific Literacy, Substance Abuse
10Prevention, Second Language Planning, Staff Development,
11Outcomes and Assessment, K-6 Reading Improvement, 7-12
12Continued Reading Improvement, Truants' Optional Education,
13Hispanic Programs, Agriculture Education, Parental Education,
14Prevention Initiative, Report Cards, and Criminal Background
15Investigations. Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
16all amounts paid under the general education block grant from
17State appropriations to a school district in a city having a
18population exceeding 500,000 inhabitants shall be appropriated
19and expended by the board of that district for any of the
20programs included in the block grant or any of the board's
21lawful purposes.
22    (c) The educational services block grant shall include the
23following programs: Regular and Vocational Transportation,
24State Lunch and Free Breakfast Program, Special Education
25(Personnel, Transportation, Orphanage, Private Tuition),
26funding for children requiring special education services,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 201 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Summer School, Educational Service Centers, and
2Administrator's Academy. This subsection (c) does not relieve
3the district of its obligation to provide the services required
4under a program that is included within the educational
5services block grant. It is the intention of the General
6Assembly in enacting the provisions of this subsection (c) to
7relieve the district of the administrative burdens that impede
8efficiency and accompany single-program funding. The General
9Assembly encourages the board to pursue mandate waivers
10pursuant to Section 2-3.25g.
11    The funding program included in the educational services
12block grant for funding for children requiring special
13education services in each fiscal year shall be treated in that
14fiscal year as a payment to the school district in respect of
15services provided or costs incurred in the prior fiscal year,
16calculated in each case as provided in this Section. Nothing in
17this Section shall change the nature of payments for any
18program that, apart from this Section, would be or, prior to
19adoption or amendment of this Section, was on the basis of a
20payment in a fiscal year in respect of services provided or
21costs incurred in the prior fiscal year, calculated in each
22case as provided in this Section.
23    (d) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2017 and each
24fiscal year thereafter, the amount of the district's block
25grants shall be determined as follows: (i) with respect to each
26program that is included within each block grant, the district

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 202 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall receive an amount equal to the same percentage of the
2current fiscal year appropriation made for that program as the
3percentage of the appropriation received by the district from
4the 1995 fiscal year appropriation made for that program, and
5(ii) the total amount that is due the district under the block
6grant shall be the aggregate of the amounts that the district
7is entitled to receive for the fiscal year with respect to each
8program that is included within the block grant that the State
9Board of Education shall award the district under this Section
10for that fiscal year. In the case of the Summer Bridges
11program, the amount of the district's block grant shall be
12equal to 44% of the amount of the current fiscal year
13appropriation made for that program.
14    (e) The district is not required to file any application or
15other claim in order to receive the block grants to which it is
16entitled under this Section. The State Board of Education shall
17make payments to the district of amounts due under the
18district's block grants on a schedule determined by the State
19Board of Education.
20    (f) A school district to which this Section applies shall
21report to the State Board of Education on its use of the block
22grants in such form and detail as the State Board of Education
23may specify. In addition, the report must include the following
24description for the district, which must also be reported to
25the General Assembly: block grant allocation and expenditures
26by program; population and service levels by program; and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 203 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1administrative expenditures by program. The State Board of
2Education shall ensure that the reporting requirements for the
3district are the same as for all other school districts in this
4State.
5    (g) Through fiscal year 2017, this This paragraph provides
6for the treatment of block grants under Article 1C for purposes
7of calculating the amount of block grants for a district under
8this Section. Those block grants under Article 1C are, for this
9purpose, treated as included in the amount of appropriation for
10the various programs set forth in paragraph (b) above. The
11appropriation in each current fiscal year for each block grant
12under Article 1C shall be treated for these purposes as
13appropriations for the individual program included in that
14block grant. The proportion of each block grant so allocated to
15each such program included in it shall be the proportion which
16the appropriation for that program was of all appropriations
17for such purposes now in that block grant, in fiscal 1995.
18    Payments to the school district under this Section with
19respect to each program for which payments to school districts
20generally, as of the date of this amendatory Act of the 92nd
21General Assembly, are on a reimbursement basis shall continue
22to be made to the district on a reimbursement basis, pursuant
23to the provisions of this Code governing those programs.
24    (h) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
25district receiving a block grant under this Section may
26classify all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 204 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1particular fiscal year from any block grant authorized under
2this Code or from general State aid pursuant to Section 18-8.05
3of this Code (other than supplemental general State aid) as
4funds received in connection with any funding program for which
5it is entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal
6year (including, without limitation, any funding program
7referred to in subsection (c) of this Section), regardless of
8the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
9classify more funds as funds received in connection with the
10funding program than the district is entitled to receive in
11that fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a
12district must be made by a resolution of its board of
13education. The resolution must identify the amount of any block
14grant or general State aid to be classified under this
15subsection (h) and must specify the funding program to which
16the funds are to be treated as received in connection
17therewith. This resolution is controlling as to the
18classification of funds referenced therein. A certified copy of
19the resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of
20Education. The resolution shall still take effect even though a
21copy of the resolution has not been sent to the State
22Superintendent of Education in a timely manner. No
23classification under this subsection (h) by a district shall
24affect the total amount or timing of money the district is
25entitled to receive under this Code. No classification under
26this subsection (h) by a district shall in any way relieve the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 205 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1district from or affect any requirements that otherwise would
2apply with respect to the block grant as provided in this
3Section, including any accounting of funds by source, reporting
4expenditures by original source and purpose, reporting
5requirements, or requirements of provision of services.
6(Source: P.A. 97-238, eff. 8-2-11; 97-324, eff. 8-12-11;
797-813, eff. 7-13-12.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/1E-20)
9    (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with
10105 ILCS 5/1E-165)
11    Sec. 1E-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
12    (a) When a petition for a School Finance Authority is
13allowed by the State Board under Section 1E-15 of this Code,
14the State Superintendent shall within 10 days thereafter
15appoint 5 members to serve on a School Finance Authority for
16the district. Of the initial members, 2 shall be appointed to
17serve a term of 2 years and 3 shall be appointed to serve a term
18of 3 years. Thereafter, each member shall serve for a term of 3
19years and until his or her successor has been appointed. The
20State Superintendent shall designate one of the members of the
21Authority to serve as its Chairperson. In the event of vacancy
22or resignation, the State Superintendent shall, within 10 days
23after receiving notice, appoint a successor to serve out that
24member's term. The State Superintendent may remove a member for
25incompetence, malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 206 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1cause.
2    Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the
3basis of their experience and education in financial
4management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
5in education finance. Two members of the Authority shall be
6residents of the school district that the Authority serves. A
7member of the Authority may not be a member of the district's
8school board or an employee of the district nor may a member
9have a direct financial interest in the district.
10    Authority members shall serve without compensation, but
11may be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other
12necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their
13official duties. Unless paid from bonds issued under Section
141E-65 of this Code, the amount reimbursed members for their
15expenses shall be charged to the school district as part of any
16emergency financial assistance and incorporated as a part of
17the terms and conditions for repayment of the assistance or
18shall be deducted from the district's general State aid or
19evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8 of this
20Code.
21    The Authority may elect such officers as it deems
22appropriate.
23    (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the
24call of the Chairperson. The Authority shall prescribe the
25times and places for its meetings and the manner in which
26regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 207 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1with the Open Meetings Act.
2    Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
3When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a
4quorum being present, a majority of the votes of the members
5voting on the measure shall determine the outcome.
6(Source: P.A. 92-547, eff. 6-13-02.)
 
7    (105 ILCS 5/1F-20)
8(This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105
9ILCS 5/1F-165)
10    Sec. 1F-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
11    (a) Upon establishment of a School Finance Authority under
12Section 1F-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall
13within 15 days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on a
14School Finance Authority for the district. Of the initial
15members, 2 shall be appointed to serve a term of 2 years and 3
16shall be appointed to serve a term of 3 years. Thereafter, each
17member shall serve for a term of 3 years and until his or her
18successor has been appointed. The State Superintendent shall
19designate one of the members of the Authority to serve as its
20Chairperson. In the event of vacancy or resignation, the State
21Superintendent shall, within 10 days after receiving notice,
22appoint a successor to serve out that member's term. The State
23Superintendent may remove a member for incompetence,
24malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just cause.
25    Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 208 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1basis of their experience and education in financial
2management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
3in education finance. Two members of the Authority shall be
4residents of the school district that the Authority serves. A
5member of the Authority may not be a member of the district's
6school board or an employee of the district nor may a member
7have a direct financial interest in the district.
8    Authority members shall be paid a stipend approved by the
9State Superintendent of not more than $100 per meeting and may
10be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other necessary
11expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.
12Unless paid from bonds issued under Section 1F-65 of this Code,
13the amount reimbursed members for their expenses shall be
14charged to the school district as part of any emergency
15financial assistance and incorporated as a part of the terms
16and conditions for repayment of the assistance or shall be
17deducted from the district's general State aid or
18evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8 of this
19Code.
20    The Authority may elect such officers as it deems
21appropriate.
22    (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the
23call of the Chairperson. The Authority shall prescribe the
24times and places for its meetings and the manner in which
25regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply
26with the Open Meetings Act.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 209 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
2When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a
3quorum being present, a majority of the votes of the members
4voting on the measure shall determine the outcome.
5(Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06.)
 
6    (105 ILCS 5/1F-62)
7(This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105
8ILCS 5/1F-165)
9    Sec. 1F-62. School District Emergency Financial Assistance
10Fund; grants and loans.
11    (a) Moneys in the School District Emergency Financial
12Assistance Fund established under Section 1B-8 of this Code may
13be allocated and expended by the State Board as grants to
14provide technical and consulting services to school districts
15to assess their financial condition and by the Illinois Finance
16Authority for emergency financial assistance loans to a School
17Finance Authority that petitions for emergency financial
18assistance. An emergency financial assistance loan to a School
19Finance Authority or borrowing from sources other than the
20State shall not be considered as part of the calculation of a
21district's debt for purposes of the limitation specified in
22Section 19-1 of this Code. From the amount allocated to each
23School Finance Authority, the State Board shall identify a sum
24sufficient to cover all approved costs of the School Finance
25Authority. If the State Board and State Superintendent have not

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 210 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1approved emergency financial assistance in conjunction with
2the appointment of a School Finance Authority, the Authority's
3approved costs shall be paid from deductions from the
4district's general State aid or evidence-based funding.
5    The School Finance Authority may prepare and file with the
6State Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial
7assistance for the school district and for its operations
8budget. No expenditures shall be authorized by the State
9Superintendent until he or she has approved the proposal of the
10School Finance Authority, either as submitted or in such lesser
11amount determined by the State Superintendent.
12    (b) The amount of an emergency financial assistance loan
13that may be allocated to a School Finance Authority under this
14Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of the
15School Finance Authority, and borrowing from sources other than
16the State shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $4,000 times the
17number of pupils enrolled in the district during the school
18year ending June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State
19Board of the petition for emergency financial assistance, as
20certified to the school board and the School Finance Authority
21by the State Superintendent. However, this limitation does not
22apply to borrowing by the district secured by amounts levied by
23the district prior to establishment of the School Finance
24Authority. An emergency financial assistance grant shall not
25exceed $1,000 times the number of such pupils. A district may
26receive both a loan and a grant.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 211 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (c) The payment of a State emergency financial assistance
2grant or loan shall be subject to appropriation by the General
3Assembly. State emergency financial assistance allocated and
4paid to a School Finance Authority under this Article may be
5applied to any fund or funds from which the School Finance
6Authority is authorized to make expenditures by law.
7    (d) Any State emergency financial assistance proposed by
8the School Finance Authority and approved by the State
9Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the initial
10year of the School Finance Authority's existence or spread in
11equal or declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed
12the period of the School Finance Authority's existence. The
13State Superintendent shall not approve any loan to the School
14Finance Authority unless the School Finance Authority has been
15unable to borrow sufficient funds to operate the district.
16    All loan payments made from the School District Emergency
17Financial Assistance Fund to a School Finance Authority shall
18be required to be repaid not later than the date the School
19Finance Authority ceases to exist, with simple interest over
20the term of the loan at a rate equal to 50% of the one-year
21Constant Maturity Treasury (CMT) yield as last published by the
22Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System before the
23date on which the School Finance Authority's loan is approved
24by the State Board.
25    The School Finance Authority shall establish and the
26Illinois Finance Authority shall approve the terms and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 212 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1conditions of the loan, including the schedule of repayments.
2The schedule shall provide for repayments commencing July 1 of
3each year or upon each fiscal year's receipt of moneys from a
4tax levy for emergency financial assistance. Repayment shall be
5incorporated into the annual budget of the district and may be
6made from any fund or funds of the district in which there are
7moneys available. Default on repayment is subject to the
8Illinois Grant Funds Recovery Act. When moneys are repaid as
9provided in this Section, they shall not be made available to
10the School Finance Authority for further use as emergency
11financial assistance under this Article at any time thereafter.
12All repayments required to be made by a School Finance
13Authority shall be received by the State Board and deposited in
14the School District Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
15    In establishing the terms and conditions for the repayment
16obligation of the School Finance Authority, the School Finance
17Authority shall annually determine whether a separate local
18property tax levy is required to meet that obligation. The
19School Finance Authority shall provide for a separate tax levy
20for emergency financial assistance repayment purposes. This
21tax levy shall not be subject to referendum approval. The
22amount of the levy shall not exceed the amount necessary to
23meet the annual emergency financial repayment obligations of
24the district, including principal and interest, as established
25by the School Finance Authority.
26(Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 213 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/1H-20)
2    Sec. 1H-20. Members of Panel; meetings.
3    (a) Upon establishment of a Financial Oversight Panel under
4Section 1H-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall
5within 15 working days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on
6a Financial Oversight Panel for the district. Members appointed
7to the Panel shall serve at the pleasure of the State
8Superintendent. The State Superintendent shall designate one
9of the members of the Panel to serve as its Chairperson. In the
10event of vacancy or resignation, the State Superintendent
11shall, within 10 days after receiving notice, appoint a
12successor to serve out that member's term.
13    (b) Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the
14basis of their experience and education in financial
15management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
16in education finance. Two members of the Panel shall be
17residents of the school district that the Panel serves. A
18member of the Panel may not be a member of the district's
19school board or an employee of the district nor may a member
20have a direct financial interest in the district.
21    (c) Panel members may be reimbursed by the State Board for
22travel and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance
23of their official duties. The amount reimbursed members for
24their expenses shall be charged to the school district as part
25of any emergency financial assistance and incorporated as a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 214 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1part of the terms and conditions for repayment of the
2assistance or shall be deducted from the district's general
3State aid or evidence-based funding as provided in Section
41H-65 of this Code.
5    (d) With the exception of the chairperson, who shall be
6designated as provided in subsection (a) of this Section, the
7Panel may elect such officers as it deems appropriate.
8    (e) The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the
9call of the Chairperson. The Panel shall prescribe the times
10and places for its meetings and the manner in which regular and
11special meetings may be called and shall comply with the Open
12Meetings Act. The Panel shall also comply with the Freedom of
13Information Act.
14    (f) Three members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum. A
15majority of members present is required to pass a measure.
16(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/1H-70)
18    Sec. 1H-70. Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation
19notes, revenue anticipation certificates or notes, general
20State aid or evidence-based funding anticipation certificates,
21and lines of credit. With the approval of the State
22Superintendent and provided that the district is unable to
23secure short-term financing after 3 attempts, a Panel shall
24have the same power as a district to do the following:
25        (1) issue tax anticipation warrants under the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 215 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    provisions of Section 17-16 of this Code against taxes
2    levied by either the school board or the Panel pursuant to
3    Section 1H-25 of this Code;
4        (2) issue tax anticipation notes under the provisions
5    of the Tax Anticipation Note Act against taxes levied by
6    either the school board or the Panel pursuant to Section
7    1H-25 of this Code;
8        (3) issue revenue anticipation certificates or notes
9    under the provisions of the Revenue Anticipation Act;
10        (4) issue general State aid or evidence-based funding
11    anticipation certificates under the provisions of Section
12    18-18 of this Code; and
13        (5) establish and utilize lines of credit under the
14    provisions of Section 17-17 of this Code.
15    Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation notes, revenue
16anticipation certificates or notes, general State aid or
17evidence-based funding anticipation certificates, and lines of
18credit are considered borrowing from sources other than the
19State and are subject to Section 1H-65 of this Code.
20(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
21    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25g)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25g)
22    Sec. 2-3.25g. Waiver or modification of mandates within the
23School Code and administrative rules and regulations.
24    (a) In this Section:
25        "Board" means a school board or the governing board or

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 216 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    administrative district, as the case may be, for a joint
2    agreement.
3        "Eligible applicant" means a school district, joint
4    agreement made up of school districts, or regional
5    superintendent of schools on behalf of schools and programs
6    operated by the regional office of education.
7        "Implementation date" has the meaning set forth in
8    Section 24A-2.5 of this Code.
9        "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
10    (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this School
11Code or any other law of this State to the contrary, eligible
12applicants may petition the State Board of Education for the
13waiver or modification of the mandates of this School Code or
14of the administrative rules and regulations promulgated by the
15State Board of Education. Waivers or modifications of
16administrative rules and regulations and modifications of
17mandates of this School Code may be requested when an eligible
18applicant demonstrates that it can address the intent of the
19rule or mandate in a more effective, efficient, or economical
20manner or when necessary to stimulate innovation or improve
21student performance. Waivers of mandates of the School Code may
22be requested when the waivers are necessary to stimulate
23innovation or improve student performance or when the applicant
24demonstrates that it can address the intent of the mandate of
25the School Code in a more effective, efficient, or economical
26manner. Waivers may not be requested from laws, rules, and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 217 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1regulations pertaining to special education, teacher educator
2licensure, teacher tenure and seniority, or Section 5-2.1 of
3this Code or from compliance with the Every Student Succeeds
4Act (Public Law 114-95) No Child Left Behind Act of 2001
5(Public Law 107-110). Eligible applicants may not seek a waiver
6or seek a modification of a mandate regarding the requirements
7for (i) student performance data to be a significant factor in
8teacher or principal evaluations or (ii) teachers and
9principals to be rated using the 4 categories of "excellent",
10"proficient", "needs improvement", or "unsatisfactory". On
11September 1, 2014, any previously authorized waiver or
12modification from such requirements shall terminate.
13    (c) Eligible applicants, as a matter of inherent managerial
14policy, and any Independent Authority established under
15Section 2-3.25f-5 of this Code may submit an application for a
16waiver or modification authorized under this Section. Each
17application must include a written request by the eligible
18applicant or Independent Authority and must demonstrate that
19the intent of the mandate can be addressed in a more effective,
20efficient, or economical manner or be based upon a specific
21plan for improved student performance and school improvement.
22Any eligible applicant requesting a waiver or modification for
23the reason that intent of the mandate can be addressed in a
24more economical manner shall include in the application a
25fiscal analysis showing current expenditures on the mandate and
26projected savings resulting from the waiver or modification.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 218 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Applications and plans developed by eligible applicants must be
2approved by the board or regional superintendent of schools
3applying on behalf of schools or programs operated by the
4regional office of education following a public hearing on the
5application and plan and the opportunity for the board or
6regional superintendent to hear testimony from staff directly
7involved in its implementation, parents, and students. The time
8period for such testimony shall be separate from the time
9period established by the eligible applicant for public comment
10on other matters. If the applicant is a school district or
11joint agreement requesting a waiver or modification of Section
1227-6 of this Code, the public hearing shall be held on a day
13other than the day on which a regular meeting of the board is
14held.
15    (c-5) If the applicant is a school district, then the
16district shall post information that sets forth the time, date,
17place, and general subject matter of the public hearing on its
18Internet website at least 14 days prior to the hearing. If the
19district is requesting to increase the fee charged for driver
20education authorized pursuant to Section 27-24.2 of this Code,
21the website information shall include the proposed amount of
22the fee the district will request. All school districts must
23publish a notice of the public hearing at least 7 days prior to
24the hearing in a newspaper of general circulation within the
25school district that sets forth the time, date, place, and
26general subject matter of the hearing. Districts requesting to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 219 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1increase the fee charged for driver education shall include in
2the published notice the proposed amount of the fee the
3district will request. If the applicant is a joint agreement or
4regional superintendent, then the joint agreement or regional
5superintendent shall post information that sets forth the time,
6date, place, and general subject matter of the public hearing
7on its Internet website at least 14 days prior to the hearing.
8If the joint agreement or regional superintendent is requesting
9to increase the fee charged for driver education authorized
10pursuant to Section 27-24.2 of this Code, the website
11information shall include the proposed amount of the fee the
12applicant will request. All joint agreements and regional
13superintendents must publish a notice of the public hearing at
14least 7 days prior to the hearing in a newspaper of general
15circulation in each school district that is a member of the
16joint agreement or that is served by the educational service
17region that sets forth the time, date, place, and general
18subject matter of the hearing, provided that a notice appearing
19in a newspaper generally circulated in more than one school
20district shall be deemed to fulfill this requirement with
21respect to all of the affected districts. Joint agreements or
22regional superintendents requesting to increase the fee
23charged for driver education shall include in the published
24notice the proposed amount of the fee the applicant will
25request. The eligible applicant must notify in writing the
26affected exclusive collective bargaining agent and those State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 220 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1legislators representing the eligible applicant's territory of
2its intent to seek approval of a waiver or modification and of
3the hearing to be held to take testimony from staff. The
4affected exclusive collective bargaining agents shall be
5notified of such public hearing at least 7 days prior to the
6date of the hearing and shall be allowed to attend such public
7hearing. The eligible applicant shall attest to compliance with
8all of the notification and procedural requirements set forth
9in this Section.
10    (d) A request for a waiver or modification of
11administrative rules and regulations or for a modification of
12mandates contained in this School Code shall be submitted to
13the State Board of Education within 15 days after approval by
14the board or regional superintendent of schools. The
15application as submitted to the State Board of Education shall
16include a description of the public hearing. Except with
17respect to contracting for adaptive driver education, an
18eligible applicant wishing to request a modification or waiver
19of administrative rules of the State Board of Education
20regarding contracting with a commercial driver training school
21to provide the course of study authorized under Section 27-24.2
22of this Code must provide evidence with its application that
23the commercial driver training school with which it will
24contract holds a license issued by the Secretary of State under
25Article IV of Chapter 6 of the Illinois Vehicle Code and that
26each instructor employed by the commercial driver training

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 221 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1school to provide instruction to students served by the school
2district holds a valid teaching certificate or teaching
3license, as applicable, issued under the requirements of this
4Code and rules of the State Board of Education. Such evidence
5must include, but need not be limited to, a list of each
6instructor assigned to teach students served by the school
7district, which list shall include the instructor's name,
8personal identification number as required by the State Board
9of Education, birth date, and driver's license number. If the
10modification or waiver is granted, then the eligible applicant
11shall notify the State Board of Education of any changes in the
12personnel providing instruction within 15 calendar days after
13an instructor leaves the program or a new instructor is hired.
14Such notification shall include the instructor's name,
15personal identification number as required by the State Board
16of Education, birth date, and driver's license number. If a
17school district maintains an Internet website, then the
18district shall post a copy of the final contract between the
19district and the commercial driver training school on the
20district's Internet website. If no Internet website exists,
21then the district shall make available the contract upon
22request. A record of all materials in relation to the
23application for contracting must be maintained by the school
24district and made available to parents and guardians upon
25request. The instructor's date of birth and driver's license
26number and any other personally identifying information as

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 222 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1deemed by the federal Driver's Privacy Protection Act of 1994
2must be redacted from any public materials. Following receipt
3of the waiver or modification request, the State Board shall
4have 45 days to review the application and request. If the
5State Board fails to disapprove the application within that 45
6day period, the waiver or modification shall be deemed granted.
7The State Board may disapprove any request if it is not based
8upon sound educational practices, endangers the health or
9safety of students or staff, compromises equal opportunities
10for learning, or fails to demonstrate that the intent of the
11rule or mandate can be addressed in a more effective,
12efficient, or economical manner or have improved student
13performance as a primary goal. Any request disapproved by the
14State Board may be appealed to the General Assembly by the
15eligible applicant as outlined in this Section.
16    A request for a waiver from mandates contained in this
17School Code shall be submitted to the State Board within 15
18days after approval by the board or regional superintendent of
19schools. The application as submitted to the State Board of
20Education shall include a description of the public hearing.
21The description shall include, but need not be limited to, the
22means of notice, the number of people in attendance, the number
23of people who spoke as proponents or opponents of the waiver, a
24brief description of their comments, and whether there were any
25written statements submitted. The State Board shall review the
26applications and requests for completeness and shall compile

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 223 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the requests in reports to be filed with the General Assembly.
2The State Board shall file reports outlining the waivers
3requested by eligible applicants and appeals by eligible
4applicants of requests disapproved by the State Board with the
5Senate and the House of Representatives before each March 1 and
6October 1.
7    The report shall be reviewed by a panel of 4 members
8consisting of:
9        (1) the Speaker of the House of Representatives;
10        (2) the Minority Leader of the House of
11    Representatives;
12        (3) the President of the Senate; and
13        (4) the Minority Leader of the Senate.
14The State Board of Education may provide the panel
15recommendations on waiver requests. The members of the panel
16shall review the report submitted by the State Board of
17Education and submit to the State Board of Education any notice
18of further consideration to any waiver request within 14 days
19after the member receives the report. If 3 or more of the panel
20members submit a notice of further consideration to any waiver
21request contained within the report, the State Board of
22Education shall submit the waiver request to the General
23Assembly for consideration. If less than 3 panel members submit
24a notice of further consideration to a waiver request, the
25waiver may be approved, denied, or modified by the State Board.
26If the State Board does not act on a waiver request within 10

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 224 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1days, then the waiver request is approved. If the waiver
2request is denied by the State Board, it shall submit the
3waiver request to the General Assembly for consideration.
4    The General Assembly may disapprove any waiver request
5submitted to the General Assembly pursuant to this subsection
6(d) the report of the State Board in whole or in part within 60
7calendar days after each house of the General Assembly next
8convenes after the waiver request is submitted report is filed
9by adoption of a resolution by a record vote of the majority of
10members elected in each house. If the General Assembly fails to
11disapprove any waiver request or appealed request within such
1260 day period, the waiver or modification shall be deemed
13granted. Any resolution adopted by the General Assembly
14disapproving a report of the State Board in whole or in part
15shall be binding on the State Board.
16    (e) An approved waiver or modification (except a waiver
17from or modification to a physical education mandate) may
18remain in effect for a period not to exceed 5 school years and
19may be renewed upon application by the eligible applicant.
20However, such waiver or modification may be changed within that
215-year period by a board or regional superintendent of schools
22applying on behalf of schools or programs operated by the
23regional office of education following the procedure as set
24forth in this Section for the initial waiver or modification
25request. If neither the State Board of Education nor the
26General Assembly disapproves, the change is deemed granted.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 225 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    An approved waiver from or modification to a physical
2education mandate may remain in effect for a period not to
3exceed 2 school years and may be renewed no more than 2 times
4upon application by the eligible applicant. An approved waiver
5from or modification to a physical education mandate may be
6changed within the 2-year period by the board or regional
7superintendent of schools, whichever is applicable, following
8the procedure set forth in this Section for the initial waiver
9or modification request. If neither the State Board of
10Education nor the General Assembly disapproves, the change is
11deemed granted.
12    (f) (Blank).
13(Source: P.A. 98-513, eff. 1-1-14; 98-739, eff. 7-16-14;
1498-1155, eff. 1-9-15; 99-78, eff. 7-20-15.)
 
15    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.33)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.33)
16    Sec. 2-3.33. Recomputation of claims. To recompute within
173 years from the final date for filing of a claim any claim for
18general State aid reimbursement to any school district and one
19year from the final date for filing of a claim for
20evidence-based funding if the claim has been found to be
21incorrect and to adjust subsequent claims accordingly, and to
22recompute and adjust any such claims within 6 years from the
23final date for filing when there has been an adverse court or
24administrative agency decision on the merits affecting the tax
25revenues of the school district. However, no such adjustment

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 226 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall be made regarding equalized assessed valuation unless the
2district's equalized assessed valuation is changed by greater
3than $250,000 or 2%. Any adjustments for claims recomputed for
4the 2016-2017 school year and prior school years shall be
5applied to the apportionment of evidence-based funding in
6Section 18-8.15 of this Code beginning in the 2017-2018 school
7year and thereafter. However, the recomputation of a claim for
8evidence-based funding for a school district shall not require
9the recomputation of claims for all districts, and the State
10Board of Education shall only make recomputations of
11evidence-based funding for those districts where an adjustment
12is required.
13    Except in the case of an adverse court or administrative
14agency decision, no recomputation of a State aid claim shall be
15made pursuant to this Section as a result of a reduction in the
16assessed valuation of a school district from the assessed
17valuation of the district reported to the State Board of
18Education by the Department of Revenue under Section 18-8.05 or
1918-8.15 of this Code unless the requirements of Section 16-15
20of the Property Tax Code and Section 2-3.84 of this Code are
21complied with in all respects.
22    This paragraph applies to all requests for recomputation of
23a general State aid or evidence-based funding claim received
24after June 30, 2003. In recomputing a general State aid or
25evidence-based funding claim that was originally calculated
26using an extension limitation equalized assessed valuation

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 227 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1under paragraph (3) of subsection (G) of Section 18-8.05 of
2this Code or Section 18-8.15 of this Code, a qualifying
3reduction in equalized assessed valuation shall be deducted
4from the extension limitation equalized assessed valuation
5that was used in calculating the original claim.
6    From the total amount of general State aid or
7evidence-based funding to be provided to districts,
8adjustments as a result of recomputation under this Section
9together with adjustments under Section 2-3.84 must not exceed
10$25 million, in the aggregate for all districts under both
11Sections combined, of the general State aid or evidence-based
12funding appropriation in any fiscal year; if necessary, amounts
13shall be prorated among districts. If it is necessary to
14prorate claims under this paragraph, then that portion of each
15prorated claim that is approved but not paid in the current
16fiscal year may be resubmitted as a valid claim in the
17following fiscal year.
18(Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
 
19    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5)
20    Sec. 2-3.51.5. School Safety and Educational Improvement
21Block Grant Program. To improve the level of education and
22safety of students from kindergarten through grade 12 in school
23districts and State-recognized, non-public schools. The State
24Board of Education is authorized to fund a School Safety and
25Educational Improvement Block Grant Program.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 228 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (1) For school districts, the program shall provide funding
2for school safety, textbooks and software, electronic
3textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to gain
4access to and use electronic textbooks, teacher training and
5curriculum development, school improvements, school report
6cards under Section 10-17a, and criminal history records checks
7under Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5. For State-recognized,
8non-public schools, the program shall provide funding for
9secular textbooks and software, criminal history records
10checks, and health and safety mandates to the extent that the
11funds are expended for purely secular purposes. A school
12district or laboratory school as defined in Section 18-8, or
1318-8.05, or 18-8.15 is not required to file an application in
14order to receive the categorical funding to which it is
15entitled under this Section. Funds for the School Safety and
16Educational Improvement Block Grant Program shall be
17distributed to school districts and laboratory schools based on
18the prior year's best 3 months average daily attendance. Funds
19for the School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant
20Program shall be distributed to State-recognized, non-public
21schools based on the average daily attendance figure for the
22previous school year provided to the State Board of Education.
23The State Board of Education shall develop an application that
24requires State-recognized, non-public schools to submit
25average daily attendance figures. A State-recognized,
26non-public school must submit the application and average daily

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 229 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1attendance figure prior to receiving funds under this Section.
2The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
3regulations necessary for the implementation of this program.
4    (2) Distribution of moneys to school districts and
5State-recognized, non-public schools shall be made in 2
6semi-annual installments, one payment on or before October 30,
7and one payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal year.
8    (3) Grants under the School Safety and Educational
9Improvement Block Grant Program shall be awarded provided there
10is an appropriation for the program, and funding levels for
11each district shall be prorated according to the amount of the
12appropriation.
13    (4) The provisions of this Section are in the public
14interest, are for the public benefit, and serve secular public
15purposes.
16(Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.66)
18    Sec. 2-3.66. Truants' alternative and optional education
19programs. To establish projects to offer modified
20instructional programs or other services designed to prevent
21students from dropping out of school, including programs
22pursuant to Section 2-3.41, and to serve as a part time or full
23time option in lieu of regular school attendance and to award
24grants to local school districts, educational service regions
25or community college districts from appropriated funds to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 230 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1assist districts in establishing such projects. The education
2agency may operate its own program or enter into a contract
3with another not-for-profit entity to implement the program.
4The projects shall allow dropouts, up to and including age 21,
5potential dropouts, including truants, uninvolved, unmotivated
6and disaffected students, as defined by State Board of
7Education rules and regulations, to enroll, as an alternative
8to regular school attendance, in an optional education program
9which may be established by school board policy and is in
10conformance with rules adopted by the State Board of Education.
11Truants' Alternative and Optional Education programs funded
12pursuant to this Section shall be planned by a student, the
13student's parents or legal guardians, unless the student is 18
14years or older, and school officials and shall culminate in an
15individualized optional education plan. Such plan shall focus
16on academic or vocational skills, or both, and may include, but
17not be limited to, evening school, summer school, community
18college courses, adult education, preparation courses for high
19school equivalency testing, vocational training, work
20experience, programs to enhance self concept and parenting
21courses. School districts which are awarded grants pursuant to
22this Section shall be authorized to provide day care services
23to children of students who are eligible and desire to enroll
24in programs established and funded under this Section, but only
25if and to the extent that such day care is necessary to enable
26those eligible students to attend and participate in the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 231 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1programs and courses which are conducted pursuant to this
2Section. School districts and regional offices of education may
3claim general State aid under Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based
4funding under Section 18-8.15 for students enrolled in truants'
5alternative and optional education programs, provided that
6such students are receiving services that are supplemental to a
7program leading to a high school diploma and are otherwise
8eligible to be claimed for general State aid under Section
918-8.05 or evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15, as
10applicable.
11(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
12    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66b)
13    Sec. 2-3.66b. IHOPE Program.
14    (a) There is established the Illinois Hope and Opportunity
15Pathways through Education (IHOPE) Program. The State Board of
16Education shall implement and administer the IHOPE Program. The
17goal of the IHOPE Program is to develop a comprehensive system
18in this State to re-enroll significant numbers of high school
19dropouts in programs that will enable them to earn their high
20school diploma.
21    (b) The IHOPE Program shall award grants, subject to
22appropriation for this purpose, to educational service regions
23and a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code
24from appropriated funds to assist in establishing
25instructional programs and other services designed to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 232 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1re-enroll high school dropouts. From any funds appropriated for
2the IHOPE Program, the State Board of Education may use up to
35% for administrative costs, including the performance of a
4program evaluation and the hiring of staff to implement and
5administer the program.
6    The IHOPE Program shall provide incentive grant funds for
7regional offices of education and a school district organized
8under Article 34 of this Code to develop partnerships with
9school districts, public community colleges, and community
10groups to build comprehensive plans to re-enroll high school
11dropouts in their regions or districts.
12    Programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall allow high
13school dropouts, up to and including age 21 notwithstanding
14Section 26-2 of this Code, to re-enroll in an educational
15program in conformance with rules adopted by the State Board of
16Education. Programs may include without limitation
17comprehensive year-round programming, evening school, summer
18school, community college courses, adult education, vocational
19training, work experience, programs to enhance self-concept,
20and parenting courses. Any student in the IHOPE Program who
21wishes to earn a high school diploma must meet the
22prerequisites to receiving a high school diploma specified in
23Section 27-22 of this Code and any other graduation
24requirements of the student's district of residence. Any
25student who successfully completes the requirements for his or
26her graduation shall receive a diploma identifying the student

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 233 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1as graduating from his or her district of residence.
2    (c) In order to be eligible for funding under the IHOPE
3Program, an interested regional office of education or a school
4district organized under Article 34 of this Code shall develop
5an IHOPE Plan to be approved by the State Board of Education.
6The State Board of Education shall develop rules for the IHOPE
7Program that shall set forth the requirements for the
8development of the IHOPE Plan. Each Plan shall involve school
9districts, public community colleges, and key community
10programs that work with high school dropouts located in an
11educational service region or the City of Chicago before the
12Plan is sent to the State Board for approval. No funds may be
13distributed to a regional office of education or a school
14district organized under Article 34 of this Code until the
15State Board has approved the Plan.
16    (d) A regional office of education or a school district
17organized under Article 34 of this Code may operate its own
18program funded by the IHOPE Program or enter into a contract
19with other not-for-profit entities, including school
20districts, public community colleges, and not-for-profit
21community-based organizations, to operate a program.
22    A regional office of education or a school district
23organized under Article 34 of this Code that receives an IHOPE
24grant from the State Board of Education may provide funds under
25a sub-grant, as specified in the IHOPE Plan, to other
26not-for-profit entities to provide services according to the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 234 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1IHOPE Plan that was developed. These other entities may include
2school districts, public community colleges, or not-for-profit
3community-based organizations or a cooperative partnership
4among these entities.
5    (e) In order to distribute funding based upon the need to
6ensure delivery of programs that will have the greatest impact,
7IHOPE Program funding must be distributed based upon the
8proportion of dropouts in the educational service region or
9school district, in the case of a school district organized
10under Article 34 of this Code, to the total number of dropouts
11in this State. This formula shall employ the dropout data
12provided by school districts to the State Board of Education.
13    A regional office of education or a school district
14organized under Article 34 of this Code may claim State aid
15under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code for students
16enrolled in a program funded by the IHOPE Program, provided
17that the State Board of Education has approved the IHOPE Plan
18and that these students are receiving services that are meeting
19the requirements of Section 27-22 of this Code for receipt of a
20high school diploma and are otherwise eligible to be claimed
21for general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
22evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 of this Code,
23including provisions related to the minimum number of days of
24pupil attendance pursuant to Section 10-19 of this Code and the
25minimum number of daily hours of school work and any exceptions
26thereto as defined by the State Board of Education in rules.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 235 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (f) IHOPE categories of programming may include the
2following:
3        (1) Full-time programs that are comprehensive,
4    year-round programs.
5        (2) Part-time programs combining work and study
6    scheduled at various times that are flexible to the needs
7    of students.
8        (3) Online programs and courses in which students take
9    courses and complete on-site, supervised tests that
10    measure the student's mastery of a specific course needed
11    for graduation. Students may take courses online and earn
12    credit or students may prepare to take supervised tests for
13    specific courses for credit leading to receipt of a high
14    school diploma.
15        (4) Dual enrollment in which students attend high
16    school classes in combination with community college
17    classes or students attend community college classes while
18    simultaneously earning high school credit and eventually a
19    high school diploma.
20    (g) In order to have successful comprehensive programs
21re-enrolling and graduating low-skilled high school dropouts,
22programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall include all of
23the following components:
24        (1) Small programs (70 to 100 students) at a separate
25    school site with a distinct identity. Programs may be
26    larger with specific need and justification, keeping in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 236 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    mind that it is crucial to keep programs small to be
2    effective.
3        (2) Specific performance-based goals and outcomes and
4    measures of enrollment, attendance, skills, credits,
5    graduation, and the transition to college, training, and
6    employment.
7        (3) Strong, experienced leadership and teaching staff
8    who are provided with ongoing professional development.
9        (4) Voluntary enrollment.
10        (5) High standards for student learning, integrating
11    work experience, and education, including during the
12    school year and after school, and summer school programs
13    that link internships, work, and learning.
14        (6) Comprehensive programs providing extensive support
15    services.
16        (7) Small teams of students supported by full-time paid
17    mentors who work to retain and help those students
18    graduate.
19        (8) A comprehensive technology learning center with
20    Internet access and broad-based curriculum focusing on
21    academic and career subject areas.
22        (9) Learning opportunities that incorporate action
23    into study.
24    (h) Programs funded through the IHOPE Program must report
25data to the State Board of Education as requested. This
26information shall include, but is not limited to, student

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 237 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1enrollment figures, attendance information, course completion
2data, graduation information, and post-graduation information,
3as available.
4    (i) Rules must be developed by the State Board of Education
5to set forth the fund distribution process to regional offices
6of education and a school district organized under Article 34
7of this Code, the planning and the conditions upon which an
8IHOPE Plan would be approved by State Board, and other rules to
9develop the IHOPE Program.
10(Source: P.A. 96-106, eff. 7-30-09.)
 
11    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.84)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.84)
12    Sec. 2-3.84. In calculating the amount of State aid to be
13apportioned to the various school districts in this State, the
14State Board of Education shall incorporate and deduct the total
15aggregate adjustments to assessments made by the State Property
16Tax Appeal Board or Cook County Board of Appeals, as reported
17pursuant to Section 16-15 of the Property Tax Code or Section
18129.1 of the Revenue Act of 1939 by the Department of Revenue,
19from the equalized assessed valuation that is otherwise to be
20utilized in the initial calculation.
21    From the total amount of general State aid or
22evidence-based funding to be provided to districts,
23adjustments under this Section together with adjustments as a
24result of recomputation under Section 2-3.33 must not exceed
25$25 million, in the aggregate for all districts under both

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 238 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Sections combined, of the general State aid or evidence-based
2funding appropriation in any fiscal year; if necessary, amounts
3shall be prorated among districts. If it is necessary to
4prorate claims under this paragraph, then that portion of each
5prorated claim that is approved but not paid in the current
6fiscal year may be resubmitted as a valid claim in the
7following fiscal year.
8(Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
 
9    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.109a)
10    Sec. 2-3.109a. Laboratory schools grant eligibility. A
11laboratory school as defined in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 may
12apply for and be eligible to receive, subject to the same
13restrictions applicable to school districts, any grant
14administered by the State Board of Education that is available
15for school districts.
16(Source: P.A. 90-566, eff. 1-2-98.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.170 new)
18    Sec. 2-3.170. Property tax relief pool grants.
19    (a) As used in this Section,
20    "Property tax multiplier" equals one minus the square of
21the school district's Local Capacity Percentage, as defined in
22Section 18-8.15 of this Code.
23    "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
24    "Unit equivalent tax rate" means the Adjusted Operating Tax

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 239 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Rate, as defined in Section 18-8.15 of this Code, multiplied by
2a factor of 1 for unit school districts, 13/9 for elementary
3school districts, and 13/4 for high school districts.
4    (b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board shall provide
5grants to eligible school districts that provide tax relief to
6the school district's residents, up to a limit of 1% of the
7school district's equalized assessed value, as provided in this
8Section.
9    (c) By August 1 of each year, the State Board shall publish
10an estimated threshold unit equivalent tax rate. School
11districts whose adjusted operating tax rate, as defined in this
12Section, is greater than the estimated threshold unit
13equivalent tax rate are eligible for relief under this Section.
14This estimated tax rate shall be based on the most recent
15available data provided by school districts pursuant to Section
1618-8.15 of this Code. The State Board shall estimate this
17property tax rate based on the amount appropriated to the grant
18program and the assumption that a set of school districts,
19based on criteria established by the State Board, will apply
20for grants under this Section. The criteria shall be based on
21reasonable assumptions about when school districts will apply
22for the grant.
23    (d) School districts seeking grants under this Section
24shall apply to the State Board by October 1 of each year. All
25applications to the State Board for grants shall include the
26amount of the grant requested.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 240 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (e) By December 1 of each year, based on the most recent
2available data provided by school districts pursuant to Section
318-8.15 of this Code, the State Board shall calculate the unit
4equivalent tax rate, based on the applications received by the
5State Board, above which the appropriations are sufficient to
6provide relief and publish a list of the school districts
7eligible for relief.
8    (f) The State Board shall publish a final list of grant
9recipients and provide payment of the grants by January 15 of
10each year.
11    (g) If payment from the State Board is received by the
12school district on time, the school district shall reduce its
13property tax levy in an amount equal to the grant received
14under this Section.
15    (h) The total grant to a school district under this Section
16shall be calculated based on the total amount of reduction in
17the school district's aggregate extension, up to a limit of 1%
18of a district's equalized assessed value for a unit school
19district, 0.69% for an elementary school district, and 0.31%
20for a high school district, multiplied by the property tax
21multiplier or the amount that the unit equivalent tax rate is
22greater than the rate determined by the State Board, whichever
23is less.
24    (i) If the State Board does not expend all appropriations
25allocated pursuant to this Section, then any remaining funds
26shall be allocated pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this Code.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 241 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (j) The State Board shall prioritize payments under Section
218-8.15 of this Code over payments under this Section, if
3necessary.
4    (k) Any grants received by a school district shall be
5included in future calculations of that school district's Base
6Funding Minimum under Section 18-8.15 of this Code.
7    (l) In the tax year following receipt of a Property Tax
8Pool Relief Grant, the aggregate levy of any school district
9receiving a grant under this Section, for purposes of the
10Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, shall include the tax
11relief the school district provided in the previous taxable
12year under this Section.
 
13    (105 ILCS 5/3-14.21)  (from Ch. 122, par. 3-14.21)
14    Sec. 3-14.21. Inspection of schools.
15    (a) The regional superintendent shall inspect and survey
16all public schools under his or her supervision and notify the
17board of education, or the trustees of schools in a district
18with trustees, in writing before July 30, whether or not the
19several schools in their district have been kept as required by
20law, using forms provided by the State Board of Education which
21are based on the Health/Life Safety Code for Public Schools
22adopted under Section 2-3.12. The regional superintendent
23shall report his or her findings to the State Board of
24Education on forms provided by the State Board of Education.
25    (b) If the regional superintendent determines that a school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 242 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1board has failed in a timely manner to correct urgent items
2identified in a previous life-safety report completed under
3Section 2-3.12 or as otherwise previously ordered by the
4regional superintendent, the regional superintendent shall
5order the school board to adopt and submit to the regional
6superintendent a plan for the immediate correction of the
7building violations. This plan shall be adopted following a
8public hearing that is conducted by the school board on the
9violations and the plan and that is preceded by at least 7
10days' prior notice of the hearing published in a newspaper of
11general circulation within the school district. If the regional
12superintendent determines in the next annual inspection that
13the plan has not been completed and that the violations have
14not been corrected, the regional superintendent shall submit a
15report to the State Board of Education with a recommendation
16that the State Board withhold from payments of general State
17aid or evidence-based funding due to the district an amount
18necessary to correct the outstanding violations. The State
19Board, upon notice to the school board and to the regional
20superintendent, shall consider the report at a meeting of the
21State Board, and may order that a sufficient amount of general
22State aid or evidence-based funding be withheld from payments
23due to the district to correct the violations. This amount
24shall be paid to the regional superintendent who shall contract
25on behalf of the school board for the correction of the
26outstanding violations.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 243 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (c) The Office of the State Fire Marshal or a qualified
2fire official, as defined in Section 2-3.12 of this Code, to
3whom the State Fire Marshal has delegated his or her authority
4shall conduct an annual fire safety inspection of each school
5building in this State. The State Fire Marshal or the fire
6official shall coordinate its inspections with the regional
7superintendent. The inspection shall be based on the fire
8safety code authorized in Section 2-3.12 of this Code. Any
9violations shall be reported in writing to the regional
10superintendent and shall reference the specific code sections
11where a discrepancy has been identified within 15 days after
12the inspection has been conducted. The regional superintendent
13shall address those violations that are not corrected in a
14timely manner pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. The
15inspection must be at no cost to the school district.
16    (d) If a municipality or, in the case of an unincorporated
17area, a county or, if applicable, a fire protection district
18wishes to perform new construction inspections under the
19jurisdiction of a regional superintendent, then the entity must
20register this wish with the regional superintendent. These
21inspections must be based on the building code authorized in
22Section 2-3.12 of this Code. The inspections must be at no cost
23to the school district.
24(Source: P.A. 96-734, eff. 8-25-09.)
 
25    (105 ILCS 5/7-14A)  (from Ch. 122, par. 7-14A)

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 244 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Sec. 7-14A. Annexation compensation. There shall be no
2accounting made after a mere change in boundaries when no new
3district is created, except that those districts whose
4enrollment increases by 90% or more as a result of annexing
5territory detached from another district pursuant to this
6Article are eligible for supplementary State aid payments in
7accordance with Section 11E-135 of this Code. Eligible annexing
8districts shall apply to the State Board of Education for
9supplementary State aid payments by submitting enrollment
10figures for the year immediately preceding and the year
11immediately following the effective date of the boundary change
12for both the district gaining territory and the district losing
13territory. Copies of any intergovernmental agreements between
14the district gaining territory and the district losing
15territory detailing any transfer of fund balances and staff
16must also be submitted. In all instances of changes in
17boundaries, the district losing territory shall not count the
18average daily attendance of pupils living in the territory
19during the year preceding the effective date of the boundary
20change in its claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8.05 or
2118-8.15 of this Code for the school year following the
22effective date of the change in boundaries and the district
23receiving the territory shall count the average daily
24attendance of pupils living in the territory during the year
25preceding the effective date of the boundary change in its
26claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 245 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1this Code for the school year following the effective date of
2the change in boundaries. The changes to this Section made by
3this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended
4to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking
5effect on or after July 1, 2004.
6(Source: P.A. 99-657, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
7    (105 ILCS 5/10-17a)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17a)
8    Sec. 10-17a. State, school district, and school report
9cards.
10    (1) By October 31, 2013 and October 31 of each subsequent
11school year, the State Board of Education, through the State
12Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a State report card,
13school district report cards, and school report cards, and
14shall by the most economic means provide to each school
15district in this State, including special charter districts and
16districts subject to the provisions of Article 34, the report
17cards for the school district and each of its schools.
18    (2) In addition to any information required by federal law,
19the State Superintendent shall determine the indicators and
20presentation of the school report card, which must include, at
21a minimum, the most current data possessed by the State Board
22of Education related to the following:
23        (A) school characteristics and student demographics,
24    including average class size, average teaching experience,
25    student racial/ethnic breakdown, and the percentage of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 246 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    students classified as low-income; the percentage of
2    students classified as English learners; the percentage of
3    students who have individualized education plans or 504
4    plans that provide for special education services; the
5    percentage of students who annually transferred in or out
6    of the school district; the per-pupil operating
7    expenditure of the school district; and the per-pupil State
8    average operating expenditure for the district type
9    (elementary, high school, or unit);
10        (B) curriculum information, including, where
11    applicable, Advanced Placement, International
12    Baccalaureate or equivalent courses, dual enrollment
13    courses, foreign language classes, school personnel
14    resources (including Career Technical Education teachers),
15    before and after school programs, extracurricular
16    activities, subjects in which elective classes are
17    offered, health and wellness initiatives (including the
18    average number of days of Physical Education per week per
19    student), approved programs of study, awards received,
20    community partnerships, and special programs such as
21    programming for the gifted and talented, students with
22    disabilities, and work-study students;
23        (C) student outcomes, including, where applicable, the
24    percentage of students deemed proficient on assessments of
25    State standards, the percentage of students in the eighth
26    grade who pass Algebra, the percentage of students enrolled

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 247 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    in post-secondary institutions (including colleges,
2    universities, community colleges, trade/vocational
3    schools, and training programs leading to career
4    certification within 2 semesters of high school
5    graduation), the percentage of students graduating from
6    high school who are college and career ready, and the
7    percentage of graduates enrolled in community colleges,
8    colleges, and universities who are in one or more courses
9    that the community college, college, or university
10    identifies as a developmental course;
11        (D) student progress, including, where applicable, the
12    percentage of students in the ninth grade who have earned 5
13    credits or more without failing more than one core class, a
14    measure of students entering kindergarten ready to learn, a
15    measure of growth, and the percentage of students who enter
16    high school on track for college and career readiness;
17        (E) the school environment, including, where
18    applicable, the percentage of students with less than 10
19    absences in a school year, the percentage of teachers with
20    less than 10 absences in a school year for reasons other
21    than professional development, leaves taken pursuant to
22    the federal Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, long-term
23    disability, or parental leaves, the 3-year average of the
24    percentage of teachers returning to the school from the
25    previous year, the number of different principals at the
26    school in the last 6 years, 2 or more indicators from any

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 248 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    school climate survey selected or approved by the State and
2    administered pursuant to Section 2-3.153 of this Code, with
3    the same or similar indicators included on school report
4    cards for all surveys selected or approved by the State
5    pursuant to Section 2-3.153 of this Code, and the combined
6    percentage of teachers rated as proficient or excellent in
7    their most recent evaluation; and
8        (F) a school district's and its individual schools'
9    balanced accountability measure, in accordance with
10    Section 2-3.25a of this Code; .
11        (G) a school district's Final Percent of Adequacy, as
12    defined in paragraph (4) of subsection (f) of Section
13    18-8.15 of this Code;
14        (H) a school district's Local Capacity Target, as
15    defined in paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of Section
16    18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; and
17        (I) a school district's Real Receipts, as defined in
18    paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 18-8.15 of this
19    Code, divided by a school district's Adequacy Target, as
20    defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section
21    18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount.
22    The school report card shall also provide information that
23allows for comparing the current outcome, progress, and
24environment data to the State average, to the school data from
25the past 5 years, and to the outcomes, progress, and
26environment of similar schools based on the type of school and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 249 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1enrollment of low-income students, special education students,
2and English learners.
3    (3) At the discretion of the State Superintendent, the
4school district report card shall include a subset of the
5information identified in paragraphs (A) through (E) of
6subsection (2) of this Section, as well as information relating
7to the operating expense per pupil and other finances of the
8school district, and the State report card shall include a
9subset of the information identified in paragraphs (A) through
10(E) of subsection (2) of this Section.
11    (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
12Section, in consultation with key education stakeholders, the
13State Superintendent shall at any time have the discretion to
14amend or update any and all metrics on the school, district, or
15State report card.
16    (5) Annually, no more than 30 calendar days after receipt
17of the school district and school report cards from the State
18Superintendent of Education, each school district, including
19special charter districts and districts subject to the
20provisions of Article 34, shall present such report cards at a
21regular school board meeting subject to applicable notice
22requirements, post the report cards on the school district's
23Internet web site, if the district maintains an Internet web
24site, make the report cards available to a newspaper of general
25circulation serving the district, and, upon request, send the
26report cards home to a parent (unless the district does not

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 250 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1maintain an Internet web site, in which case the report card
2shall be sent home to parents without request). If the district
3posts the report card on its Internet web site, the district
4shall send a written notice home to parents stating (i) that
5the report card is available on the web site, (ii) the address
6of the web site, (iii) that a printed copy of the report card
7will be sent to parents upon request, and (iv) the telephone
8number that parents may call to request a printed copy of the
9report card.
10    (6) Nothing contained in this amendatory Act of the 98th
11General Assembly repeals, supersedes, invalidates, or
12nullifies final decisions in lawsuits pending on the effective
13date of this amendatory Act of the 98th General Assembly in
14Illinois courts involving the interpretation of Public Act
1597-8.
16(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 98-648, eff. 7-1-14; 99-30,
17eff. 7-10-15; 99-193, eff. 7-30-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 5/10-19)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
19    Sec. 10-19. Length of school term - experimental programs.
20Each school board shall annually prepare a calendar for the
21school term, specifying the opening and closing dates and
22providing a minimum term of at least 185 days to insure 176
23days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section
2418-8.05 or 18-8.15, except that for the 1980-1981 school year
25only 175 days of actual pupil attendance shall be required

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 251 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1because of the closing of schools pursuant to Section 24-2 on
2January 29, 1981 upon the appointment by the President of that
3day as a day of thanksgiving for the freedom of the Americans
4who had been held hostage in Iran. Any days allowed by law for
5teachers' institutes but not used as such or used as parental
6institutes as provided in Section 10-22.18d shall increase the
7minimum term by the school days not so used. Except as provided
8in Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend the school term
9beyond such closing date unless that extension of term is
10necessary to provide the minimum number of computable days. In
11case of such necessary extension school employees shall be paid
12for such additional time on the basis of their regular
13contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier
14than that set on the annual calendar when the schools of the
15district have provided the minimum number of computable days
16under this Section. Nothing in this Section prevents the board
17from employing superintendents of schools, principals and
18other nonteaching personnel for a period of 12 months, or in
19the case of superintendents for a period in accordance with
20Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from employing other
21personnel before or after the regular school term with payment
22of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
23during the school term.
24    A school board may make such changes in its calendar for
25the school term as may be required by any changes in the legal
26school holidays prescribed in Section 24-2. A school board may

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 252 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1make changes in its calendar for the school term as may be
2necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers' institute
3days as parental institute days as provided in Section
410-22.18d.
5    The calendar for the school term and any changes must be
6submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of
7schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
8    With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and
9subject to review by the State Board of Education every 3
10years, any school board may, by resolution of its board and in
11agreement with affected exclusive collective bargaining
12agents, establish experimental educational programs, including
13but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized
14under Section 10-20.56 of this Code, self-directed learning, or
15outside of formal class periods, which programs when so
16approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
17this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil
18attendance and with the other requirements of this Act as
19respects courses of instruction.
20(Source: P.A. 98-756, eff. 7-16-14; 99-194, eff. 7-30-15.)
 
21    (105 ILCS 5/10-22.5a)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.5a)
22    Sec. 10-22.5a. Attendance by dependents of United States
23military personnel, foreign exchange students, and certain
24nonresident pupils.
25    (a) To enter into written agreements with cultural exchange

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 253 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1organizations, or with nationally recognized eleemosynary
2institutions that promote excellence in the arts, mathematics,
3or science. The written agreements may provide for tuition free
4attendance at the local district school by foreign exchange
5students, or by nonresident pupils of eleemosynary
6institutions. The local board of education, as part of the
7agreement, may require that the cultural exchange program or
8the eleemosynary institutions provide services to the district
9in exchange for the waiver of nonresident tuition.
10    To enter into written agreements with adjacent school
11districts to provide for tuition free attendance by a student
12of the adjacent district when requested for the student's
13health and safety by the student or parent and both districts
14determine that the student's health or safety will be served by
15such attendance. Districts shall not be required to enter into
16such agreements nor be required to alter existing
17transportation services due to the attendance of such
18non-resident pupils.
19    (a-5) If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of United
20States military personnel is housed in temporary housing
21located outside of a school district, but will be living within
22the district within 60 days after the time of initial
23enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to
24the requirements of this subsection (a-5), and must not be
25charged tuition. Any United States military personnel
26attempting to enroll a dependent under this subsection (a-5)

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 254 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall provide proof that the dependent will be living within
2the district within 60 days after the time of initial
3enrollment. Proof of residency may include, but is not limited
4to, postmarked mail addressed to the military personnel and
5sent to an address located within the district, a lease
6agreement for occupancy of a residence located within the
7district, or proof of ownership of a residence located within
8the district.
9    (b) Nonresident pupils and foreign exchange students
10attending school on a tuition free basis under such agreements
11and nonresident dependents of United States military personnel
12attending school on a tuition free basis may be counted for the
13purposes of determining the apportionment of State aid provided
14under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code. No organization
15or institution participating in agreements authorized under
16this Section may exclude any individual for participation in
17its program on account of the person's race, color, sex,
18religion or nationality.
19(Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14.)
 
20    (105 ILCS 5/10-22.20)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20)
21    Sec. 10-22.20. Classes for adults and youths whose
22schooling has been interrupted; conditions for State
23reimbursement; use of child care facilities.
24    (a) To establish special classes for the instruction (1) of
25persons of age 21 years or over and (2) of persons less than

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 255 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1age 21 and not otherwise in attendance in public school, for
2the purpose of providing adults in the community and youths
3whose schooling has been interrupted with such additional basic
4education, vocational skill training, and other instruction as
5may be necessary to increase their qualifications for
6employment or other means of self-support and their ability to
7meet their responsibilities as citizens, including courses of
8instruction regularly accepted for graduation from elementary
9or high schools and for Americanization and high school
10equivalency testing review classes.
11    The board shall pay the necessary expenses of such classes
12out of school funds of the district, including costs of student
13transportation and such facilities or provision for child-care
14as may be necessary in the judgment of the board to permit
15maximum utilization of the courses by students with children,
16and other special needs of the students directly related to
17such instruction. The expenses thus incurred shall be subject
18to State reimbursement, as provided in this Section. The board
19may make a tuition charge for persons taking instruction who
20are not subject to State reimbursement, such tuition charge not
21to exceed the per capita cost of such classes.
22    The cost of such instruction, including the additional
23expenses herein authorized, incurred for recipients of
24financial aid under the Illinois Public Aid Code, or for
25persons for whom education and training aid has been authorized
26under Section 9-8 of that Code, shall be assumed in its

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 256 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1entirety from funds appropriated by the State to the Illinois
2Community College Board.
3    (b) The Illinois Community College Board shall establish
4the standards for the courses of instruction reimbursed under
5this Section. The Illinois Community College Board shall
6supervise the administration of the programs. The Illinois
7Community College Board shall determine the cost of instruction
8in accordance with standards established by the Illinois
9Community College Board, including therein other incidental
10costs as herein authorized, which shall serve as the basis of
11State reimbursement in accordance with the provisions of this
12Section. In the approval of programs and the determination of
13the cost of instruction, the Illinois Community College Board
14shall provide for the maximum utilization of federal funds for
15such programs. The Illinois Community College Board shall also
16provide for:
17        (1) the development of an index of need for program
18    planning and for area funding allocations, as defined by
19    the Illinois Community College Board;
20        (2) the method for calculating hours of instruction, as
21    defined by the Illinois Community College Board, claimable
22    for reimbursement and a method to phase in the calculation
23    and for adjusting the calculations in cases where the
24    services of a program are interrupted due to circumstances
25    beyond the control of the program provider;
26        (3) a plan for the reallocation of funds to increase

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 257 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    the amount allocated for grants based upon program
2    performance as set forth in subsection (d) below; and
3        (4) the development of standards for determining
4    grants based upon performance as set forth in subsection
5    (d) below and a plan for the phased-in implementation of
6    those standards.
7    For instruction provided by school districts and community
8college districts beginning July 1, 1996 and thereafter,
9reimbursement provided by the Illinois Community College Board
10for classes authorized by this Section shall be provided from
11funds appropriated for the reimbursement criteria set forth in
12subsection (c) below.
13    (c) Upon the annual approval of the Illinois Community
14College Board, reimbursement shall be first provided for
15transportation, child care services, and other special needs of
16the students directly related to instruction and then from the
17funds remaining an amount equal to the product of the total
18credit hours or units of instruction approved by the Illinois
19Community College Board, multiplied by the following:
20        (1) For adult basic education, the maximum
21    reimbursement per credit hour or per unit of instruction
22    shall be equal to (i) through fiscal year 2017, the general
23    state aid per pupil foundation level established in
24    subsection (B) of Section 18-8.05, divided by 60, or (ii)
25    in fiscal year 2018 and thereafter, the prior fiscal year
26    reimbursement level multiplied by the Consumer Price Index

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 258 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the
2    United States Department of Labor;
3        (2) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per
4    unit of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall be
5    weighted for students enrolled in classes defined as
6    vocational skills and approved by the Illinois Community
7    College Board by 1.25;
8        (3) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per
9    unit of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall be
10    multiplied by .90 for students enrolled in classes defined
11    as adult secondary education programs and approved by the
12    Illinois Community College Board;
13        (4) (Blank); and
14        (5) Funding for program years after 1999-2000 shall be
15    determined by the Illinois Community College Board.
16    (d) Upon its annual approval, the Illinois Community
17College Board shall provide grants to eligible programs for
18supplemental activities to improve or expand services under the
19Adult Education Act. Eligible programs shall be determined
20based upon performance outcomes of students in the programs as
21set by the Illinois Community College Board.
22    (e) Reimbursement under this Section shall not exceed the
23actual costs of the approved program.
24    If the amount appropriated to the Illinois Community
25College Board for reimbursement under this Section is less than
26the amount required under this Act, the apportionment shall be

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 259 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1proportionately reduced.
2    School districts and community college districts may
3assess students up to $3.00 per credit hour, for classes other
4than Adult Basic Education level programs, if needed to meet
5program costs.
6    (f) An education plan shall be established for each adult
7or youth whose schooling has been interrupted and who is
8participating in the instructional programs provided under
9this Section.
10    Each school board and community college shall keep an
11accurate and detailed account of the students assigned to and
12receiving instruction under this Section who are subject to
13State reimbursement and shall submit reports of services
14provided commencing with fiscal year 1997 as required by the
15Illinois Community College Board.
16    For classes authorized under this Section, a credit hour or
17unit of instruction is equal to 15 hours of direct instruction
18for students enrolled in approved adult education programs at
19midterm and making satisfactory progress, in accordance with
20standards established by the Illinois Community College Board.
21    (g) Upon proof submitted to the Illinois Department of
22Human Services of the payment of all claims submitted under
23this Section, that Department shall apply for federal funds
24made available therefor and any federal funds so received shall
25be paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State Treasury.
26    School districts or community colleges providing classes

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 260 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1under this Section shall submit applications to the Illinois
2Community College Board for preapproval in accordance with the
3standards established by the Illinois Community College Board.
4Payments shall be made by the Illinois Community College Board
5based upon approved programs. Interim expenditure reports may
6be required by the Illinois Community College Board. Final
7claims for the school year shall be submitted to the regional
8superintendents for transmittal to the Illinois Community
9College Board. Final adjusted payments shall be made by
10September 30.
11    If a school district or community college district fails to
12provide, or is providing unsatisfactory or insufficient
13classes under this Section, the Illinois Community College
14Board may enter into agreements with public or private
15educational or other agencies other than the public schools for
16the establishment of such classes.
17    (h) If a school district or community college district
18establishes child-care facilities for the children of
19participants in classes established under this Section, it may
20extend the use of these facilities to students who have
21obtained employment and to other persons in the community whose
22children require care and supervision while the parent or other
23person in charge of the children is employed or otherwise
24absent from the home during all or part of the day. It may make
25the facilities available before and after as well as during
26regular school hours to school age and preschool age children

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 261 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1who may benefit thereby, including children who require care
2and supervision pending the return of their parent or other
3person in charge of their care from employment or other
4activity requiring absence from the home.
5    The Illinois Community College Board shall pay to the board
6the cost of care in the facilities for any child who is a
7recipient of financial aid under the Illinois Public Aid Code.
8    The board may charge for care of children for whom it
9cannot make claim under the provisions of this Section. The
10charge shall not exceed per capita cost, and to the extent
11feasible, shall be fixed at a level which will permit
12utilization by employed parents of low or moderate income. It
13may also permit any other State or local governmental agency or
14private agency providing care for children to purchase care.
15    After July 1, 1970 when the provisions of Section 10-20.20
16become operative in the district, children in a child-care
17facility shall be transferred to the kindergarten established
18under that Section for such portion of the day as may be
19required for the kindergarten program, and only the prorated
20costs of care and training provided in the Center for the
21remaining period shall be charged to the Illinois Department of
22Human Services or other persons or agencies paying for such
23care.
24    (i) The provisions of this Section shall also apply to
25school districts having a population exceeding 500,000.
26    (j) In addition to claiming reimbursement under this

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 262 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Section, a school district may claim general State aid under
2Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based funding under Section
318-8.15 for any student under age 21 who is enrolled in courses
4accepted for graduation from elementary or high school and who
5otherwise meets the requirements of Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15,
6as applicable.
7(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/10-29)
9    Sec. 10-29. Remote educational programs.
10    (a) For purposes of this Section, "remote educational
11program" means an educational program delivered to students in
12the home or other location outside of a school building that
13meets all of the following criteria:
14        (1) A student may participate in the program only after
15    the school district, pursuant to adopted school board
16    policy, and a person authorized to enroll the student under
17    Section 10-20.12b of this Code determine that a remote
18    educational program will best serve the student's
19    individual learning needs. The adopted school board policy
20    shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following:
21            (A) Criteria for determining that a remote
22        educational program will best serve a student's
23        individual learning needs. The criteria must include
24        consideration of, at a minimum, a student's prior
25        attendance, disciplinary record, and academic history.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 263 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            (B) Any limitations on the number of students or
2        grade levels that may participate in a remote
3        educational program.
4            (C) A description of the process that the school
5        district will use to approve participation in the
6        remote educational program. The process must include
7        without limitation a requirement that, for any student
8        who qualifies to receive services pursuant to the
9        federal Individuals with Disabilities Education
10        Improvement Act of 2004, the student's participation
11        in a remote educational program receive prior approval
12        from the student's individualized education program
13        team.
14            (D) A description of the process the school
15        district will use to develop and approve a written
16        remote educational plan that meets the requirements of
17        subdivision (5) of this subsection (a).
18            (E) A description of the system the school district
19        will establish to calculate the number of clock hours a
20        student is participating in instruction in accordance
21        with the remote educational program.
22            (F) A description of the process for renewing a
23        remote educational program at the expiration of its
24        term.
25            (G) Such other terms and provisions as the school
26        district deems necessary to provide for the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 264 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        establishment and delivery of a remote educational
2        program.
3        (2) The school district has determined that the remote
4    educational program's curriculum is aligned to State
5    learning standards and that the program offers instruction
6    and educational experiences consistent with those given to
7    students at the same grade level in the district.
8        (3) The remote educational program is delivered by
9    instructors that meet the following qualifications:
10            (A) they are certificated under Article 21 of this
11        Code;
12            (B) they meet applicable highly qualified criteria
13        under the federal No Child Left Behind Act of 2001; and
14            (C) they have responsibility for all of the
15        following elements of the program: planning
16        instruction, diagnosing learning needs, prescribing
17        content delivery through class activities, assessing
18        learning, reporting outcomes to administrators and
19        parents and guardians, and evaluating the effects of
20        instruction.
21        (4) During the period of time from and including the
22    opening date to the closing date of the regular school term
23    of the school district established pursuant to Section
24    10-19 of this Code, participation in a remote educational
25    program may be claimed for general State aid purposes under
26    Section 18-8.05 of this Code or evidence-based funding

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 265 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    purposes under Section 18-8.15 of this Code on any calendar
2    day, notwithstanding whether the day is a day of pupil
3    attendance or institute day on the school district's
4    calendar or any other provision of law restricting
5    instruction on that day. If the district holds year-round
6    classes in some buildings, the district shall classify each
7    student's participation in a remote educational program as
8    either on a year-round or a non-year-round schedule for
9    purposes of claiming general State aid or evidence-based
10    funding. Outside of the regular school term of the
11    district, the remote educational program may be offered as
12    part of any summer school program authorized by this Code.
13        (5) Each student participating in a remote educational
14    program must have a written remote educational plan that
15    has been approved by the school district and a person
16    authorized to enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of
17    this Code. The school district and a person authorized to
18    enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of this Code
19    must approve any amendment to a remote educational plan.
20    The remote educational plan must include, but is not
21    limited to, all of the following:
22            (A) Specific achievement goals for the student
23        aligned to State learning standards.
24            (B) A description of all assessments that will be
25        used to measure student progress, which description
26        shall indicate the assessments that will be

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 266 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        administered at an attendance center within the school
2        district.
3            (C) A description of the progress reports that will
4        be provided to the school district and the person or
5        persons authorized to enroll the student under Section
6        10-20.12b of this Code.
7            (D) Expectations, processes, and schedules for
8        interaction between a teacher and student.
9            (E) A description of the specific responsibilities
10        of the student's family and the school district with
11        respect to equipment, materials, phone and Internet
12        service, and any other requirements applicable to the
13        home or other location outside of a school building
14        necessary for the delivery of the remote educational
15        program.
16            (F) If applicable, a description of how the remote
17        educational program will be delivered in a manner
18        consistent with the student's individualized education
19        program required by Section 614(d) of the federal
20        Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement
21        Act of 2004 or plan to ensure compliance with Section
22        504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
23            (G) A description of the procedures and
24        opportunities for participation in academic and
25        extra-curricular activities and programs within the
26        school district.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 267 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            (H) The identification of a parent, guardian, or
2        other responsible adult who will provide direct
3        supervision of the program. The plan must include an
4        acknowledgment by the parent, guardian, or other
5        responsible adult that he or she may engage only in
6        non-teaching duties not requiring instructional
7        judgment or the evaluation of a student. The plan shall
8        designate the parent, guardian, or other responsible
9        adult as non-teaching personnel or volunteer personnel
10        under subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 of this Code.
11            (I) The identification of a school district
12        administrator who will oversee the remote educational
13        program on behalf of the school district and who may be
14        contacted by the student's parents with respect to any
15        issues or concerns with the program.
16            (J) The term of the student's participation in the
17        remote educational program, which may not extend for
18        longer than 12 months, unless the term is renewed by
19        the district in accordance with subdivision (7) of this
20        subsection (a).
21            (K) A description of the specific location or
22        locations in which the program will be delivered. If
23        the remote educational program is to be delivered to a
24        student in any location other than the student's home,
25        the plan must include a written determination by the
26        school district that the location will provide a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 268 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        learning environment appropriate for the delivery of
2        the program. The location or locations in which the
3        program will be delivered shall be deemed a long
4        distance teaching reception area under subsection (a)
5        of Section 10-22.34 of this Code.
6            (L) Certification by the school district that the
7        plan meets all other requirements of this Section.
8        (6) Students participating in a remote educational
9    program must be enrolled in a school district attendance
10    center pursuant to the school district's enrollment policy
11    or policies. A student participating in a remote
12    educational program must be tested as part of all
13    assessments administered by the school district pursuant
14    to Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code at the attendance center
15    in which the student is enrolled and in accordance with the
16    attendance center's assessment policies and schedule. The
17    student must be included within all accountability
18    determinations for the school district and attendance
19    center under State and federal law.
20        (7) The term of a student's participation in a remote
21    educational program may not extend for longer than 12
22    months, unless the term is renewed by the school district.
23    The district may only renew a student's participation in a
24    remote educational program following an evaluation of the
25    student's progress in the program, a determination that the
26    student's continuation in the program will best serve the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 269 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    student's individual learning needs, and an amendment to
2    the student's written remote educational plan addressing
3    any changes for the upcoming term of the program.
4    For purposes of this Section, a remote educational program
5does not include instruction delivered to students through an
6e-learning program approved under Section 10-20.56 of this
7Code.
8    (b) A school district may, by resolution of its school
9board, establish a remote educational program.
10    (c) Clock hours of instruction by students in a remote
11educational program meeting the requirements of this Section
12may be claimed by the school district and shall be counted as
13school work for general State aid purposes in accordance with
14and subject to the limitations of Section 18-8.05 of this Code
15or evidence-based funding purposes in accordance with and
16subject to the limitations of Section 18-8.15 of this Code.
17    (d) The impact of remote educational programs on wages,
18hours, and terms and conditions of employment of educational
19employees within the school district shall be subject to local
20collective bargaining agreements.
21    (e) The use of a home or other location outside of a school
22building for a remote educational program shall not cause the
23home or other location to be deemed a public school facility.
24    (f) A remote educational program may be used, but is not
25required, for instruction delivered to a student in the home or
26other location outside of a school building that is not claimed

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 270 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1for general State aid purposes under Section 18-8.05 of this
2Code or evidence-based funding purposes under Section 18-8.15
3of this Code.
4    (g) School districts that, pursuant to this Section, adopt
5a policy for a remote educational program must submit to the
6State Board of Education a copy of the policy and any
7amendments thereto, as well as data on student participation in
8a format specified by the State Board of Education. The State
9Board of Education may perform or contract with an outside
10entity to perform an evaluation of remote educational programs
11in this State.
12    (h) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules
13necessary to ensure compliance by remote educational programs
14with the requirements of this Section and other applicable
15legal requirements.
16(Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14; 99-193, eff. 7-30-15;
1799-194, eff. 7-30-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 5/11E-135)
19    Sec. 11E-135. Incentives. For districts reorganizing under
20this Article and for a district or districts that annex all of
21the territory of one or more entire other school districts in
22accordance with Article 7 of this Code, the following payments
23shall be made from appropriations made for these purposes:
24    (a)(1) For a combined school district, as defined in
25Section 11E-20 of this Code, or for a unit district, as defined

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 271 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1in Section 11E-25 of this Code, for its first year of
2existence, the general State aid and supplemental general State
3aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the
4evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15 of
5this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for the new
6district and for the previously existing districts for which
7property is totally included within the new district. If the
8computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
9is greater, a supplementary payment equal to the difference
10shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the new
11district.
12    (2) For a school district that annexes all of the territory
13of one or more entire other school districts as defined in
14Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during which the
15change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes
16effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of
17this Code, the general State aid and supplemental general State
18aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the
19evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15 of
20this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for the annexing
21district as constituted after the annexation and for the
22annexing and each annexed district as constituted prior to the
23annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the annexing
24and annexed districts as constituted prior to the annexation is
25greater, then a supplementary payment equal to the difference
26shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 272 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1annexing school district as constituted upon the annexation.
2    (3) For 2 or more school districts that annex all of the
3territory of one or more entire other school districts, as
4defined in Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during
5which the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
6becomes effective for all purposes, as determined under Section
77-9 of this Code, the general State aid and supplemental
8general State aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code
9or the evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15
10of this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for each
11annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for
12each annexing and annexed district as constituted prior to the
13annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid and
14supplemental general State aid or evidence-based funding, as
15applicable, as so computed for the annexing districts as
16constituted after the annexation is less than the aggregate of
17the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or
18evidence-based funding, as applicable, as so computed for the
19annexing and annexed districts, as constituted prior to the
20annexation, then a supplementary payment equal to the
21difference shall be made and allocated between or among the
22annexing districts, as constituted upon the annexation, for the
23first 4 years of their existence. The total difference payment
24shall be allocated between or among the annexing districts in
25the same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
26annexed district or districts that is annexed to each annexing

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 273 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1district bears to the total pupil enrollment from the entire
2annexed district or districts, as such pupil enrollment is
3determined for the school year last ending prior to the date
4when the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
5becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of the total
6difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to
7the annexing districts shall be computed by the State Board of
8Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other data that
9shall be certified to the State Board of Education, on forms
10that it shall provide for that purpose, by the regional
11superintendent of schools for each educational service region
12in which the annexing and annexed districts are located.
13    (4) For a school district conversion, as defined in Section
1411E-15 of this Code, or a multi-unit conversion, as defined in
15subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if in their
16first year of existence the newly created elementary districts
17and the newly created high school district, from a school
18district conversion, or the newly created elementary district
19or districts and newly created combined high school - unit
20district, from a multi-unit conversion, qualify for less
21general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
22evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 of this Code than
23would have been payable under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, as
24applicable, for that same year to the previously existing
25districts, then a supplementary payment equal to that
26difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 274 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the newly created districts. The aggregate amount of each
2supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly
3created districts in the proportion that the deemed pupil
4enrollment in each district during its first year of existence
5bears to the actual aggregate pupil enrollment in all of the
6districts during their first year of existence. For purposes of
7each allocation:
8        (A) the deemed pupil enrollment of the newly created
9    high school district from a school district conversion
10    shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for
11    its first year of existence multiplied by 1.25;
12        (B) the deemed pupil enrollment of each newly created
13    elementary district from a school district conversion
14    shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for
15    its first year of existence reduced by an amount equal to
16    the product obtained when the amount by which the newly
17    created high school district's deemed pupil enrollment
18    exceeds its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of
19    existence is multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
20    which is the actual pupil enrollment of the newly created
21    elementary district for its first year of existence and the
22    denominator of which is the actual aggregate pupil
23    enrollment of all of the newly created elementary districts
24    for their first year of existence;
25        (C) the deemed high school pupil enrollment of the
26    newly created combined high school - unit district from a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 275 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    multi-unit conversion shall be an amount equal to its
2    actual grades 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for its first
3    year of existence multiplied by 1.25; and
4        (D) the deemed elementary pupil enrollment of each
5    newly created district from a multi-unit conversion shall
6    be an amount equal to each district's actual grade K
7    through 8 pupil enrollment for its first year of existence,
8    reduced by an amount equal to the product obtained when the
9    amount by which the newly created combined high school -
10    unit district's deemed high school pupil enrollment
11    exceeds its actual grade 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for
12    its first year of existence is multiplied by a fraction,
13    the numerator of which is the actual grade K through 8
14    pupil enrollment of each newly created district for its
15    first year of existence and the denominator of which is the
16    actual aggregate grade K through 8 pupil enrollment of all
17    such newly created districts for their first year of
18    existence.
19     The aggregate amount of each supplementary payment under
20this subdivision (4) and the amount thereof to be allocated to
21the newly created districts shall be computed by the State
22Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other
23data, which shall be certified to the State Board of Education,
24on forms that it shall provide for that purpose, by the
25regional superintendent of schools for each educational
26service region in which the newly created districts are

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 276 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1located.
2    (5) For a partial elementary unit district, as defined in
3subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if, in
4the first year of existence, the newly created partial
5elementary unit district qualifies for less general State aid
6and supplemental general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of
7this Code or less evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15
8of this Code, as applicable, than would have been payable under
9those Sections that Section for that same year to the
10previously existing districts that formed the partial
11elementary unit district, then a supplementary payment equal to
12that difference shall be made to the partial elementary unit
13district for the first 4 years of existence of that newly
14created district.
15    (6) For an elementary opt-in, as described in subsection
16(d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the general State aid or
17evidence-based funding difference shall be computed in
18accordance with paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) as if the
19elementary opt-in was included in an optional elementary unit
20district at the optional elementary unit district's original
21effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is
22less than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection
23(a) at the optional elementary unit district's original
24effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If the
25calculation in this paragraph (6) is more than that calculated
26in paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at the optional

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 277 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1elementary unit district's original effective date, then the
2excess must be paid as follows:
3        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
4    one year after the effective date for the optional
5    elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess
6    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
7    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
8    elementary opt-in.
9        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
10    2 years after the effective date for the optional
11    elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess
12    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
13    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
14    elementary opt-in.
15        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
16    3 years after the effective date for the optional
17    elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess
18    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
19    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
20    elementary opt-in.
21        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
22    4 years after the effective date for the optional
23    elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess
24    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
25    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
26    elementary opt-in.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 278 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
2    5 years after the effective date for the optional
3    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
4    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
5    to the elementary opt-in.
6    (6.5) For a school district that annexes territory detached
7from another school district whereby the enrollment of the
8annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the
9annexation, for the first year during which the change of
10boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective
11for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code,
12the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or
13evidence-based funding, as applicable, calculated under this
14Section shall be computed for the district gaining territory
15and the district losing territory as constituted after the
16annexation and for the same districts as constituted prior to
17the annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid
18and supplemental general State aid or evidence-based funding,
19as applicable, as so computed for the district gaining
20territory and the district losing territory as constituted
21after the annexation is less than the aggregate of the general
22State aid and supplemental general State aid or evidence-based
23funding, as applicable, as so computed for the district gaining
24territory and the district losing territory as constituted
25prior to the annexation, then a supplementary payment shall be
26made to the annexing district for the first 4 years of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 279 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1existence after the annexation, equal to the difference
2multiplied by the ratio of student enrollment in the territory
3detached to the total student enrollment in the district losing
4territory for the year prior to the effective date of the
5annexation. The amount of the total difference and the
6proportion paid to the annexing district shall be computed by
7the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment
8and other data that must be submitted to the State Board of
9Education in accordance with Section 7-14A of this Code. The
10changes to this Section made by Public Act 95-707 are intended
11to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking
12effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are
13eligible for payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are
14effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008
15(the effective date of Public Act 95-707), the first required
16yearly payment under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the
17fiscal year of January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public
18Act 95-707). Subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid
19in subsequent fiscal years until the payment obligation under
20this paragraph (6.5) is complete.
21    (7) Claims for financial assistance under this subsection
22(a) may not be recomputed except as expressly provided under
23Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
24    (8) Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
25(a) must be treated as separate from all other payments made
26pursuant to Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 280 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (b)(1) After the formation of a combined school district,
2as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, or a unit district,
3as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a computation shall
4be made to determine the difference between the salaries
5effective in each of the previously existing districts on June
630, prior to the creation of the new district. For the first 4
7years after the formation of the new district, a supplementary
8State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the new district equal
9to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by
10each of the certificated members of the new district, while
11employed in one of the previously existing districts during the
12year immediately preceding the formation of the new district,
13and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would
14have been paid during the year immediately prior to the
15formation of the new district if placed on the salary schedule
16of the previously existing district with the highest salary
17schedule.
18    (2) After the territory of one or more school districts is
19annexed by one or more other school districts as defined in
20Article 7 of this Code, a computation shall be made to
21determine the difference between the salaries effective in each
22annexed district and in the annexing district or districts as
23they were each constituted on June 30 preceding the date when
24the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became
25effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of
26this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 281 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to each
2annexing district as constituted after the annexation equal to
3the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each
4of the certificated members of the annexing district as
5constituted after the annexation, while employed in an annexed
6or annexing district during the year immediately preceding the
7annexation, and the sum of the salaries those certificated
8members would have been paid during the immediately preceding
9year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the
10annexing or annexed districts had the highest salary schedule
11during the immediately preceding year.
12    (3) For each new high school district formed under a school
13district conversion, as defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code,
14the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 years equal
15to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by
16each certified member of the new high school district, while
17employed in one of the previously existing districts, and the
18sum of the salaries those certified members would have been
19paid if placed on the salary schedule of the previously
20existing district with the highest salary schedule.
21    (4) For each newly created partial elementary unit
22district, the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4
23years equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries
24earned by each certified member of the newly created partial
25elementary unit district, while employed in one of the
26previously existing districts that formed the partial

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 282 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1elementary unit district, and the sum of the salaries those
2certified members would have been paid if placed on the salary
3schedule of the previously existing district with the highest
4salary schedule. The salary schedules used in the calculation
5shall be those in effect in the previously existing districts
6for the school year prior to the creation of the new partial
7elementary unit district.
8    (5) For an elementary district opt-in, as described in
9subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the salary
10difference incentive shall be computed in accordance with
11paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) as if the opted-in
12elementary district was included in the optional elementary
13unit district at the optional elementary unit district's
14original effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph
15(5) is less than that calculated in paragraph (4) of this
16subsection (b) at the optional elementary unit district's
17original effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If
18the calculation in this paragraph (5) is more than that
19calculated in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at the
20optional elementary unit district's original effective date,
21then the excess must be paid as follows:
22        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
23    one year after the effective date for the optional
24    elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess
25    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
26    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 283 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    elementary opt-in.
2        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
3    2 years after the effective date for the optional
4    elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess
5    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
6    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
7    elementary opt-in.
8        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
9    3 years after the effective date for the optional
10    elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess
11    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
12    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
13    elementary opt-in.
14        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
15    4 years after the effective date for the partial elementary
16    unit district, 25% of the calculated excess shall be paid
17    to the optional elementary unit district in each of the
18    first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary
19    opt-in.
20        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
21    5 years after the effective date for the optional
22    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
23    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
24    to the elementary opt-in.
25    (5.5) After the formation of a cooperative high school by 2
26or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this Code,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 284 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1a computation shall be made to determine the difference between
2the salaries effective in each of the previously existing high
3schools on June 30 prior to the formation of the cooperative
4high school. For the first 4 years after the formation of the
5cooperative high school, a supplementary State aid
6reimbursement shall be paid to the cooperative high school
7equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned
8by each of the certificated members of the cooperative high
9school while employed in one of the previously existing high
10schools during the year immediately preceding the formation of
11the cooperative high school and the sum of the salaries those
12certificated members would have been paid during the year
13immediately prior to the formation of the cooperative high
14school if placed on the salary schedule of the previously
15existing high school with the highest salary schedule.
16    (5.10) After the annexation of territory detached from
17another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
18district increases by 90% or more as a result of the
19annexation, a computation shall be made to determine the
20difference between the salaries effective in the district
21gaining territory and the district losing territory as they
22each were constituted on June 30 preceding the date when the
23change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became
24effective for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of
25this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a
26supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 285 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1annexing district equal to the difference between the sum of
2the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the
3annexing district as constituted after the annexation while
4employed in the district gaining territory or the district
5losing territory during the year immediately preceding the
6annexation and the sum of the salaries those certificated
7members would have been paid during such immediately preceding
8year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the
9district gaining territory or district losing territory had the
10highest salary schedule during the immediately preceding year.
11To be eligible for supplementary State aid reimbursement under
12this Section, the intergovernmental agreement to be submitted
13pursuant to Section 7-14A of this Code must show that staff
14members were transferred from the control of the district
15losing territory to the control of the district gaining
16territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
17by Public Act 95-707 are intended to be retroactive and
18applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1,
192004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this
20paragraph (5.10) and that are effective on or after July 1,
212004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public
22Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this
23paragraph (5.10) shall be paid in the fiscal year of January
2411, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Subsequent
25required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent fiscal
26years until the payment obligation under this paragraph (5.10)

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 286 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1is complete.
2    (5.15) After the deactivation of a school facility in
3accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a computation
4shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries
5effective in the sending school district and each receiving
6school district on June 30 prior to the deactivation of the
7school facility. For the lesser of the first 4 years after the
8deactivation of the school facility or the length of the
9deactivation agreement, including any renewals of the original
10deactivation agreement, a supplementary State aid
11reimbursement shall be paid to each receiving district equal to
12the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each
13of the certificated members transferred to that receiving
14district as a result of the deactivation while employed in the
15sending district during the year immediately preceding the
16deactivation and the sum of the salaries those certificated
17members would have been paid during the year immediately
18preceding the deactivation if placed on the salary schedule of
19the sending or receiving district with the highest salary
20schedule.
21    (6) The supplementary State aid reimbursement under this
22subsection (b) shall be treated as separate from all other
23payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. In the
24case of the formation of a new district or cooperative high
25school or a deactivation, reimbursement shall begin during the
26first year of operation of the new district or cooperative high

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 287 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1school or the first year of the deactivation, and in the case
2of an annexation of the territory of one or more school
3districts by one or more other school districts or the
4annexation of territory detached from a school district whereby
5the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or
6more as a result of the annexation, reimbursement shall begin
7during the first year when the change in boundaries
8attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all
9purposes as determined pursuant to Section 7-9 of this Code,
10except that for an annexation of territory detached from a
11school district that is effective on or after July 1, 2004, but
12before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act
1395-707), whereby the enrollment of the annexing district
14increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation,
15reimbursement shall begin during the fiscal year of January 11,
162008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Each year that
17the new, annexing, or receiving district or cooperative high
18school, as the case may be, is entitled to receive
19reimbursement, the number of eligible certified members who are
20employed on October 1 in the district or cooperative high
21school shall be certified to the State Board of Education on
22prescribed forms by October 15 and payment shall be made on or
23before November 15 of that year.
24    (c)(1) For the first year after the formation of a combined
25school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code or a
26unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 288 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1computation shall be made totaling each previously existing
2district's audited fund balances in the educational fund,
3working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and
4transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the
5referendum for the creation of the new district. The new
6district shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the sum
7of the differences between the deficit of the previously
8existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of
9each of the other previously existing districts.
10    (2) For the first year after the annexation of all of the
11territory of one or more entire school districts by another
12school district, as defined in Article 7 of this Code,
13computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior
14to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the
15annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision issued by the
16regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this
17Code, notwithstanding any effort to seek administrative review
18of the decision, totaling the annexing district's and totaling
19each annexed district's audited fund balances in their
20respective educational, working cash, operations and
21maintenance, and transportation funds. The annexing district
22as constituted after the annexation shall be paid supplementary
23State aid equal to the sum of the differences between the
24deficit of whichever of the annexing or annexed districts as
25constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest deficit
26and the deficits of each of the other districts as constituted

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 289 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1prior to the annexation.
2    (3) For the first year after the annexation of all of the
3territory of one or more entire school districts by 2 or more
4other school districts, as defined by Article 7 of this Code,
5computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior
6to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the
7annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision of the
8regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this
9Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative review of
10the decision, totaling each annexing and annexed district's
11audited fund balances in their respective educational, working
12cash, operations and maintenance, and transportation funds.
13The annexing districts as constituted after the annexation
14shall be paid supplementary State aid, allocated as provided in
15this paragraph (3), in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of
16the differences between the deficit of whichever of the
17annexing or annexed districts as constituted prior to the
18annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of
19the other districts as constituted prior to the annexation. The
20aggregate amount of the supplementary State aid payable under
21this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or among the
22annexing districts as follows:
23        (A) the regional superintendent of schools for each
24    educational service region in which an annexed district is
25    located prior to the annexation shall certify to the State
26    Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide for that

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 290 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    purpose, the value of all taxable property in each annexed
2    district, as last equalized or assessed by the Department
3    of Revenue prior to the annexation, and the equalized
4    assessed value of each part of the annexed district that
5    was annexed to or included as a part of an annexing
6    district;
7        (B) using equalized assessed values as certified by the
8    regional superintendent of schools under clause (A) of this
9    paragraph (3), the combined audited fund balance deficit of
10    each annexed district as determined under this Section
11    shall be apportioned between or among the annexing
12    districts in the same ratio as the equalized assessed value
13    of that part of the annexed district that was annexed to or
14    included as a part of an annexing district bears to the
15    total equalized assessed value of the annexed district; and
16        (C) the aggregate supplementary State aid payment
17    under this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or
18    among, and shall be paid to, the annexing districts in the
19    same ratio as the sum of the combined audited fund balance
20    deficit of each annexing district as constituted prior to
21    the annexation, plus all combined audited fund balance
22    deficit amounts apportioned to that annexing district
23    under clause (B) of this subsection, bears to the aggregate
24    of the combined audited fund balance deficits of all of the
25    annexing and annexed districts as constituted prior to the
26    annexation.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 291 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (4) For the new elementary districts and new high school
2district formed through a school district conversion, as
3defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code or the new elementary
4district or districts and new combined high school - unit
5district formed through a multi-unit conversion, as defined in
6subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, a computation
7shall be made totaling each previously existing district's
8audited fund balances in the educational fund, working cash
9fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund
10for the year ending June 30 prior to the referendum
11establishing the new districts. In the first year of the new
12districts, the State shall make a one-time supplementary
13payment equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit
14of the previously existing district with the smallest deficit
15and the deficits of each of the other previously existing
16districts. A district with a combined balance among the 4 funds
17that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero.
18The supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly
19formed high school and elementary districts in the manner
20provided by the petition for the formation of the districts, in
21the form in which the petition is approved by the regional
22superintendent of schools or State Superintendent of Education
23under Section 11E-50 of this Code.
24    (5) For each newly created partial elementary unit
25district, as defined in subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30
26of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling the audited

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 292 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1fund balances of each previously existing district that formed
2the new partial elementary unit district in the educational
3fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and
4transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the
5referendum for the formation of the partial elementary unit
6district. In the first year of the new partial elementary unit
7district, the State shall make a one-time supplementary payment
8to the new district equal to the sum of the differences between
9the deficit of the previously existing district with the
10smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other
11previously existing districts. A district with a combined
12balance among the 4 funds that is positive shall be considered
13to have a deficit of zero.
14    (6) For an elementary opt-in as defined in subsection (d)
15of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the deficit fund balance
16incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (5) of
17this subsection (c) as if the opted-in elementary was included
18in the optional elementary unit district at the optional
19elementary unit district's original effective date. If the
20calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than that calculated
21in paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) at the optional
22elementary unit district's original effective date, then no
23adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph
24(6) is more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this
25subsection (c) at the optional elementary unit district's
26original effective date, then the excess must be paid as

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 293 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1follows:
2        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
3    one year after the effective date for the optional
4    elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess
5    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
6    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
7    opt-in.
8        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
9    2 years after the effective date for the optional
10    elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess
11    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
12    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
13    opt-in.
14        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
15    3 years after the effective date for the optional
16    elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess
17    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
18    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
19    opt-in.
20        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
21    4 years after the effective date for the optional
22    elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess
23    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
24    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
25    opt-in.
26        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 294 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    5 years after the effective date for the optional
2    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
3    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
4    to the elementary opt-in.
5    (6.5) For the first year after the annexation of territory
6detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of
7the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of
8the annexation, a computation shall be made totaling the
9audited fund balances of the district gaining territory and the
10audited fund balances of the district losing territory in the
11educational fund, working cash fund, operations and
12maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending
13June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries
14attributable to the annexation is allowed by the affirmative
15decision of the regional board of school trustees under Section
167-6 of this Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative
17review of the decision. The annexing district as constituted
18after the annexation shall be paid supplementary State aid
19equal to the difference between the deficit of whichever
20district included in this calculation as constituted prior to
21the annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficit of each
22other district included in this calculation as constituted
23prior to the annexation, multiplied by the ratio of equalized
24assessed value of the territory detached to the total equalized
25assessed value of the district losing territory. The regional
26superintendent of schools for the educational service region in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 295 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1which a district losing territory is located prior to the
2annexation shall certify to the State Board of Education the
3value of all taxable property in the district losing territory
4and the value of all taxable property in the territory being
5detached, as last equalized or assessed by the Department of
6Revenue prior to the annexation. To be eligible for
7supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the
8intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
9Section 7-14A of this Code must show that fund balances were
10transferred from the district losing territory to the district
11gaining territory in the annexation. The changes to this
12Section made by Public Act 95-707 are intended to be
13retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking effect on
14or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for
15payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are effective on
16or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the
17effective date of Public Act 95-707), the required payment
18under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the fiscal year of
19January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707).
20    (7) For purposes of any calculation required under
21paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (6.5) of this
22subsection (c), a district with a combined fund balance that is
23positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. For
24purposes of determining each district's audited fund balances
25in its educational fund, working cash fund, operations and
26maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the specified

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 296 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3),
2(4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), the balance of
3each fund shall be deemed decreased by an amount equal to the
4amount of the annual property tax theretofore levied in the
5fund by the district for collection and payment to the district
6during the calendar year in which the June 30 fell, but only to
7the extent that the tax so levied in the fund actually was
8received by the district on or before or comprised a part of
9the fund on such June 30. For purposes of determining each
10district's audited fund balances, a calculation shall be made
11for each fund to determine the average for the 3 years prior to
12the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs
13(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c),
14of the district's expenditures in the categories "purchased
15services", "supplies and materials", and "capital outlay", as
16those categories are defined in rules of the State Board of
17Education. If this 3-year average is less than the district's
18expenditures in these categories for the specified year ending
19June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5),
20(6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), then the 3-year average
21shall be used in calculating the amounts payable under this
22Section in place of the amounts shown in these categories for
23the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs
24(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c).
25Any deficit because of State aid not yet received may not be
26considered in determining the June 30 deficits. The same basis

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 297 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of accounting shall be used by all previously existing
2districts and by all annexing or annexed districts, as
3constituted prior to the annexation, in making any computation
4required under paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and
5(6.5) of this subsection (c).
6    (8) The supplementary State aid payments under this
7subsection (c) shall be treated as separate from all other
8payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
9    (d)(1) Following the formation of a combined school
10district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, a new unit
11district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a new
12elementary district or districts and a new high school district
13formed through a school district conversion, as defined in
14Section 11E-15 of this Code, a new partial elementary unit
15district, as defined in Section 11E-30 of this Code, or a new
16elementary district or districts formed through a multi-unit
17conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of
18this Code, or the annexation of all of the territory of one or
19more entire school districts by one or more other school
20districts, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, a
21supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the
22number of school years determined under the following table to
23each new or annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for
24each certified employee who is employed by the district on a
25full-time basis for the regular term of the school year:
 

 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 298 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Reorganized District's RankReorganized District's Rank
2by type of district (unit,in Average Daily Attendance
3high school, elementary)By Quintile
4in Equalized Assessed Value
5Per Pupil by Quintile
63rd, 4th,
71st2ndor 5th
8QuintileQuintileQuintile
9    1st Quintile1 year1 year1 year
10    2nd Quintile1 year2 years2 years
11    3rd Quintile2 years3 years3 years
12    4th Quintile2 years3 years3 years
13    5th Quintile2 years3 years3 years
14The State Board of Education shall make a one-time calculation
15of a reorganized district's quintile ranks. The average daily
16attendance used in this calculation shall be the best 3 months'
17average daily attendance for the district's first year. The
18equalized assessed value per pupil shall be the district's real
19property equalized assessed value used in calculating the
20district's first-year general State aid claim, under Section
2118-8.05 of this Code, or first-year evidence-based funding
22claim, under Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable,
23divided by the best 3 months' average daily attendance.
24    No annexing or resulting school district shall be entitled
25to supplementary State aid under this subsection (d) unless the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 299 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1district acquires at least 30% of the average daily attendance
2of the district from which the territory is being detached or
3divided.
4    If a district results from multiple reorganizations that
5would otherwise qualify the district for multiple payments
6under this subsection (d) in any year, then the district shall
7receive a single payment only for that year based solely on the
8most recent reorganization.
9    (2) For an elementary opt-in, as defined in subsection (d)
10of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the full-time certified staff
11incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (1) of
12this subsection (d), equal to the sum of $4,000 for each
13certified employee of the elementary district that opts-in who
14is employed by the optional elementary unit district on a
15full-time basis for the regular term of the school year. The
16calculation from this paragraph (2) must be paid as follows:
17        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
18    one year after the effective date for the optional
19    elementary unit district, 100% of the amount calculated in
20    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
21    unit district for the number of years calculated in
22    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
23    elementary unit district's original effective date,
24    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
25    elementary opt-in.
26        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 300 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    2 years after the effective date for the optional
2    elementary unit district, 75% of the amount calculated in
3    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
4    unit district for the number of years calculated in
5    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
6    elementary unit district's original effective date,
7    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
8    elementary opt-in.
9        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
10    3 years after the effective date for the optional
11    elementary unit district, 50% of the amount calculated in
12    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
13    unit district for the number of years calculated in
14    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
15    elementary unit district's original effective date,
16    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
17    elementary opt-in.
18        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
19    4 years after the effective date for the optional
20    elementary unit district, 25% of the amount calculated in
21    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
22    unit district for the number of years calculated in
23    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
24    elementary unit district's original effective date,
25    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
26    elementary opt-in.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 301 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
2    5 years after the effective date for the optional
3    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
4    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
5    to the elementary opt-in.
6    (2.5) Following the formation of a cooperative high school
7by 2 or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this
8Code, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for
93 school years to the cooperative high school equal to the sum
10of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by the
11cooperative high school on a full-time basis for the regular
12term of any such school year. If a cooperative high school
13results from multiple agreements that would otherwise qualify
14the cooperative high school for multiple payments under this
15Section in any year, the cooperative high school shall receive
16a single payment for that year based solely on the most recent
17agreement.
18    (2.10) Following the annexation of territory detached from
19another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
20district increases 90% or more as a result of the annexation, a
21supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the
22annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified
23employee who is employed by the annexing district on a
24full-time basis and shall be calculated in accordance with
25subsection (a) of this Section. To be eligible for
26supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 302 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
2Section 7-14A of this Code must show that certified staff
3members were transferred from the control of the district
4losing territory to the control of the district gaining
5territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
6by Public Act 95-707 are intended to be retroactive and
7applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1,
82004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this
9paragraph (2.10) and that are effective on or after July 1,
102004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public
11Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this
12paragraph (2.10) shall be paid in the second fiscal year after
13January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Any
14subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent
15fiscal years until the payment obligation under this paragraph
16(2.10) is complete.
17    (2.15) Following the deactivation of a school facility in
18accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a supplementary
19State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the lesser of 3
20school years or the length of the deactivation agreement,
21including any renewals of the original deactivation agreement,
22to each receiving school district equal to the sum of $4,000
23for each certified employee who is employed by that receiving
24district on a full-time basis for the regular term of any such
25school year who was originally transferred to the control of
26that receiving district as a result of the deactivation.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 303 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Receiving districts are eligible for payments under this
2paragraph (2.15) based on the certified employees transferred
3to that receiving district as a result of the deactivation and
4are not required to receive at least 30% of the deactivating
5district's average daily attendance as required under
6paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) to be eligible for
7payments.
8    (3) The supplementary State aid reimbursement payable
9under this subsection (d) shall be separate from and in
10addition to all other payments made to the district pursuant to
11any other Section of this Article.
12    (4) During May of each school year for which a
13supplementary State aid reimbursement is to be paid to a new,
14annexing, or receiving school district or cooperative high
15school pursuant to this subsection (d), the school board or
16governing board shall certify to the State Board of Education,
17on forms furnished to the school board or governing board by
18the State Board of Education for purposes of this subsection
19(d), the number of certified employees for which the district
20or cooperative high school is entitled to reimbursement under
21this Section, together with the names, certificate numbers, and
22positions held by the certified employees.
23    (5) Upon certification by the State Board of Education to
24the State Comptroller of the amount of the supplementary State
25aid reimbursement to which a school district or cooperative
26high school is entitled under this subsection (d), the State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 304 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Comptroller shall draw his or her warrant upon the State
2Treasurer for the payment thereof to the school district or
3cooperative high school and shall promptly transmit the payment
4to the school district or cooperative high school through the
5appropriate school treasurer.
6(Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-707, eff. 1-11-08;
795-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-328, eff. 8-11-09.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/13A-8)
9    Sec. 13A-8. Funding.
10    (a) The State of Illinois shall provide funding for the
11alternative school programs within each educational service
12region and within the Chicago public school system by line item
13appropriation made to the State Board of Education for that
14purpose. This money, when appropriated, shall be provided to
15the regional superintendent and to the Chicago Board of
16Education, who shall establish a budget, including salaries,
17for their alternative school programs. Each program shall
18receive funding in the amount of $30,000 plus an amount based
19on the ratio of the region's or Chicago's best 3 months'
20average daily attendance in grades pre-kindergarten through 12
21to the statewide totals of these amounts. For purposes of this
22calculation, the best 3 months' average daily attendance for
23each region or Chicago shall be calculated by adding to the
24best 3 months' average daily attendance the number of
25low-income students identified in the most recently available

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 305 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1federal census multiplied by one-half times the percentage of
2the region's or Chicago's low-income students to the State's
3total low-income students. The State Board of Education shall
4retain up to 1.1% of the appropriation to be used to provide
5technical assistance, professional development, and
6evaluations for the programs.
7    (a-5) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
8Section, for the 1998-1999 fiscal year, the total amount
9distributed under subsection (a) for an alternative school
10program shall be not less than the total amount that was
11distributed under that subsection for that alternative school
12program for the 1997-1998 fiscal year. If an alternative school
13program is to receive a total distribution under subsection (a)
14for the 1998-1999 fiscal year that is less than the total
15distribution that the program received under that subsection
16for the 1997-1998 fiscal year, that alternative school program
17shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made for
18purposes of this subsection (a-5), a supplementary payment
19equal to the amount by which its total distribution under
20subsection (a) for the 1997-1998 fiscal year exceeds the amount
21of the total distribution that the alternative school program
22receives under that subsection for the 1998-1999 fiscal year.
23If the amount appropriated for supplementary payments to
24alternative school programs under this subsection (a-5) is
25insufficient for that purpose, those supplementary payments
26shall be prorated among the alternative school programs

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 306 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1entitled to receive those supplementary payments according to
2the aggregate amount of the appropriation made for purposes of
3this subsection (a-5).
4    (b) An alternative school program shall be entitled to
5receive general State aid as calculated in subsection (K) of
6Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based funding as calculated in
7subsection (g) of Section 18-8.15 upon filing a claim as
8provided therein. Any time that a student who is enrolled in an
9alternative school program spends in work-based learning,
10community service, or a similar alternative educational
11setting shall be included in determining the student's minimum
12number of clock hours of daily school work that constitute a
13day of attendance for purposes of calculating general State aid
14or evidence-based funding.
15    (c) An alternative school program may receive additional
16funding from its school districts in such amount as may be
17agreed upon by the parties and necessary to support the
18program. In addition, an alternative school program is
19authorized to accept and expend gifts, legacies, and grants,
20including but not limited to federal grants, from any source
21for purposes directly related to the conduct and operation of
22the program.
23(Source: P.A. 89-383, eff. 8-18-95; 89-629, eff. 8-9-96;
2489-636, eff. 8-9-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-283, eff. 7-31-97;
2590-802, eff. 12-15-98.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 307 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/13B-20.20)
2    Sec. 13B-20.20. Enrollment in other programs. High school
3equivalency testing preparation programs are not eligible for
4funding under this Article. A student may enroll in a program
5approved under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code, as
6appropriate, or attend both the alternative learning
7opportunities program and the regular school program to enhance
8student performance and facilitate on-time graduation.
9(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
10    (105 ILCS 5/13B-45)
11    Sec. 13B-45. Days and hours of attendance. An alternative
12learning opportunities program shall provide students with at
13least the minimum number of days of pupil attendance required
14under Section 10-19 of this Code and the minimum number of
15daily hours of school work required under Section 18-8.05 or
1618-8.15 of this Code, provided that the State Board may approve
17exceptions to these requirements if the program meets all of
18the following conditions:
19        (1) The district plan submitted under Section
20    13B-25.15 of this Code establishes that a program providing
21    the required minimum number of days of attendance or daily
22    hours of school work would not serve the needs of the
23    program's students.
24        (2) Each day of attendance shall provide no fewer than
25    3 clock hours of school work, as defined under paragraph

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 308 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (1) of subsection (F) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
2        (3) Each day of attendance that provides fewer than 5
3    clock hours of school work shall also provide supplementary
4    services, including without limitation work-based
5    learning, student assistance programs, counseling, case
6    management, health and fitness programs, or life-skills or
7    conflict resolution training, in order to provide a total
8    daily program to the student of 5 clock hours. A program
9    may claim general State aid or evidence-based funding for
10    up to 2 hours of the time each day that a student is
11    receiving supplementary services.
12        (4) Each program shall provide no fewer than 174 days
13    of actual pupil attendance during the school term; however,
14    approved evening programs that meet the requirements of
15    Section 13B-45 of this Code may offer less than 174 days of
16    actual pupil attendance during the school term.
17(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 5/13B-50)
19    Sec. 13B-50. Eligibility to receive general State aid or
20evidence-based funding. In order to receive general State aid
21or evidence-based funding, alternative learning opportunities
22programs must meet the requirements for claiming general State
23aid as specified in Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
24evidence-based funding as specified in Section 18-8.15 of this
25Code, as applicable, with the exception of the length of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 309 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1instructional day, which may be less than 5 hours of school
2work if the program meets the criteria set forth under Sections
313B-50.5 and 13B-50.10 of this Code and if the program is
4approved by the State Board.
5(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
6    (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.10)
7    Sec. 13B-50.10. Additional criteria for general State aid
8or evidence-based funding. In order to claim general State aid
9or evidence-based funding, an alternative learning
10opportunities program must meet the following criteria:
11    (1) Teacher professional development plans should include
12education in the instruction of at-risk students.
13    (2) Facilities must meet the health, life, and safety
14requirements in this Code.
15    (3) The program must comply with all other State and
16federal laws applicable to education providers.
17(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.15)
19    Sec. 13B-50.15. Level of funding. Approved alternative
20learning opportunities programs are entitled to claim general
21State aid or evidence-based funding, subject to Sections
2213B-50, 13B-50.5, and 13B-50.10 of this Code. Approved programs
23operated by regional offices of education are entitled to
24receive general State aid at the foundation level of support. A

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 310 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1school district or consortium must ensure that an approved
2program receives supplemental general State aid,
3transportation reimbursements, and special education
4resources, if appropriate, for students enrolled in the
5program.
6(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
7    (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02b)
8    Sec. 14-7.02b. Funding for children requiring special
9education services. Payments to school districts for children
10requiring special education services documented in their
11individualized education program regardless of the program
12from which these services are received, excluding children
13claimed under Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code, shall
14be made in accordance with this Section. Funds received under
15this Section may be used only for the provision of special
16educational facilities and services as defined in Section
1714-1.08 of this Code.
18    The appropriation for fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year
192017 and thereafter shall be based upon the IDEA child count of
20all students in the State, excluding students claimed under
21Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code, on December 1 of the
22fiscal year 2 years preceding, multiplied by 17.5% of the
23general State aid foundation level of support established for
24that fiscal year under Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
25    Beginning with fiscal year 2005 and through fiscal year

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 311 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

12007, individual school districts shall not receive payments
2under this Section totaling less than they received under the
3funding authorized under Section 14-7.02a of this Code during
4fiscal year 2004, pursuant to the provisions of Section
514-7.02a as they were in effect before the effective date of
6this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly. This base
7level funding shall be computed first.
8    Beginning with fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2017
9and each fiscal year thereafter, individual school districts
10must not receive payments under this Section totaling less than
11they received in fiscal year 2007. This funding shall be
12computed last and shall be a separate calculation from any
13other calculation set forth in this Section. This amount is
14exempt from the requirements of Section 1D-1 of this Code.
15    Through fiscal year 2017, an An amount equal to 85% of the
16funds remaining in the appropriation shall be allocated to
17school districts based upon the district's average daily
18attendance reported for purposes of Section 18-8.05 of this
19Code for the preceding school year. Fifteen percent of the
20funds remaining in the appropriation shall be allocated to
21school districts based upon the district's low income eligible
22pupil count used in the calculation of general State aid under
23Section 18-8.05 of this Code for the same fiscal year. One
24hundred percent of the funds computed and allocated to
25districts under this Section shall be distributed and paid to
26school districts.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 312 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    For individual students with disabilities whose program
2costs exceed 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate as
3calculated under Section 10-20.12a of this Code, the costs in
4excess of 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate shall
5be paid by the State Board of Education from unexpended IDEA
6discretionary funds originally designated for room and board
7reimbursement pursuant to Section 14-8.01 of this Code. The
8amount of tuition for these children shall be determined by the
9actual cost of maintaining classes for these children, using
10the per capita cost formula set forth in Section 14-7.01 of
11this Code, with the program and cost being pre-approved by the
12State Superintendent of Education. Reimbursement for
13individual students with disabilities whose program costs
14exceed 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate shall be
15claimed beginning with costs encumbered for the 2004-2005
16school year and thereafter.
17    The State Board of Education shall prepare vouchers equal
18to one-fourth the amount allocated to districts, for
19transmittal to the State Comptroller on the 30th day of
20September, December, and March, respectively, and the final
21voucher, no later than June 20. The Comptroller shall make
22payments pursuant to this Section to school districts as soon
23as possible after receipt of vouchers. If the money
24appropriated from the General Assembly for such purposes for
25any year is insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis
26of the payments due to school districts.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 313 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Nothing in this Section shall be construed to decrease or
2increase the percentage of all special education funds that are
3allocated annually under Article 1D of this Code or to alter
4the requirement that a school district provide special
5education services.
6    Nothing in this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly
7shall eliminate any reimbursement obligation owed as of the
8effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General
9Assembly to a school district with in excess of 500,000
10inhabitants.
11    Except for reimbursement for individual students with
12disabilities whose program costs exceed 4 times the district's
13per capita tuition rate, no funding shall be provided to school
14districts under this Section after fiscal year 2017.
15    In fiscal year 2018 and each fiscal year thereafter, all
16funding received by a school district from the State pursuant
17to Section 18–8.15 of this Code that is attributable to
18students requiring special education services must be used for
19special education services authorized under this Code.
20(Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-08; 95-705, eff. 1-8-08.)
 
21    (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
22    Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; amounts for
23personnel and transportation.
24    (a) Through fiscal year 2017, for For staff working on
25behalf of children who have not been identified as eligible for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 314 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1special education and for eligible children with physical
2disabilities, including all eligible children whose placement
3has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in hospital or home
4instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than
5$1,000 annually per child or $9,000 per teacher, whichever is
6less.
7    (a-5) A child qualifies for home or hospital instruction if
8it is anticipated that, due to a medical condition, the child
9will be unable to attend school, and instead must be instructed
10at home or in the hospital, for a period of 2 or more
11consecutive weeks or on an ongoing intermittent basis. For
12purposes of this Section, "ongoing intermittent basis" means
13that the child's medical condition is of such a nature or
14severity that it is anticipated that the child will be absent
15from school due to the medical condition for periods of at
16least 2 days at a time multiple times during the school year
17totaling at least 10 days or more of absences. There shall be
18no requirement that a child be absent from school a minimum
19number of days before the child qualifies for home or hospital
20instruction. In order to establish eligibility for home or
21hospital services, a student's parent or guardian must submit
22to the child's school district of residence a written statement
23from a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its
24branches stating the existence of such medical condition, the
25impact on the child's ability to participate in education, and
26the anticipated duration or nature of the child's absence from

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 315 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1school. Home or hospital instruction may commence upon receipt
2of a written physician's statement in accordance with this
3Section, but instruction shall commence not later than 5 school
4days after the school district receives the physician's
5statement. Special education and related services required by
6the child's IEP or services and accommodations required by the
7child's federal Section 504 plan must be implemented as part of
8the child's home or hospital instruction, unless the IEP team
9or federal Section 504 plan team determines that modifications
10are necessary during the home or hospital instruction due to
11the child's condition.
12    (a-10) Through fiscal year 2017, eligible Eligible
13children to be included in any reimbursement under this
14paragraph must regularly receive a minimum of one hour of
15instruction each school day, or in lieu thereof of a minimum of
165 hours of instruction in each school week in order to qualify
17for full reimbursement under this Section. If the attending
18physician for such a child has certified that the child should
19not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week,
20however, reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that
21child shall be computed proportionate to the actual hours of
22instruction per week for that child divided by 5.
23    (a-15) The State Board of Education shall establish rules
24governing the required qualifications of staff providing home
25or hospital instruction.
26    (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 80% of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 316 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1cost of transportation approved as a related service in the
2Individualized Education Program for each student in order to
3take advantage of special educational facilities.
4Transportation costs shall be determined in the same fashion as
5provided in Section 29-5 of this Code. For purposes of this
6subsection (b), the dates for processing claims specified in
7Section 29-5 shall apply.
8    (c) Through fiscal year 2017, for For each qualified
9worker, the annual sum of $9,000.
10    (d) Through fiscal year 2017, for For one full time
11qualified director of the special education program of each
12school district which maintains a fully approved program of
13special education the annual sum of $9,000. Districts
14participating in a joint agreement special education program
15shall not receive such reimbursement if reimbursement is made
16for a director of the joint agreement program.
17    (e) (Blank).
18    (f) (Blank).
19    (g) Through fiscal year 2017, for For readers, working with
20blind or partially seeing children 1/2 of their salary but not
21more than $400 annually per child. Readers may be employed to
22assist such children and shall not be required to be certified
23but prior to employment shall meet standards set up by the
24State Board of Education.
25    (h) Through fiscal year 2017, for For non-certified
26employees, as defined by rules promulgated by the State Board

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 317 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of Education, who deliver services to students with IEPs, 1/2
2of the salary paid or $3,500 per employee, whichever is less.
3    (i) The State Board of Education shall set standards and
4prescribe rules for determining the allocation of
5reimbursement under this section on less than a full time basis
6and for less than a school year.
7    When any school district eligible for reimbursement under
8this Section operates a school or program approved by the State
9Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of
10the adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days,
11such reimbursement shall be increased by 1/180 of the amount or
12rate paid hereunder for each day such school is operated in
13excess of 180 days per calendar year.
14    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
15district receiving a payment under this Section or under
16Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or 29-5 of this Code may classify
17all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a particular
18fiscal year or from evidence-based funding general State aid
19pursuant to Section 18-8.15 18-8.05 of this Code as funds
20received in connection with any funding program for which it is
21entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal year
22(including, without limitation, any funding program referenced
23in this Section), regardless of the source or timing of the
24receipt. The district may not classify more funds as funds
25received in connection with the funding program than the
26district is entitled to receive in that fiscal year for that

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 318 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1program. Any classification by a district must be made by a
2resolution of its board of education. The resolution must
3identify the amount of any payments or evidence-based funding
4general State aid to be classified under this paragraph and
5must specify the funding program to which the funds are to be
6treated as received in connection therewith. This resolution is
7controlling as to the classification of funds referenced
8therein. A certified copy of the resolution must be sent to the
9State Superintendent of Education. The resolution shall still
10take effect even though a copy of the resolution has not been
11sent to the State Superintendent of Education in a timely
12manner. No classification under this paragraph by a district
13shall affect the total amount or timing of money the district
14is entitled to receive under this Code. No classification under
15this paragraph by a district shall in any way relieve the
16district from or affect any requirements that otherwise would
17apply with respect to that funding program, including any
18accounting of funds by source, reporting expenditures by
19original source and purpose, reporting requirements, or
20requirements of providing services.
21    No funding shall be provided to school districts under this
22Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each
23fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school
24district from the State pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this
25Code that is attributable to personnel reimbursements for
26special education pupils must be used for special education

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 319 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1services authorized under this Code.
2(Source: P.A. 96-257, eff. 8-11-09; 97-123, eff. 7-14-11.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/14C-1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14C-1)
4    Sec. 14C-1. The General Assembly finds that there are large
5numbers of children in this State who come from environments
6where the primary language is other than English. Experience
7has shown that public school classes in which instruction is
8given only in English are often inadequate for the education of
9children whose native tongue is another language. The General
10Assembly believes that a program of transitional bilingual
11education can meet the needs of these children and facilitate
12their integration into the regular public school curriculum.
13Therefore, pursuant to the policy of this State to ensure equal
14educational opportunity to every child, and in recognition of
15the educational needs of English learners, it is the purpose of
16this Act to provide for the establishment of transitional
17bilingual education programs in the public schools, to provide
18supplemental financial assistance through fiscal year 2017 to
19help local school districts meet the extra costs of such
20programs, and to allow this State through the State Board of
21Education to directly or indirectly provide technical
22assistance and professional development to support
23transitional bilingual education or a transitional program of
24instruction programs statewide through contractual services by
25a not-for-profit entity for technical assistance, professional

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 320 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1development, and other support to school districts and
2educators for services for English learner pupils. In no case
3may aggregate funding for contractual services by a
4not-for-profit entity for support to school districts and
5educators for services for English learner pupils be less than
6the aggregate amount expended for such purposes in Fiscal Year
72017. Not-for-profit entities providing support to school
8districts and educators for services for English learner pupils
9must have experience providing those services in a school
10district having a population exceeding 500,000; one or more
11school districts in any of the counties of Lake, McHenry,
12DuPage, Kane, and Will; and one or more school districts
13elsewhere in this State. Funding for not-for-profit entities
14providing support to school districts and educators for
15services for English learner pupils may be increased subject to
16an agreement with the State Board of Education. Funding for
17not-for-profit entities providing support to school districts
18and educators for services for English learner pupils shall
19come from funds allocated pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this
20Code.
21(Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15.)
 
22    (105 ILCS 5/14C-12)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14C-12)
23    Sec. 14C-12. Account of expenditures; Cost report;
24Reimbursement. Each school district with at least one English
25learner shall keep an accurate, detailed and separate account

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 321 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of all monies paid out by it for the programs in transitional
2bilingual education required or permitted by this Article,
3including transportation costs, and shall annually report
4thereon for the school year ending June 30 indicating the
5average per pupil expenditure. Through fiscal year 2017, each
6Each school district shall be reimbursed for the amount by
7which such costs exceed the average per pupil expenditure by
8such school district for the education of children of
9comparable age who are not in any special education program. No
10funding shall be provided to school districts under this
11Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each
12fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school
13district from the State pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this
14Code that is attributable to instructions, supports, and
15interventions for English learner pupils must be used for
16programs and services authorized under this Article. At least
1760% of transitional bilingual education funding received from
18the State must be used for the instructional costs of programs
19and services authorized under this Article transitional
20bilingual education.
21    Applications for preapproval for reimbursement for costs
22of transitional bilingual education programs must be submitted
23to the State Superintendent of Education at least 60 days
24before a transitional bilingual education program is started,
25unless a justifiable exception is granted by the State
26Superintendent of Education. Applications shall set forth a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 322 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1plan for transitional bilingual education established and
2maintained in accordance with this Article.
3    Through fiscal year 2017, reimbursement Reimbursement
4claims for transitional bilingual education programs shall be
5made as follows:
6    Each school district shall claim reimbursement on a current
7basis for the first 3 quarters of the fiscal year and file a
8final adjusted claim for the school year ended June 30
9preceding computed in accordance with rules prescribed by the
10State Superintendent's Office. The State Superintendent of
11Education before approving any such claims shall determine
12their accuracy and whether they are based upon services and
13facilities provided under approved programs. Upon approval he
14shall transmit to the Comptroller the vouchers showing the
15amounts due for school district reimbursement claims. Upon
16receipt of the final adjusted claims the State Superintendent
17of Education shall make a final determination of the accuracy
18of such claims. If the money appropriated by the General
19Assembly for such purpose for any year is insufficient, it
20shall be apportioned on the basis of the claims approved.
21    Failure on the part of the school district to prepare and
22certify the final adjusted claims due under this Section may
23constitute a forfeiture by the school district of its right to
24be reimbursed by the State under this Section.
25(Source: P.A. 96-1170, eff. 1-1-11.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 323 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/17-1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 17-1)
2    Sec. 17-1. Annual Budget. The board of education of each
3school district under 500,000 inhabitants shall, within or
4before the first quarter of each fiscal year, adopt and file
5with the State Board of Education an annual balanced budget
6which it deems necessary to defray all necessary expenses and
7liabilities of the district, and in such annual budget shall
8specify the objects and purposes of each item and amount needed
9for each object or purpose.
10    The budget shall be entered upon a School District Budget
11form prepared and provided by the State Board of Education and
12therein shall contain a statement of the cash on hand at the
13beginning of the fiscal year, an estimate of the cash expected
14to be received during such fiscal year from all sources, an
15estimate of the expenditures contemplated for such fiscal year,
16and a statement of the estimated cash expected to be on hand at
17the end of such year. The estimate of taxes to be received may
18be based upon the amount of actual cash receipts that may
19reasonably be expected by the district during such fiscal year,
20estimated from the experience of the district in prior years
21and with due regard for other circumstances that may
22substantially affect such receipts. Nothing in this Section
23shall be construed as requiring any district to change or
24preventing any district from changing from a cash basis of
25financing to a surplus or deficit basis of financing; or as
26requiring any district to change or preventing any district

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 324 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1from changing its system of accounting. The budget shall
2conform to the requirements adopted by the State Board of
3Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this Code.
4    To the extent that a school district's budget is not
5balanced, the district shall also adopt and file with the State
6Board of Education a deficit reduction plan to balance the
7district's budget within 3 years. The deficit reduction plan
8must be filed at the same time as the budget, but the State
9Superintendent of Education may extend this deadline if the
10situation warrants.
11    If, as the result of an audit performed in compliance with
12Section 3-7 of this Code, the resulting Annual Financial Report
13required to be submitted pursuant to Section 3-15.1 of this
14Code reflects a deficit as defined for purposes of the
15preceding paragraph, then the district shall, within 30 days
16after acceptance of such audit report, submit a deficit
17reduction plan.
18    The board of education of each district shall fix a fiscal
19year therefor. If the beginning of the fiscal year of a
20district is subsequent to the time that the tax levy due to be
21made in such fiscal year shall be made, then such annual budget
22shall be adopted prior to the time such tax levy shall be made.
23The failure by a board of education of any district to adopt an
24annual budget, or to comply in any respect with the provisions
25of this Section, shall not affect the validity of any tax levy
26of the district otherwise in conformity with the law. With

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 325 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1respect to taxes levied either before, on, or after the
2effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General
3Assembly, (i) a tax levy is made for the fiscal year in which
4the levy is due to be made regardless of which fiscal year the
5proceeds of the levy are expended or are intended to be
6expended, and (ii) except as otherwise provided by law, a board
7of education's adoption of an annual budget in conformity with
8this Section is not a prerequisite to the adoption of a valid
9tax levy and is not a limit on the amount of the levy.
10    Such budget shall be prepared in tentative form by some
11person or persons designated by the board, and in such
12tentative form shall be made conveniently available to public
13inspection for at least 30 days prior to final action thereon.
14At least 1 public hearing shall be held as to such budget prior
15to final action thereon. Notice of availability for public
16inspection and of such public hearing shall be given by
17publication in a newspaper published in such district, at least
1830 days prior to the time of such hearing. If there is no
19newspaper published in such district, notice of such public
20hearing shall be given by posting notices thereof in 5 of the
21most public places in such district. It shall be the duty of
22the secretary of such board to make such tentative budget
23available to public inspection, and to arrange for such public
24hearing. The board may from time to time make transfers between
25the various items in any fund not exceeding in the aggregate
2610% of the total of such fund as set forth in the budget. The

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 326 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1board may from time to time amend such budget by the same
2procedure as is herein provided for its original adoption.
3    Beginning July 1, 1976, the board of education, or regional
4superintendent, or governing board responsible for the
5administration of a joint agreement shall, by September 1 of
6each fiscal year thereafter, adopt an annual budget for the
7joint agreement in the same manner and subject to the same
8requirements as are provided in this Section.
9    The State Board of Education shall exercise powers and
10duties relating to budgets as provided in Section 2-3.27 of
11this Code and shall require school districts to submit their
12annual budgets, deficit reduction plans, and other financial
13information, including revenue and expenditure reports and
14borrowing and interfund transfer plans, in such form and within
15the timelines designated by the State Board of Education.
16    By fiscal year 1982 all school districts shall use the
17Program Budget Accounting System.
18    In the case of a school district receiving emergency State
19financial assistance under Article 1B, the school board shall
20also be subject to the requirements established under Article
211B with respect to the annual budget.
22(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/17-1.2)
24    Sec. 17-1.2. Post annual budget on web site. If a school
25district has an Internet web site, the school district shall

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 327 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1post its current annual budget, itemized by receipts and
2expenditures, on the district's Internet web site. The budget
3shall include information conforming to the rules adopted by
4the State Board of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this
5Code. The school district shall notify the parents or guardians
6of its students that the budget has been posted on the
7district's web site and what the web site's address is.
8(Source: P.A. 92-438, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
9    (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5)
10    Sec. 17-1.5. Limitation of administrative costs.
11    (a) It is the purpose of this Section to establish
12limitations on the growth of administrative expenditures in
13order to maximize the proportion of school district resources
14available for the instructional program, building maintenance,
15and safety services for the students of each district.
16    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section:
17    "Administrative expenditures" mean the annual expenditures
18of school districts properly attributable to expenditure
19functions defined by the rules of the State Board of Education
20as: 2320 (Executive Administration Services); 2330 (Special
21Area Administration Services); 2490 (Other Support Services -
22School Administration); 2510 (Direction of Business Support
23Services); 2570 (Internal Services); and 2610 (Direction of
24Central Support Services); provided, however, that
25"administrative expenditures" shall not include early

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 328 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1retirement or other pension system obligations required by
2State law.
3    "School district" means all school districts having a
4population of less than 500,000.
5    (c) For the 1998-99 school year and each school year
6thereafter, each school district shall undertake budgetary and
7expenditure control actions so that the increase in
8administrative expenditures for that school year over the prior
9school year does not exceed 5%. School districts with
10administrative expenditures per pupil in the 25th percentile
11and below for all districts of the same type, as defined by the
12State Board of Education, may waive the limitation imposed
13under this Section for any year following a public hearing and
14with the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members
15of the school board of the district. Any district waiving the
16limitation shall notify the State Board within 45 days of such
17action.
18    (d) School districts shall file with the State Board of
19Education by November 15, 1998 and by each November 15th
20thereafter a one-page report that lists (i) the actual
21administrative expenditures for the prior year from the
22district's audited Annual Financial Report, and (ii) the
23projected administrative expenditures for the current year
24from the budget adopted by the school board pursuant to Section
2517-1 of this Code.
26    If a school district that is ineligible to waive the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 329 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1limitation imposed by subsection (c) of this Section by board
2action exceeds the limitation solely because of circumstances
3beyond the control of the district and the district has
4exhausted all available and reasonable remedies to comply with
5the limitation, the district may request a waiver pursuant to
6Section 2-3.25g. The waiver application shall specify the
7amount, nature, and reason for the relief requested, as well as
8all remedies the district has exhausted to comply with the
9limitation. Any emergency relief so requested shall apply only
10to the specific school year for which the request is made. The
11State Board of Education shall analyze all such waivers
12submitted and shall recommend that the General Assembly
13disapprove any such waiver requested that is not due solely to
14circumstances beyond the control of the district and for which
15the district has not exhausted all available and reasonable
16remedies to comply with the limitation. The State
17Superintendent shall have no authority to impose any sanctions
18pursuant to this Section for any expenditures for which a
19waiver has been requested until such waiver has been reviewed
20by the General Assembly.
21    If the report and information required under this
22subsection (d) are not provided by the school district in a
23timely manner, or are subsequently determined by the State
24Superintendent of Education to be incomplete or inaccurate, the
25State Superintendent shall notify the district in writing of
26reporting deficiencies. The school district shall, within 60

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 330 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1days of the notice, address the reporting deficiencies
2identified.
3    (e) If the State Superintendent determines that a school
4district has failed to comply with the administrative
5expenditure limitation imposed in subsection (c) of this
6Section, the State Superintendent shall notify the district of
7the violation and direct the district to undertake corrective
8action to bring the district's budget into compliance with the
9administrative expenditure limitation. The district shall,
10within 60 days of the notice, provide adequate assurance to the
11State Superintendent that appropriate corrective actions have
12been or will be taken. If the district fails to provide
13adequate assurance or fails to undertake the necessary
14corrective actions, the State Superintendent may impose
15progressive sanctions against the district that may culminate
16in withholding all subsequent payments of general State aid due
17the district under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
18evidence-based funding due the district under Section 18-8.15
19of this Code until the assurance is provided or the corrective
20actions taken.
21    (f) The State Superintendent shall publish a list each year
22of the school districts that violate the limitation imposed by
23subsection (c) of this Section and a list of the districts that
24waive the limitation by board action as provided in subsection
25(c) of this Section.
26(Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; 90-653, eff. 7-29-98.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 331 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/17-2.11)  (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11)
2    Sec. 17-2.11. School board power to levy a tax or to borrow
3money and issue bonds for fire prevention, safety, energy
4conservation, accessibility, school security, and specified
5repair purposes.
6    (a) Whenever, as a result of any lawful order of any
7agency, other than a school board, having authority to enforce
8any school building code applicable to any facility that houses
9students, or any law or regulation for the protection and
10safety of the environment, pursuant to the Environmental
11Protection Act, any school district having a population of less
12than 500,000 inhabitants is required to alter or reconstruct
13any school building or permanent, fixed equipment; the district
14may, by proper resolution, levy a tax for the purpose of making
15such alteration or reconstruction, based on a survey report by
16an architect or engineer licensed in this State, upon all of
17the taxable property of the district at the value as assessed
18by the Department of Revenue and at a rate not to exceed 0.05%
19per year for a period sufficient to finance such alteration or
20reconstruction, upon the following conditions:
21        (1) When there are not sufficient funds available in
22    the operations and maintenance fund of the school district,
23    the school facility occupation tax fund of the district, or
24    the fire prevention and safety fund of the district, as
25    determined by the district on the basis of rules adopted by

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 332 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    the State Board of Education, to make such alteration or
2    reconstruction or to purchase and install such permanent,
3    fixed equipment so ordered or determined as necessary.
4    Appropriate school district records must be made available
5    to the State Superintendent of Education, upon request, to
6    confirm this insufficiency.
7        (2) When a certified estimate of an architect or
8    engineer licensed in this State stating the estimated
9    amount necessary to make the alteration or reconstruction
10    or to purchase and install the equipment so ordered has
11    been secured by the school district, and the estimate has
12    been approved by the regional superintendent of schools
13    having jurisdiction over the district and the State
14    Superintendent of Education. Approval must not be granted
15    for any work that has already started without the prior
16    express authorization of the State Superintendent of
17    Education. If the estimate is not approved or is denied
18    approval by the regional superintendent of schools within 3
19    months after the date on which it is submitted to him or
20    her, the school board of the district may submit the
21    estimate directly to the State Superintendent of Education
22    for approval or denial.
23    In the case of an emergency situation, where the estimated
24cost to effectuate emergency repairs is less than the amount
25specified in Section 10-20.21 of this Code, the school district
26may proceed with such repairs prior to approval by the State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 333 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Superintendent of Education, but shall comply with the
2provisions of subdivision (2) of this subsection (a) as soon
3thereafter as may be as well as Section 10-20.21 of this Code.
4If the estimated cost to effectuate emergency repairs is
5greater than the amount specified in Section 10-20.21 of this
6Code, then the school district shall proceed in conformity with
7Section 10-20.21 of this Code and with rules established by the
8State Board of Education to address such situations. The rules
9adopted by the State Board of Education to deal with these
10situations shall stipulate that emergency situations must be
11expedited and given priority consideration. For purposes of
12this paragraph, an emergency is a situation that presents an
13imminent and continuing threat to the health and safety of
14students or other occupants of a facility, requires complete or
15partial evacuation of a building or part of a building, or
16consumes one or more of the 5 emergency days built into the
17adopted calendar of the school or schools or would otherwise be
18expected to cause such school or schools to fall short of the
19minimum school calendar requirements.
20    (b) Whenever any such district determines that it is
21necessary for energy conservation purposes that any school
22building or permanent, fixed equipment should be altered or
23reconstructed and that such alterations or reconstruction will
24be made with funds not necessary for the completion of approved
25and recommended projects contained in any safety survey report
26or amendments thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act;

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 334 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in
2subsection (a) of this Section.
3    (c) Whenever any such district determines that it is
4necessary for accessibility purposes and to comply with the
5school building code that any school building or equipment
6should be altered or reconstructed and that such alterations or
7reconstruction will be made with funds not necessary for the
8completion of approved and recommended projects contained in
9any safety survey report or amendments thereto authorized under
10Section 2-3.12 of this Act, the district may levy a tax or
11issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.
12    (d) Whenever any such district determines that it is
13necessary for school security purposes and the related
14protection and safety of pupils and school personnel that any
15school building or property should be altered or reconstructed
16or that security systems and equipment (including but not
17limited to intercom, early detection and warning, access
18control and television monitoring systems) should be purchased
19and installed, and that such alterations, reconstruction or
20purchase and installation of equipment will be made with funds
21not necessary for the completion of approved and recommended
22projects contained in any safety survey report or amendment
23thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act and will deter
24and prevent unauthorized entry or activities upon school
25property by unknown or dangerous persons, assure early
26detection and advance warning of any such actual or attempted

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 335 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1unauthorized entry or activities and help assure the continued
2safety of pupils and school staff if any such unauthorized
3entry or activity is attempted or occurs; the district may levy
4a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this
5Section.
6    (e) If a school district does not need funds for other fire
7prevention and safety projects, including the completion of
8approved and recommended projects contained in any safety
9survey report or amendments thereto authorized by Section
102-3.12 of this Act, and it is determined after a public hearing
11(which is preceded by at least one published notice (i)
12occurring at least 7 days prior to the hearing in a newspaper
13of general circulation within the school district and (ii)
14setting forth the time, date, place, and general subject matter
15of the hearing) that there is a substantial, immediate, and
16otherwise unavoidable threat to the health, safety, or welfare
17of pupils due to disrepair of school sidewalks, playgrounds,
18parking lots, or school bus turnarounds and repairs must be
19made; then the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as
20provided in subsection (a) of this Section.
21    (f) For purposes of this Section a school district may
22replace a school building or build additions to replace
23portions of a building when it is determined that the
24effectuation of the recommendations for the existing building
25will cost more than the replacement costs. Such determination
26shall be based on a comparison of estimated costs made by an

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 336 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1architect or engineer licensed in the State of Illinois. The
2new building or addition shall be equivalent in area (square
3feet) and comparable in purpose and grades served and may be on
4the same site or another site. Such replacement may only be
5done upon order of the regional superintendent of schools and
6the approval of the State Superintendent of Education.
7    (g) The filing of a certified copy of the resolution
8levying the tax when accompanied by the certificates of the
9regional superintendent of schools and State Superintendent of
10Education shall be the authority of the county clerk to extend
11such tax.
12    (h) The county clerk of the county in which any school
13district levying a tax under the authority of this Section is
14located, in reducing raised levies, shall not consider any such
15tax as a part of the general levy for school purposes and shall
16not include the same in the limitation of any other tax rate
17which may be extended.
18    Such tax shall be levied and collected in like manner as
19all other taxes of school districts, subject to the provisions
20contained in this Section.
21    (i) The tax rate limit specified in this Section may be
22increased to .10% upon the approval of a proposition to effect
23such increase by a majority of the electors voting on that
24proposition at a regular scheduled election. Such proposition
25may be initiated by resolution of the school board and shall be
26certified by the secretary to the proper election authorities

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 337 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1for submission in accordance with the general election law.
2    (j) When taxes are levied by any school district for fire
3prevention, safety, energy conservation, and school security
4purposes as specified in this Section, and the purposes for
5which the taxes have been levied are accomplished and paid in
6full, and there remain funds on hand in the Fire Prevention and
7Safety Fund from the proceeds of the taxes levied, including
8interest earnings thereon, the school board by resolution shall
9use such excess and other board restricted funds, excluding
10bond proceeds and earnings from such proceeds, as follows:
11        (1) for other authorized fire prevention, safety,
12    energy conservation, required safety inspections, school
13    security purposes, sampling for lead in drinking water in
14    schools, and for repair and mitigation due to lead levels
15    in the drinking water supply; or
16        (2) for transfer to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
17    for the purpose of abating an equal amount of operations
18    and maintenance purposes taxes.
19Notwithstanding subdivision (2) of this subsection (j) and
20subsection (k) of this Section, through June 30, 2020 2019, the
21school board may, by proper resolution following a public
22hearing set by the school board or the president of the school
23board (that is preceded (i) by at least one published notice
24over the name of the clerk or secretary of the board, occurring
25at least 7 days and not more than 30 days prior to the hearing,
26in a newspaper of general circulation within the school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 338 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1district and (ii) by posted notice over the name of the clerk
2or secretary of the board, at least 48 hours before the
3hearing, at the principal office of the school board or at the
4building where the hearing is to be held if a principal office
5does not exist, with both notices setting forth the time, date,
6place, and subject matter of the hearing), transfer surplus
7life safety taxes and interest earnings thereon to the
8Operations and Maintenance Fund for building repair work.
9    (k) If any transfer is made to the Operation and
10Maintenance Fund, the secretary of the school board shall
11within 30 days notify the county clerk of the amount of that
12transfer and direct the clerk to abate the taxes to be extended
13for the purposes of operations and maintenance authorized under
14Section 17-2 of this Act by an amount equal to such transfer.
15    (l) If the proceeds from the tax levy authorized by this
16Section are insufficient to complete the work approved under
17this Section, the school board is authorized to sell bonds
18without referendum under the provisions of this Section in an
19amount that, when added to the proceeds of the tax levy
20authorized by this Section, will allow completion of the
21approved work.
22    (m) Any bonds issued pursuant to this Section shall bear
23interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate authorized by
24law at the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
25within 20 years from date, and shall be signed by the president
26of the school board and the treasurer of the school district.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 339 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (n) In order to authorize and issue such bonds, the school
2board shall adopt a resolution fixing the amount of bonds, the
3date thereof, the maturities thereof, rates of interest
4thereof, place of payment and denomination, which shall be in
5denominations of not less than $100 and not more than $5,000,
6and provide for the levy and collection of a direct annual tax
7upon all the taxable property in the school district sufficient
8to pay the principal and interest on such bonds to maturity.
9Upon the filing in the office of the county clerk of the county
10in which the school district is located of a certified copy of
11the resolution, it is the duty of the county clerk to extend
12the tax therefor in addition to and in excess of all other
13taxes heretofore or hereafter authorized to be levied by such
14school district.
15    (o) After the time such bonds are issued as provided for by
16this Section, if additional alterations or reconstructions are
17required to be made because of surveys conducted by an
18architect or engineer licensed in the State of Illinois, the
19district may levy a tax at a rate not to exceed .05% per year
20upon all the taxable property of the district or issue
21additional bonds, whichever action shall be the most feasible.
22    (p) This Section is cumulative and constitutes complete
23authority for the issuance of bonds as provided in this Section
24notwithstanding any other statute or law to the contrary.
25    (q) With respect to instruments for the payment of money
26issued under this Section either before, on, or after the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 340 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1effective date of Public Act 86-004 (June 6, 1989), it is, and
2always has been, the intention of the General Assembly (i) that
3the Omnibus Bond Acts are, and always have been, supplementary
4grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the
5Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that
6may appear to be or to have been more restrictive than those
7Acts, (ii) that the provisions of this Section are not a
8limitation on the supplementary authority granted by the
9Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments issued under this
10Section within the supplementary authority granted by the
11Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of
12this Act that may appear to be or to have been more restrictive
13than those Acts.
14    (r) When the purposes for which the bonds are issued have
15been accomplished and paid for in full and there remain funds
16on hand from the proceeds of the bond sale and interest
17earnings therefrom, the board shall, by resolution, use such
18excess funds in accordance with the provisions of Section
1910-22.14 of this Act.
20    (s) Whenever any tax is levied or bonds issued for fire
21prevention, safety, energy conservation, and school security
22purposes, such proceeds shall be deposited and accounted for
23separately within the Fire Prevention and Safety Fund.
24(Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13; 98-1066, eff. 8-26-14;
2599-143, eff. 7-27-15; 99-713, eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff.
261-17-17.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 341 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/17-2A)  (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2A)
2    Sec. 17-2A. Interfund transfers.
3    (a) The school board of any district having a population of
4less than 500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution
5following a public hearing set by the school board or the
6president of the school board (that is preceded (i) by at least
7one published notice over the name of the clerk or secretary of
8the board, occurring at least 7 days and not more than 30 days
9prior to the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation
10within the school district and (ii) by posted notice over the
11name of the clerk or secretary of the board, at least 48 hours
12before the hearing, at the principal office of the school board
13or at the building where the hearing is to be held if a
14principal office does not exist, with both notices setting
15forth the time, date, place, and subject matter of the
16hearing), transfer money from (1) the Educational Fund to the
17Operations and Maintenance Fund or the Transportation Fund, (2)
18the Operations and Maintenance Fund to the Educational Fund or
19the Transportation Fund, (3) the Transportation Fund to the
20Educational Fund or the Operations and Maintenance Fund, or (4)
21the Tort Immunity Fund to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
22of said district, provided that, except during the period from
23July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2020 2019, such transfer is made
24solely for the purpose of meeting one-time, non-recurring
25expenses. Except during the period from July 1, 2003 through

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 342 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1June 30, 2020 2019 and except as otherwise provided in
2subsection (b) of this Section, any other permanent interfund
3transfers authorized by any provision or judicial
4interpretation of this Code for which the transferee fund is
5not precisely and specifically set forth in the provision of
6this Code authorizing such transfer shall be made to the fund
7of the school district most in need of the funds being
8transferred, as determined by resolution of the school board.
9    (b) (Blank).
10    (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any
11other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board
12of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax
13Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is an elementary district
14servicing students in grades K through 8, (iii) whose territory
15is in one county, (iv) that is eligible for Section 7002
16Federal Impact Aid, and (v) that has no more than $81,000 in
17funds remaining from refinancing bonds that were refinanced a
18minimum of 5 years prior to January 20, 2017 (the effective
19date of Public Act 99-926) this amendatory Act of the 99th
20General Assembly may make a one-time transfer of the funds
21remaining from the refinancing bonds to the Operations and
22Maintenance Fund of the district by proper resolution following
23a public hearing set by the school board or the president of
24the school board, with notice as provided in subsection (a) of
25this Section, so long as the district meets the qualifications
26set forth in this subsection (c) on January 20, 2017 (the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 343 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1effective date of Public Act 99-926) this amendatory Act of the
299th General Assembly.
3(Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13; 98-131, eff. 1-1-14; 99-713,
4eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff. 1-17-17; 99-926, eff. 1-20-17;
5revised 1-23-17.)
 
6    (105 ILCS 5/17-3.6 new)
7    Sec. 17-3.6. Educational purposes tax rate for school
8districts subject to Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
9Notwithstanding the provisions, requirements, or limitations
10of this Code or any other law, any tax levied for educational
11purposes by a school district subject to the Property Tax
12Extension Limitation Law for the 2016 levy year or any
13subsequent levy year may be extended at a rate exceeding the
14rate established for educational purposes by referendum or this
15Code, provided that the rate does not cause the school district
16to exceed the limiting rate applicable to the school district
17under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law for that levy
18year.
 
19    (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3)  (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
20    Sec. 18-4.3. Summer school grants. Through fiscal year
212017, grants Grants shall be determined for pupil attendance in
22summer schools conducted under Sections 10-22.33A and 34-18 and
23approved under Section 2-3.25 in the following manner.
24    The amount of grant for each accredited summer school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 344 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1attendance pupil shall be obtained by dividing the total amount
2of apportionments determined under Section 18-8.05 by the
3actual number of pupils in average daily attendance used for
4such apportionments. The number of credited summer school
5attendance pupils shall be determined (a) by counting clock
6hours of class instruction by pupils enrolled in grades 1
7through 12 in approved courses conducted at least 60 clock
8hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of clock
9hours of class instruction by 4 to produce days of credited
10pupil attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil
11attendance by the actual number of days in the regular term as
12used in computation in the general apportionment in Section
1318-8.05; and (d) by multiplying by 1.25.
14    The amount of the grant for a summer school program
15approved by the State Superintendent of Education for children
16with disabilities, as defined in Sections 14-1.02 through
1714-1.07, shall be determined in the manner contained above
18except that average daily membership shall be utilized in lieu
19of average daily attendance.
20    In the case of an apportionment based on summer school
21attendance or membership pupils, the claim therefor shall be
22presented as a separate claim for the particular school year in
23which such summer school session ends. On or before November 1
24of each year the superintendent of each eligible school
25district shall certify to the State Superintendent of Education
26the claim of the district for the summer session just ended.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 345 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Failure on the part of the school board to so certify shall
2constitute a forfeiture of its right to such payment. The State
3Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the Comptroller
4no later than December 15th of each year vouchers for payment
5of amounts due school districts for summer school. The State
6Superintendent of Education shall direct the Comptroller to
7draw his warrants for payments thereof by the 30th day of
8December. If the money appropriated by the General Assembly for
9such purpose for any year is insufficient, it shall be
10apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
11    However, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, for
12each fiscal year the money appropriated by the General Assembly
13for the purposes of this Section shall only be used for grants
14for approved summer school programs for those children with
15disabilities served pursuant to Section 14-7.02 or 14-7.02b of
16this Code.
17    No funding shall be provided to school districts under this
18Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each
19fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school
20district from the State pursuant to Section 18–8.15 of this
21Code that is attributable to summer school for special
22education pupils must be used for special education services
23authorized under this Code.
24(Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-04.)
 
25    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 346 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State
2financial aid and supplemental general State aid to the common
3schools for the 1998-1999 through the 2016-2017 and subsequent
4school years.
 
5(A) General Provisions.
6    (1) The provisions of this Section relating to the
7calculation and apportionment of general State financial aid
8and supplemental general State aid apply to the 1998-1999
9through the 2016-2017 and subsequent school years. The system
10of general State financial aid provided for in this Section is
11designed to assure that, through a combination of State
12financial aid and required local resources, the financial
13support provided each pupil in Average Daily Attendance equals
14or exceeds a prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This
15formula approach imputes a level of per pupil Available Local
16Resources and provides for the basis to calculate a per pupil
17level of general State financial aid that, when added to
18Available Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation
19Level. The amount of per pupil general State financial aid for
20school districts, in general, varies in inverse relation to
21Available Local Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
22each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is
23defined in this Section.
24    (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school
25districts with specified levels or concentrations of pupils

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 347 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1from low income households are eligible to receive supplemental
2general State financial aid grants as provided pursuant to
3subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants provided for
4school districts under subsection (H) shall be appropriated for
5distribution to school districts as part of the same line item
6in which the general State financial aid of school districts is
7appropriated under this Section.
8    (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section,
9school districts are required to file claims with the State
10Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
11        (a) Any school district which fails for any given
12    school year to maintain school as required by law, or to
13    maintain a recognized school is not eligible to file for
14    such school year any claim upon the Common School Fund. In
15    case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in
16    a school district otherwise operating recognized schools,
17    the claim of the district shall be reduced in the
18    proportion which the Average Daily Attendance in the
19    attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
20    Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school"
21    means any public school which meets the standards as
22    established for recognition by the State Board of
23    Education. A school district or attendance center not
24    having recognition status at the end of a school term is
25    entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal
26    claim which was filed while it was recognized.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 348 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (b) School district claims filed under this Section are
2    subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise
3    provided in this Section.
4        (c) If a school district operates a full year school
5    under Section 10-19.1, the general State aid to the school
6    district shall be determined by the State Board of
7    Education in accordance with this Section as near as may be
8    applicable.
9        (d) (Blank).
10    (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the
11board of any district receiving any of the grants provided for
12in this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received
13for which that board is authorized to make expenditures by law.
14    School districts are not required to exert a minimum
15Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for assistance under
16this Section.
17    (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when
18capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
19        (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil
20    attendance in school, averaged as provided for in
21    subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil financial
22    support levels.
23        (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of
24    local financial support, calculated on the basis of Average
25    Daily Attendance and derived as provided pursuant to
26    subsection (D).

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 349 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes":
2    Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to "An Act in
3    relation to the abolition of ad valorem personal property
4    tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
5    amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in
6    connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as
7    amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
8        (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil
9    financial support as provided for in subsection (B).
10        (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property
11    taxes extended for all purposes, except Bond and Interest,
12    Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational
13    Education Building purposes.
 
14(B) Foundation Level.
15    (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the
16State representing the minimum level of per pupil financial
17support that should be available to provide for the basic
18education of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance. As set
19forth in this Section, each school district is assumed to exert
20a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with
21the aggregate of general State financial aid provided the
22district, an aggregate of State and local resources are
23available to meet the basic education needs of pupils in the
24district.
25    (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 350 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1support is $4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the
2Foundation Level of support is $4,325. For the 2000-2001 school
3year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425. For the
42001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the Foundation
5Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the
6Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school
7year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964. For the
82005-2006 school year, the Foundation Level of support is
9$5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of
10support is $5,334. For the 2007-2008 school year, the
11Foundation Level of support is $5,734. For the 2008-2009 school
12year, the Foundation Level of support is $5,959.
13    (3) For the 2009-2010 school year and each school year
14thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $6,119 or such
15greater amount as may be established by law by the General
16Assembly.
 
17(C) Average Daily Attendance.
18    (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant
19to subsection (E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be
20utilized. The Average Daily Attendance figure for formula
21calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual
22number of pupils in attendance of each school district, as
23further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil attendance for
24each school district. In compiling the figures for the number
25of pupils in attendance, school districts and the State Board

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 351 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid funding,
2conform attendance figures to the requirements of subsection
3(F).
4    (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in
5subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
6school year immediately preceding the school year for which
7general State aid is being calculated or the average of the
8attendance data for the 3 preceding school years, whichever is
9greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in
10subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
11school year immediately preceding the school year for which
12general State aid is being calculated.
 
13(D) Available Local Resources.
14    (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant
15to subsection (E), a representation of Available Local
16Resources per pupil, as that term is defined and determined in
17this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local Resources
18per pupil shall include a calculated dollar amount representing
19local school district revenues from local property taxes and
20from Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed
21on the basis of pupils in Average Daily Attendance. Calculation
22of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty
23funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
24    (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local
25property taxes, the State Board of Education shall utilize the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 352 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1equalized assessed valuation of all taxable property of each
2school district as of September 30 of the previous year. The
3equalized assessed valuation utilized shall be obtained and
4determined as provided in subsection (G).
5    (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
6through 12, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be
7calculated as the product of the applicable equalized assessed
8valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by
9the district's Average Daily Attendance figure. For school
10districts maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, local
11property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the
12product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation for the
13district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the district's
14Average Daily Attendance figure. For school districts
15maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax revenues
16per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation
17of the district multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the
18district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
19    For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to
20Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil
21shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed
22valuation for property within the partial elementary unit
23district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of
24this Code, multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the district's
25Average Daily Attendance figure, plus the product of the
26equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 353 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined
2in Article 11E of this Code, multiplied by 0.94% and divided by
3the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
4    (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid
5to each school district during the calendar year one year
6before the calendar year in which a school year begins, divided
7by the Average Daily Attendance figure for that district, shall
8be added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
9derived by the application of the immediately preceding
10paragraph (3). The sum of these per pupil figures for each
11school district shall constitute Available Local Resources as
12that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation of
13general State aid.
 
14(E) Computation of General State Aid.
15    (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid
16allotted to a school district shall be computed by the State
17Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
18    (2) For any school district for which Available Local
19Resources per pupil is less than the product of 0.93 times the
20Foundation Level, general State aid for that district shall be
21calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation Level minus
22Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
23Attendance of the school district.
24    (3) For any school district for which Available Local
25Resources per pupil is equal to or greater than the product of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 354 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

10.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the product of
21.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
3pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level
4derived using a linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm,
5the calculated general State aid per pupil shall decline in
6direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the Foundation Level for
7a school district with Available Local Resources equal to the
8product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the
9Foundation Level for a school district with Available Local
10Resources equal to the product of 1.75 times the Foundation
11Level. The allocation of general State aid for school districts
12subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the calculated general
13State aid per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily
14Attendance of the school district.
15    (4) For any school district for which Available Local
16Resources per pupil equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times
17the Foundation Level, the general State aid for the school
18district shall be calculated as the product of $218 multiplied
19by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
20    (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school
21district for the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements
22set forth in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) shall be increased
23by an amount equal to the general State aid that would have
24been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
25utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed
26Valuation as calculated in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 355 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the general State aid allotted for the 1998-1999 school year.
2This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
3affect any future general State aid allocations.
 
4(F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
5    (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year,
6submit to the State Board of Education, on forms prescribed by
7the State Board of Education, attendance figures for the school
8year that began in the preceding calendar year. The attendance
9information so transmitted shall identify the average daily
10attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning
11with the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
12year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as
13provided in subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph
14(1).
15        (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
16    days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of
17    September and any days of attendance in June shall be added
18    to the month of May.
19        (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round
20    classes, days of attendance in July and August shall be
21    added to the month of September and any days of attendance
22    in June shall be added to the month of May.
23        (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all,
24    hold year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings,
25    days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 356 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    September and any days of attendance in June shall be added
2    to the month of May. The average daily attendance for the
3    year-round buildings shall be computed as provided in
4    subdivision (b) of this paragraph (1). To calculate the
5    Average Daily Attendance for the district, the average
6    daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
7    multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round
8    buildings for each month and added to the monthly
9    attendance of the non-year-round buildings.
10    Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
11attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not
12less than 5 clock hours of school work per day under direct
13supervision of: (i) teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or
14volunteer personnel when engaging in non-teaching duties and
15supervising in those instances specified in subsection (a) of
16Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with pupils
17of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through
1812. Days of attendance by pupils through verified participation
19in an e-learning program approved by the State Board of
20Education under Section 10-20.56 of the Code shall be
21considered as full days of attendance for purposes of this
22Section.
23    Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited
24only to the districts that pay the tuition to a recognized
25school.
26    (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 357 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of school shall be subject to the following provisions in the
2compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
3        (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for
4    only a part of the school day may be counted on the basis
5    of 1/6 day for every class hour of instruction of 40
6    minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
7    unless a pupil is enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80
8    minutes or more of instruction, in which case the pupil may
9    be counted on the basis of the proportion of minutes of
10    school work completed each day to the minimum number of
11    minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
12        (b) (Blank).
13        (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted
14    as a day of attendance upon certification by the regional
15    superintendent, and approved by the State Superintendent
16    of Education to the extent that the district has been
17    forced to use daily multiple sessions.
18        (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted
19    as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school
20    day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that day is
21    utilized for an in-service training program for teachers,
22    up to a maximum of 5 days per school year, provided a
23    district conducts an in-service training program for
24    teachers in accordance with Section 10-22.39 of this Code;
25    or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be used, in
26    which event each such day may be counted as a day required

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 358 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    for a legal school calendar pursuant to Section 10-19 of
2    this Code; (1.5) when, of the 5 days allowed under item
3    (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher
4    conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are
5    used, in which case each such day may be counted as a
6    calendar day required under Section 10-19 of this Code,
7    provided that the full-day, parent-teacher conference
8    consists of (i) a minimum of 5 clock hours of
9    parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a minimum of 2 clock
10    hours of parent-teacher conferences held in the evening
11    following a full day of student attendance, as specified in
12    subsection (F)(1)(c), and a minimum of 3 clock hours of
13    parent-teacher conferences held on the day immediately
14    following evening parent-teacher conferences, or (iii)
15    multiple parent-teacher conferences held in the evenings
16    following full days of student attendance, as specified in
17    subsection (F)(1)(c), in which the time used for the
18    parent-teacher conferences is equivalent to a minimum of 5
19    clock hours; and (2) when days in addition to those
20    provided in items (1) and (1.5) are scheduled by a school
21    pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted under
22    Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement
23    plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such
24    sessions of 3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at
25    regular intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in
26    which such sessions occur are utilized for in-service

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 359 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    training programs or other staff development activities
2    for teachers, and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of
3    school work under the direct supervision of teachers are
4    added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
5    sessions to accumulate not less than the number of minutes
6    by which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours fall short
7    of 5 clock hours. Any full days used for the purposes of
8    this paragraph shall not be considered for computing
9    average daily attendance. Days scheduled for in-service
10    training programs, staff development activities, or
11    parent-teacher conferences may be scheduled separately for
12    different grade levels and different attendance centers of
13    the district.
14        (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of
15    teaching hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by
16    telephone to the classroom may be counted as 1/2 day of
17    attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or more
18    clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of
19    attendance.
20        (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted
21    as a day of attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils
22    in full day kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours
23    may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by pupils in
24    kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
25        (g) For children with disabilities who are below the
26    age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock hours

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 360 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    because of their disability or immaturity, a session of not
2    less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day of
3    attendance; however for such children whose educational
4    needs so require a session of 4 or more clock hours may be
5    counted as a full day of attendance.
6        (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only
7    1/2 day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more
8    than 1/2 day of attendance counted in any one day. However,
9    kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance in any 5
10    consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
11    kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the
12    pupil shall have the following day as a day absent from
13    school, unless the school district obtains permission in
14    writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
15    Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of
16    attendance by each pupil shall be counted the same as
17    attendance by first grade pupils. Only the first year of
18    attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted, except in
19    case of children who entered the kindergarten in their
20    fifth year whose educational development requires a second
21    year of kindergarten as determined under the rules and
22    regulations of the State Board of Education.
23        (i) On the days when the assessment that includes a
24    college and career ready determination is administered
25    under subsection (c) of Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code, the
26    day of attendance for a pupil whose school day must be

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 361 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    shortened to accommodate required testing procedures may
2    be less than 5 clock hours and shall be counted towards the
3    176 days of actual pupil attendance required under Section
4    10-19 of this Code, provided that a sufficient number of
5    minutes of school work in excess of 5 clock hours are first
6    completed on other school days to compensate for the loss
7    of school work on the examination days.
8        (j) Pupils enrolled in a remote educational program
9    established under Section 10-29 of this Code may be counted
10    on the basis of one-fifth day of attendance for every clock
11    hour of instruction attended in the remote educational
12    program, provided that, in any month, the school district
13    may not claim for a student enrolled in a remote
14    educational program more days of attendance than the
15    maximum number of days of attendance the district can claim
16    (i) for students enrolled in a building holding year-round
17    classes if the student is classified as participating in
18    the remote educational program on a year-round schedule or
19    (ii) for students enrolled in a building not holding
20    year-round classes if the student is not classified as
21    participating in the remote educational program on a
22    year-round schedule.
 
23(G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
24    (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local
25Resources required pursuant to subsection (D), the State Board

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 362 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1of Education shall secure from the Department of Revenue the
2value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
3all taxable property of every school district, together with
4(i) the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes for the
5funds of the district as of September 30 of the previous year
6and (ii) the limiting rate for all school districts subject to
7property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
8Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
9    The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized
10assessed value of all taxable property of each school district
11situated entirely or partially within a county that is or was
12subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the
13Property Tax Code (a) an amount equal to the total amount by
14which the homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or
1515-177 of the Property Tax Code for real property situated in
16that school district exceeds the total amount that would have
17been allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction
18under Section 15-176 was (i) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in
19all other counties in tax year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all
20counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (b) an amount
21equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all
22additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
23Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The
24county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the
25provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
26shall annually calculate and certify to the Department of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 363 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Revenue for each school district all homestead exemption
2amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
3and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175
4of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of
5$30,000 or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the
6general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is
7determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax
8Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of
9Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the
10difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead
11exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section
1215-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that
13would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for
14that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of
15the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this
16paragraph that if additional exemptions are allowed under
17Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a
18household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of
19Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the
20difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions.
21    This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
22the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
23calculation of Available Local Resources.
24    (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall
25be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
26        (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 364 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    this Section, with respect to any part of a school district
2    within a redevelopment project area in respect to which a
3    municipality has adopted tax increment allocation
4    financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
5    Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11
6    of the Illinois Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs
7    Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through 11-74.6-50 of the
8    Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
9    assessed valuation of real property located in any such
10    project area which is attributable to an increase above the
11    total initial equalized assessed valuation of such
12    property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
13    valuation of the district, until such time as all
14    redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in
15    Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation
16    Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the
17    Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of the
18    equalized assessed valuation of the district, the total
19    initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
20    equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be
21    used until such time as all redevelopment project costs
22    have been paid.
23        (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for
24    a school district shall be adjusted by subtracting from the
25    real property value as equalized or assessed by the
26    Department of Revenue for the district an amount computed

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 365 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under
2    Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a
3    district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by
4    2.30% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten
5    through 8, or by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9
6    through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
7    the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a)
8    of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same
9    percentage rates for district type as specified in this
10    subparagraph (b).
11    (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year
12thereafter, if a school district meets all of the criteria of
13this subsection (G)(3), the school district's Available Local
14Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D) using the
15district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation
16as calculated under this subsection (G)(3).
17    For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms
18shall have the following meanings:
19        "Budget Year": The school year for which general State
20    aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
21        "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to
22    calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.
23        "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year
24    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
25        "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the
26    equalized assessed valuation utilized by the County Clerk

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 366 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
2    calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property
3    Tax Extension Limitation Law.
4        "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of
5    the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the County
6    Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating
7    Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
8        "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio,
9    certified by the County Clerk, in which the numerator is
10    the Base Tax Year's Tax Extension and the denominator is
11    the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
12        "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined
13    in subsection (A).
14    If a school district is subject to property tax extension
15limitations as imposed under the Property Tax Extension
16Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall calculate
17the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of that
18district. For the 1999-2000 school year, the Extension
19Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
20calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to
21the product of the district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation
22and the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. Except as
23otherwise provided in this paragraph for a school district that
24has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate,
25for the 2000-2001 school year and each school year thereafter,
26the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 367 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1school district as calculated by the State Board of Education
2shall be equal to the product of the Equalized Assessed
3Valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid and
4the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension
5Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
6calculated under this subsection (G)(3) is less than the
7district's equalized assessed valuation as calculated pursuant
8to subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
9calculating the district's general State aid for the Budget
10Year pursuant to subsection (E), that Extension Limitation
11Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
12district's Available Local Resources under subsection (D). For
13the 2009-2010 school year and each school year thereafter, if a
14school district has approved or does approve an increase in its
15limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax
16Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the Extension Limitation
17Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district, as
18calculated by the State Board of Education, shall be equal to
19the product of the Equalized Assessed Valuation last used in
20the calculation of general State aid times an amount equal to
21one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price
22Index for all Urban Consumers for all items published by the
23United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar
24year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the Equalized Assessed
25Valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax
26increment value and minus the Equalized Assessed Valuation of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 368 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1disconnected property. New property and recovered tax
2increment value shall have the meanings set forth in the
3Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
4    Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance
5with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the
6adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year
7following the effective date of the reorganization.
8    (3.5) For the 2010-2011 school year and each school year
9thereafter, if a school district's boundaries span multiple
10counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the
11State Board of Education, for the purpose of calculating
12general State aid, the limiting rate and individual rates by
13purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school
14district's Equalized Assessed Valuation.
15    (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for
16the 1999-2000 school year only, if a school district
17experienced a triennial reassessment on the equalized assessed
18valuation used in calculating its general State financial aid
19apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
20Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized
21Assessed Valuation that would have been used to calculate the
22district's 1998-1999 general State aid. This amount shall equal
23the product of the equalized assessed valuation used to
24calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and
25the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension
26Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 369 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1as calculated under this paragraph (4) is less than the
2district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in
3calculating the district's 1998-1999 general State aid
4allocation, then for purposes of calculating the district's
5general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of subsection (E),
6that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall
7be utilized to calculate the district's Available Local
8Resources.
9    (5) For school districts having a majority of their
10equalized assessed valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage,
11Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if the amount of general State
12aid allocated to the school district for the 1999-2000 school
13year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
14this Section is less than the amount of general State aid
15allocated to the district for the 1998-1999 school year under
16these subsections, then the general State aid of the district
17for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased by the
18difference between these amounts. The total payments made under
19this paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall
20be prorated if they exceed $14,000,000.
 
21(H) Supplemental General State Aid.
22    (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district
23is allotted pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school
24districts shall receive a grant, paid in conjunction with a
25district's payments of general State aid, for supplemental

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 370 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1general State aid based upon the concentration level of
2children from low-income households within the school
3district. Supplemental State aid grants provided for school
4districts under this subsection shall be appropriated for
5distribution to school districts as part of the same line item
6in which the general State financial aid of school districts is
7appropriated under this Section.
8    (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school
9years preceding the 2003-2004 school year. For purposes of this
10subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level"
11shall be the low-income eligible pupil count from the most
12recently available federal census divided by the Average Daily
13Attendance of the school district. If, however, (i) the
14percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal censuses in
15the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district
16with fewer than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the
17percentage change in the total low-income eligible pupil count
18of contiguous elementary school districts, whose boundaries
19are coterminous with the high school district, or (ii) a high
20school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
21school districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the
22high school district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most
23recent federal censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count
24and there is a percentage increase in the total low-income
25eligible pupil count of a majority of the elementary school
26districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent federal

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 371 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1censuses, then the high school district's low-income eligible
2pupil count from the earlier federal census shall be the number
3used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high school
4district, for purposes of this subsection (H). The changes made
5to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
6supplemental general State aid grants for school years
7preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid in fiscal
8year 1999 or thereafter and to any State aid payments made in
9fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year 1998 pursuant to
10subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
11repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is
12affected by Public Act 92-28 is entitled to a recomputation of
13its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid paid in
14any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
15affected by any other funding.
16    (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004
17school year and each school year thereafter through the
182016-2017 school year. For purposes of this subsection (H), the
19term "Low-Income Concentration Level" shall, for each fiscal
20year, be the low-income eligible pupil count as of July 1 of
21the immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the
22Department of Human Services based on the number of pupils who
23are eligible for at least one of the following low income
24programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program,
25TANF, or Food Stamps, excluding pupils who are eligible for
26services provided by the Department of Children and Family

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 372 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Services, averaged over the 2 immediately preceding fiscal
2years for fiscal year 2004 and over the 3 immediately preceding
3fiscal years for each fiscal year thereafter) divided by the
4Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
5    (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this
6subsection (H) shall be provided as follows for the 1998-1999,
71999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years only:
8        (a) For any school district with a Low Income
9    Concentration Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the
10    grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by the
11    low income eligible pupil count.
12        (b) For any school district with a Low Income
13    Concentration Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the
14    grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be $1,100
15    multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
16        (c) For any school district with a Low Income
17    Concentration Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the
18    grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be $1,500
19    multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
20        (d) For any school district with a Low Income
21    Concentration Level of 60% or more, the grant for the
22    1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low
23    income eligible pupil count.
24        (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount
25    specified in subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately
26    above shall be increased to $1,243, $1,600, and $2,000,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 373 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    respectively.
2        (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil
3    amounts specified in subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d)
4    immediately above shall be $1,273, $1,640, and $2,050,
5    respectively.
6    (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this
7subsection (H) shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003
8school year:
9        (a) For any school district with a Low Income
10    Concentration Level of less than 10%, the grant for each
11    school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low income
12    eligible pupil count.
13        (b) For any school district with a Low Income
14    Concentration Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the
15    grant for each school year shall be $675 multiplied by the
16    low income eligible pupil count.
17        (c) For any school district with a Low Income
18    Concentration Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the
19    grant for each school year shall be $1,330 multiplied by
20    the low income eligible pupil count.
21        (d) For any school district with a Low Income
22    Concentration Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the
23    grant for each school year shall be $1,362 multiplied by
24    the low income eligible pupil count.
25        (e) For any school district with a Low Income
26    Concentration Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 374 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    grant for each school year shall be $1,680 multiplied by
2    the low income eligible pupil count.
3        (f) For any school district with a Low Income
4    Concentration Level of 60% or more, the grant for each
5    school year shall be $2,080 multiplied by the low income
6    eligible pupil count.
7    (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general
8State aid pursuant to this subsection (H) shall be provided as
9follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each school year
10thereafter:
11        (a) For any school district with a Low Income
12    Concentration Level of 15% or less, the grant for each
13    school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low income
14    eligible pupil count.
15        (b) For any school district with a Low Income
16    Concentration Level greater than 15%, the grant for each
17    school year shall be $294.25 added to the product of $2,700
18    and the square of the Low Income Concentration Level, all
19    multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
20    For the 2003-2004 school year and each school year
21thereafter through the 2008-2009 school year only, the grant
22shall be no less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year.
23For the 2009-2010 school year only, the grant shall be no less
24than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by
250.66. For the 2010-2011 school year only, the grant shall be no
26less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 375 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

10.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the
2contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid
3grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this
4subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be
5prorated.
6    For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no
7greater than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school
8year added to the product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference
9between the grant amount calculated under subsection (a) or (b)
10of this paragraph (2.10), whichever is applicable, and the
11grant received during the 2002-2003 school year. For the
122004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
13the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to
14the product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the
15grant amount calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this
16paragraph (2.10), whichever is applicable, and the grant
17received during the 2002-2003 school year. For the 2005-2006
18school year only, the grant shall be no greater than the grant
19received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the product
20of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
21calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph
22(2.10), whichever is applicable, and the grant received during
23the 2002-2003 school year.
24    (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
25more than 1,000 and less than 50,000 that qualify for
26supplemental general State aid pursuant to this subsection

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 376 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
2October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from
3this grant of supplemental general State aid for the
4improvement of instruction in which priority is given to
5meeting the education needs of disadvantaged children. Such
6plan shall be submitted in accordance with rules and
7regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
8    (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
950,000 or more that qualify for supplemental general State aid
10pursuant to this subsection shall be required to distribute
11from funds available pursuant to this Section, no less than
12$261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
13        (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the
14    attendance centers within the district in proportion to the
15    number of pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are
16    eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
17    breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966
18    and under the National School Lunch Act during the
19    immediately preceding school year.
20        (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental
21    and general State aid among attendance centers according to
22    these requirements shall not be compensated for or
23    contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
24    appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of
25    Education shall utilize funding from one or several sources
26    in order to fully implement this provision annually prior

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 377 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    to the opening of school.
2        (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
3    school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and
4    other categorical funds to which an attendance center is
5    entitled under law in order that the general State aid and
6    supplemental general State aid provided by application of
7    this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
8    noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided
9    by the school district to the attendance centers.
10        (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that
11    by reason of the provisions of this subsection are not
12    required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers
13    may be used and appropriated by the board of the district
14    for any lawful school purpose.
15        (e) Funds received by an attendance center pursuant to
16    this subsection shall be used by the attendance center at
17    the discretion of the principal and local school council
18    for programs to improve educational opportunities at
19    qualifying schools through the following programs and
20    services: early childhood education, reduced class size or
21    improved adult to student classroom ratio, enrichment
22    programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement, and
23    other educationally beneficial expenditures which
24    supplement the regular and basic programs as determined by
25    the State Board of Education. Funds provided shall not be
26    expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 378 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    by board rule.
2        (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this
3    subdivision (H)(4) shall submit an acceptable plan to meet
4    the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
5    compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the
6    State Board of Education prior to July 15 of each year.
7    This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of local
8    school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
9    developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The
10    State Board shall approve or reject the plan within 60 days
11    after its submission. If the plan is rejected, the district
12    shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
13    within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then
14    submit a modified plan within 30 days after the date of the
15    written notice of intent to modify. Districts may amend
16    approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
17    Board of Education.
18        Upon notification by the State Board of Education that
19    the district has not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a
20    modified plan within the time period specified herein, the
21    State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan
22    shall be withheld by the State Board of Education until a
23    plan or modified plan is submitted.
24        If the district fails to distribute State aid to
25    attendance centers in accordance with an approved plan, the
26    plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 379 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    addition to the funds otherwise required by this
2    subsection, to those attendance centers which were
3    underfunded during the previous year in amounts equal to
4    such underfunding.
5        For purposes of determining compliance with this
6    subsection in relation to the requirements of attendance
7    center funding, each district subject to the provisions of
8    this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
9    December 1 of each year a report of expenditure data for
10    the prior year in addition to any modification of its
11    current plan. If it is determined that there has been a
12    failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
13    subsection regarding contravention or supplanting, the
14    State Superintendent of Education shall, within 60 days of
15    receipt of the report, notify the district and any affected
16    local school council. The district shall within 45 days of
17    receipt of that notification inform the State
18    Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
19    action to be taken, whether by amendment of the current
20    plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan for the
21    following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report
22    or the notification of remedial or corrective action in a
23    timely manner shall result in a withholding of the affected
24    funds.
25        The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
26    regulations to implement the provisions of this

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 380 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    subsection. No funds shall be released under this
2    subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a
3    plan that has been approved by the State Board of
4    Education.
 
5(I) (Blank).
 
6(J) (Blank).
 
7(K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
8    In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board
9of a public university that operates a laboratory school under
10this Section or to any alternative school that is operated by a
11regional superintendent of schools, the State Board of
12Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as
13it deems necessary.
14    As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public
15school which is created and operated by a public university and
16approved by the State Board of Education. The governing board
17of a public university which receives funds from the State
18Board under this subsection (K) or subsection (g) of Section
1918-8.15 of this Code may not increase the number of students
20enrolled in its laboratory school from a single district, if
21that district is already sending 50 or more students, except
22under a mutual agreement between the school board of a
23student's district of residence and the university which

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 381 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1operates the laboratory school. A laboratory school may not
2have more than 1,000 students, excluding students with
3disabilities in a special education program.
4    As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a
5public school which is created and operated by a Regional
6Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board of
7Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
8instruction for which credit is given in regular school
9programs, courses to prepare students for the high school
10equivalency testing program or vocational and occupational
11training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
12with a school district or a public community college district
13to operate an alternative school. An alternative school serving
14more than one educational service region may be established by
15the regional superintendents of schools of the affected
16educational service regions. An alternative school serving
17more than one educational service region may be operated under
18such terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those
19educational service regions may agree.
20    Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms
21provided by the State Superintendent of Education, an annual
22State aid claim which states the Average Daily Attendance of
23the school's students by month. The best 3 months' Average
24Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school. The general
25State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
26applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 382 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1determined under this Section.
 
2(L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
3    (1) For a school district operating under the financial
4supervision of an Authority created under Article 34A, the
5general State aid otherwise payable to that district under this
6Section, but not the supplemental general State aid, shall be
7reduced by an amount equal to the budget for the operations of
8the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State Board
9of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be
10paid to the Authority created for such district for its
11operating expenses in the manner provided in Section 18-11. The
12remainder of general State school aid for any such district
13shall be paid in accordance with Article 34A when that Article
14provides for a disposition other than that provided by this
15Article.
16    (2) (Blank).
17    (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as
18provided in Section 18-4.3.
 
19(M) (Blank). Education Funding Advisory Board.
20    The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this
21subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created.
22The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the
23Governor, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The
24members appointed shall include representatives of education,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 383 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1business, and the general public. One of the members so
2appointed shall be designated by the Governor at the time the
3appointment is made as the chairperson of the Board. The
4initial members of the Board may be appointed any time after
5the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997. The regular
6term of each member of the Board shall be for 4 years from the
7third Monday of January of the year in which the term of the
8member's appointment is to commence, except that of the 5
9initial members appointed to serve on the Board, the member who
10is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for a term that
11commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on
12the third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members,
13by lots drawn at the first meeting of the Board that is held
14after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their
15number to serve for terms that commence on the date of their
16respective appointments and expire on the third Monday of
17January, 2001, and 2 of their number to serve for terms that
18commence on the date of their respective appointments and
19expire on the third Monday of January, 2000. All members
20appointed to serve on the Board shall serve until their
21respective successors are appointed and confirmed. Vacancies
22shall be filled in the same manner as original appointments. If
23a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the Senate is not
24in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment
25until the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall
26appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 384 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1person to fill that membership for the unexpired term. If the
2Senate is not in session when the initial appointments are
3made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of
4vacancies.
5    The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed
6established, and the initial members appointed by the Governor
7to serve as members of the Board shall take office, on the date
8that the Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth
9initial member of the Board, whether those initial members are
10then serving pursuant to appointment and confirmation or
11pursuant to temporary appointments that are made by the
12Governor as in the case of vacancies.
13    The State Board of Education shall provide such staff
14assistance to the Education Funding Advisory Board as is
15reasonably required for the proper performance by the Board of
16its responsibilities.
17    For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the
18Education Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the
19State Board of Education, shall make recommendations as
20provided in this subsection (M) to the General Assembly for the
21foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
22for the supplemental general State aid grant level under
23subsection (H) of this Section for districts with high
24concentrations of children from poverty. The recommended
25foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology
26which incorporates the basic education expenditures of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 385 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1low-spending schools exhibiting high academic performance. The
2Education Funding Advisory Board shall make such
3recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
4numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
 
5(N) (Blank).
 
6(O) References.
7    (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
8Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and
9replacement by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to
10the corresponding provisions of this Section 18-8.05, to the
11extent that those references remain applicable.
12    (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall
13be deemed to refer to the supplemental general State aid
14provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
 
15(P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent
16changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on
17Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act
1893-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last
19acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is
20the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808.
 
21(Q) State Fiscal Year 2015 Payments.
22    For payments made for State fiscal year 2015, the State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 386 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Board of Education shall, for each school district, calculate
2that district's pro-rata share of a minimum sum of $13,600,000
3or additional amounts as needed from the total net General
4State Aid funding as calculated under this Section that shall
5be deemed attributable to the provision of special educational
6facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this
7Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of
8State financial support requirements under the federal
9Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. Each school
10district must use such funds only for the provision of special
11educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
1214-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure
13verification procedures adopted by the State Board of
14Education.
 
15(R) State Fiscal Year 2016 Payments.
16    For payments made for State fiscal year 2016, the State
17Board of Education shall, for each school district, calculate
18that district's pro rata share of a minimum sum of $1 or
19additional amounts as needed from the total net General State
20Aid funding as calculated under this Section that shall be
21deemed attributable to the provision of special educational
22facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this
23Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of
24State financial support requirements under the federal
25Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. Each school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 387 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1district must use such funds only for the provision of special
2educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
314-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure
4verification procedures adopted by the State Board of
5Education.
6(Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14; 99-2, eff. 3-26-15; 99-194,
7eff. 7-30-15; 99-523, eff. 6-30-16.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.10)
9    Sec. 18-8.10. Fast growth grants.
10    (a) If there has been an increase in a school district's
11student population over the most recent 2 school years of (i)
12over 1.5% in a district with over 10,000 pupils in average
13daily attendance (as defined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of
14this Code) or (ii) over 7.5% in any other district, then the
15district is eligible for a grant under this Section, subject to
16appropriation.
17    (b) The State Board of Education shall determine a per
18pupil grant amount for each school district. The total grant
19amount for a district for any given school year shall equal the
20per pupil grant amount multiplied by the difference between the
21number of pupils in average daily attendance for the 2 most
22recent school years.
23    (c) Funds for grants under this Section must be
24appropriated to the State Board of Education in a separate line
25item for this purpose. If the amount appropriated in any fiscal

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 388 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1year is insufficient to pay all grants for a school year, then
2the amount appropriated shall be prorated among eligible
3districts. As soon as possible after funds have been
4appropriated to the State Board of Education, the State Board
5of Education shall distribute the grants to eligible districts.
6    (d) If a school district intentionally reports incorrect
7average daily attendance numbers to receive a grant under this
8Section, then the district shall be denied State aid in the
9same manner as State aid is denied for intentional incorrect
10reporting of average daily attendance numbers under Section
1118-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
12(Source: P.A. 93-1042, eff. 10-8-04.)
 
13    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new)
14    Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-based funding for student success
15for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
16    (a) General provisions.
17        (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by
18    June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten
19    through grade 12 public education system with the capacity
20    to ensure the educational development of all persons to the
21    limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of
22    Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To
23    accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of
24    funding public education that is evidence-based; is
25    sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 389 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity,
2    sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and
3    is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under
4    this Section, every school shall have the resources, based
5    on what the evidence indicates is needed, to:
6            (A) provide all students with a high quality
7        education that offers the academic, enrichment, social
8        and emotional support, technical, and career-focused
9        programs that will allow them to become competitive
10        workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of
11        this State, and active members of our national
12        democracy;
13            (B) ensure all students receive the education they
14        need to graduate from high school with the skills
15        required to pursue post-secondary education and
16        training for a rewarding career;
17            (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
18        achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk
19        students by raising the performance of at-risk
20        students and not by reducing standards; and
21            (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
22        assume the primary responsibility to fund public
23        education and simultaneously relieve the
24        disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes
25        to fund schools.
26        (2) The evidence-based funding formula under this

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 390 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in
2    this State. The evidence-based funding formula outlined in
3    this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1
4    of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both
5    legislative chambers. As further defined and described in
6    this Section, there are 4 major components of the
7    evidence-based funding model:
8            (A) First, the model calculates a unique adequacy
9        target for each Organizational Unit in this State that
10        considers the costs to implement research-based
11        activities, the unit's student demographics, and
12        regional wage difference.
13            (B) Second, the model calculates each
14        Organizational Unit's local capacity, or the amount
15        each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute
16        towards its adequacy target from local resources.
17            (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
18        the State currently contributes to the Organizational
19        Unit, and adds that to the unit's local capacity to
20        determine the unit's overall current adequacy of
21        funding.
22            (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
23        allocates new State funding to those Organizational
24        Units that are least well-funded, considering both
25        local capacity and State funding, in relation to their
26        adequacy target.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 391 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under
2    this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received
3    for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make
4    expenditures by law.
5        (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall
6    have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
7        "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
8    subsection (b) of this Section.
9        "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
10    subsection (d) of this Section.
11        "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
12    paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
13        "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all
14    Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent
15    shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a
16    transportation rate based on total expenses for
17    transportation services under this Code, as reported on the
18    most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil
19    Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the
20    Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and
21    4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding
22    fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding
23    net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or
24    special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to
25    Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this
26    Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 392 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois
2    scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior
3    years for regular, vocational, or special education
4    transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or
5    subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the
6    total transportation expenses, as defined in this
7    paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from
8    the Operating Tax Rate.
9        "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
10    subsection (g) of this Section.
11        "Alternative School" means a public school that is
12    created and operated by a regional superintendent of
13    schools and approved by the State Board.
14        "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
15    subsection (d) of this Section.
16        "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
17    monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments,
18    in addition to the State accountability assessment, that
19    assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and
20    meeting the needs of the students they serve.
21        "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
22    duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in
23    this State.
24        "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not
25    meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating
26    from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 393 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    for vocational support or social services beyond that
2    provided by the regular school program. All students
3    included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as
4    well as all English learner and disabled students attending
5    the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk
6    students under this Section.
7        "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, for an
8    Organizational Unit in a given school year, the greater of
9    the average number of students (grades K through 12)
10    reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
11    Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the
12    special education pre-kindergarten students with services
13    of at least more than 2 hours a day as reported to the
14    State Board on December 1, in the immediately preceding
15    school year or the average number of students (grades K
16    through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
17    Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the
18    special education pre-kindergarten students with services
19    of at least more than 2 hours a day as reported to the
20    State Board on December 1, for each of the immediately
21    preceding 3 school years. For the purposes of this
22    definition, "enrolled in the Organizational Unit" means
23    the number of students reported to the State Board who are
24    enrolled in schools within the Organizational Unit that the
25    student attends or would attend if not placed or
26    transferred to another school or program to receive needed

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 394 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    services. For the purposes of calculating "ASE", all
2    students, grades K through 12, excluding those attending
3    kindergarten for a half day, shall be counted as 1.0. All
4    students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be
5    counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in
6    subsequent years, the school district reports to the State
7    Board of Education the intent to implement full-day
8    kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all
9    students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0.
10    Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be
11    counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or
12    has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment
13    count by grade or a December 1 collection of special
14    education pre-kindergarten students as of the effective
15    date of this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly,
16    it shall establish such collection for all future years.
17    For any year where a count by grade level was collected
18    only once, that count shall be used as the single count
19    available for computing a 3-year average ASE. School
20    districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to
21    the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in
22    this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for
23    it to be included in the ASE calculation.
24        "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
25    of subsection (g) of this Section.
26        "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 395 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    this Section.
2        "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used
3    to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State
4    aid.
5        "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
6    equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk
7    in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
8    calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
9        "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
10    an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target
11    attributable to bilingual education divided by the
12    Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product
13    of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding
14    received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational
15    Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual
16    education shall include all additional investments in
17    English learner students' adequacy elements.
18        "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
19    State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
20        "Central office" means individual administrators and
21    support service personnel charged with managing the
22    instructional programs, business and operations, and
23    security of the Organizational Unit.
24        "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost
25    differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional
26    variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 396 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the
2    first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be
3    the CWI initially developed by the National Center for
4    Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A &
5    M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of
6    Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State
7    Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar
8    methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M
9    University study, with adjustments made no less frequently
10    than once every 5 years.
11        "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
12    servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers,
13    instructional software, security software, curriculum
14    management courseware, and other similar materials and
15    equipment.
16        "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
17    English, writing, and language arts; history and social
18    studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced
19    Placement in high schools.
20        "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
21    elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle
22    and high schools.
23        "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
24    teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to
25    students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
26        "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 397 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the
2    calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a
3    school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the
4    abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the
5    replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and
6    repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection
7    therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public
8    Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
9        "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in
10    paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and
11    calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection
12    (d) of this Section.
13        "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
14    employment cost index for civilian workers in educational
15    services in elementary and secondary schools on a
16    cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding
17    the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
18        "EIS Data" means the employment information system
19    data maintained by the State Board on educators within
20    Organizational Units.
21        "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
22    insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit,
23    the costs associated with statutorily required payment of
24    the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher
25    pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and
26    Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 398 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the
2    definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of
3    this Code participating in a program of transitional
4    bilingual education or a transitional program of
5    instruction meeting the requirements and program
6    application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the
7    purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled,
8    the same collection and calculation methodology as defined
9    above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners.
10        "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
11    and educational programs that have been identified through
12    academic research as necessary to improve student success,
13    improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and
14    provide for other per student costs related to the delivery
15    and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the
16    maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are
17    specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this
18    Section.
19        "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
20    to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
21        "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
22    provided to students outside the regular school day before
23    and after school or during non-instructional times during
24    the school day.
25        "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
26    in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 399 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
2        "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4)
3    of subsection (f) of this Section.
4        "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
5    subsection (f) of this Section.
6        "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
7    equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant
8    position at an Organizational Unit.
9        "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
10    (g).
11        "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance
12    counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for
13    students within an Organizational Unit.
14        "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit
15    district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
16        "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
17    education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in
18    the classroom and provides academic support to students.
19        "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
20    or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches
21    continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides
22    instructional support to teachers in the elements of
23    research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment
24    of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment
25    tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or
26    strategies; develops and implements training; chooses

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 400 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers
2    with an understanding of current research; serves as a
3    mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead
4    teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in
5    collaboration, to use data to improve instructional
6    practice or develop model lessons.
7        "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional
8    materials for student instruction, including, but not
9    limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory
10    equipment, library books, and other similar materials.
11        "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
12    created and operated by a public university and approved by
13    the State Board.
14        "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
15    library information specialist or another individual whose
16    primary responsibility is overseeing library resources
17    within an Organizational Unit.
18        "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
19    subsection (c) of this Section.
20        "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph
21    (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
22        "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)
23    of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
24        "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of
25    subsection (c) of this Section.
26        "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 401 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of
2    students for the prior school year or the immediately
3    preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the
4    immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the
5    Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least
6    one of the following low income programs: Medicaid, the
7    Children's Health Insurance Program, TANF, or the
8    Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding
9    pupils who are eligible for services provided by the
10    Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time
11    that grade level low-income populations become available,
12    grade level low-income populations shall be determined by
13    applying the low-income percentage to total student
14    enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is
15    determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average
16    Student Enrollment.
17        "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services,
18    facility and ground maintenance, facility operations,
19    facility security, routine facility repairs, and other
20    similar services and functions.
21        "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of
22    subsection (g) of this Section.
23        "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
24    given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under
25    Section 2-3.170 of the School Code.
26        "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 402 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in
2    excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding
3    Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
4        "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given
5    school year, the amount of State funds that would be
6    necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an
7    Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available
8    to each unit.
9        "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
10    school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for
11    nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of
12    and is available to provide health care-related services
13    for students of an Organizational Unit.
14        "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
15    previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
16    except, Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
17    Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
18    For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the
19    combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the
20    previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
21    except, Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
22    Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
23        "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School, an
24    Alternative School, or any public school district that is
25    recognized as such by the State Board and that contains
26    elementary schools typically serving kindergarten through

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 403 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    5th grades, middle schools typically serving 6th through
2    8th grades, or high schools typically serving 9th through
3    12th grades. The General Assembly acknowledges that the
4    actual grade levels served by a particular Organizational
5    Unit may vary slightly from what is typical.
6        "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating
7    the CWI in the region and original county in which an
8    Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is
9    located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if
10    the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance
11    with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational
12    Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current
13    CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that
14    county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a
15    "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated
16    by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent
17    Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent
18    Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the
19    original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois
20    county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the
21    number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the
22    original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and
23    the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at
24    0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the
25    original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and
26    the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 404 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its
2    weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the
3    Organizational Unit CWI.
4        "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
5    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
6        "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
7    the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county
8    clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating
9    Tax Rate.
10        "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in
11    paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
12        "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of
13    subsection (f) of this Section.
14        "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed
15    to be employed as a principal in this State.
16        "Professional development" means training programs for
17    licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to,
18    programs that assist in implementing new curriculum
19    programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data
20    training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and
21    strengths, target interventions, improve instruction,
22    encompass instructional strategies for English learner,
23    gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural
24    sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide
25    professional support for licensed staff.
26        "Prototypical" means 450 special education

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 405 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students
2    for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students
3    for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students
4    for a high school.
5        "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
6    Law.
7        "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
8    (d) of this Section.
9        "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
10    social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff
11    member who provides support to at-risk or struggling
12    students.
13        "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
14    subsection (d) of this Section.
15        "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
16    Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the
17    Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
18        "School site staff" means the primary school secretary
19    and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
20        "Special education" means special educational
21    facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of
22    this Code.
23        "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an
24    Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable
25    to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's
26    final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 406 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant
2    to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
3    Target attributable to special education shall include all
4    special education investment adequacy elements.
5        "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
6    instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects,
7    including, but not limited to, art, music, physical
8    education, health, driver education, career-technical
9    education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated
10    by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit.
11        "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
12    safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school,
13    special education cooperative or entity recognized by the
14    State Board as a special education cooperative,
15    State-approved charter school, or alternative learning
16    opportunities program that received direct funding from
17    the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through
18    any of the funding sources included within the calculation
19    of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
20        "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
21    general State aid funding received by an Organization Unit
22    during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to subsection (H)
23    of Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
24        "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
25    Targets of all Organizational Units.
26        "State Board" means the State Board of Education.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 407 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
2    of Education.
3        "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
4    multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for
5    that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value,
6    summing all Organizational Unit's weighted values, and
7    dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units,
8    thereby creating an average weighted index.
9        "Student activities" means non-credit producing
10    after-school programs, including, but not limited to,
11    clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by
12    the school board of the Organizational Unit.
13        "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
14    teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational
15    Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on
16    a per diem or per period-assignment basis replacing another
17    staff member.
18        "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs
19    provided to students during the summer months outside of
20    the regular school year.
21        "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
22    who helps in supervising students of an Organizational
23    Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations
24    such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and
25    playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising
26    students when being transported in buses serving the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 408 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Organizational Unit.
2        "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
3    subsection (g).
4        "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined
5    in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
6        "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
7    Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate
8    Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
9    (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
10        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the
11    sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing
12    Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this
13    subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential
14    Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated
15    pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
16        (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
17    rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each
18    Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2),
19    with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on
20    ASE counts in excess or less than the thresholds set forth
21    in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating
22    attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups
23    thereto are as follows:
24            (A) Core class size investments. Each
25        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required
26        to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 409 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the
2        Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
3                (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
4            Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
5            to support one FTE core teacher position for every
6            15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
7            one FTE core teacher position for every 20
8            non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
9                (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the
10            Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
11            to support one FTE core teacher position for every
12            20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
13            one FTE core teacher position for every 25
14            non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
15            The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
16        grade shall be determined by subtracting the
17        Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the
18        Organizational Unit for that grade.
19            (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
20        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
21        to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher
22        positions that correspond to the following
23        percentages:
24                (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
25            elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the
26            number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 410 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            as determined under subparagraph (A) of this
2            paragraph (2); and
3                (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
4            high school, then 33.33% of the number of the
5            Organizational Unit's core teachers.
6            (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
7        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
8        to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position
9        for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
10        children with disabilities and all kindergarten
11        through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
12            (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments.
13        Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding
14        needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each
15        prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
16            (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
17        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
18        to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to
19        5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required
20        under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time
21        equivalent core, specialist, and intervention
22        teachers, school nurses, special education teachers
23        and instructional assistants, instructional
24        facilitators, and summer school and extended-day
25        teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph
26        (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 411 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the
2        average salary of each instructional assistant
3        position.
4            (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each
5        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
6        to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450
7        combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
8        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5
9        students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250
10        grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one
11        FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12
12        ASE high school students.
13            (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
14        shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse
15        for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
16        with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade
17        12 students across all grade levels it serves.
18            (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
19        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
20        to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of
21        pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
22        kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for
23        each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for
24        each 200 ASE high school students.
25            (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
26        Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 412 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        librarian for each prototypical elementary school,
2        middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or
3        media technician for every 300 combined ASE of
4        pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
5        kindergarten through grade 12 students.
6            (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
7        Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
8        principal position for each prototypical elementary
9        school, plus one FTE principal position for each
10        prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal
11        position for each prototypical high school.
12            (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
13        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
14        to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each
15        prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant
16        principal position for each prototypical middle
17        school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for
18        each prototypical high school.
19            (L) School site staff investments. Each
20        Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
21        for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of
22        pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
23        kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE
24        position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus
25        one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students.
26            (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 413 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12
2        ASE.
3            (N) Professional development investments. Each
4        Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of
5        the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
6        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
7        students for trainers and other professional
8        development-related expenses for supplies and
9        materials.
10            (O) Instructional material investments. Each
11        Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of
12        the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
13        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
14        students to cover instructional material costs.
15            (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
16        Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE
17        of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
18        kindergarten through grade 12 students student to
19        cover assessment costs.
20            (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments.
21        Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per
22        student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
23        children with disabilities and all kindergarten
24        through grade 12 students to cover computer technology
25        and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and
26        subsequent school years, Tier 1 and Tier 2

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 414 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        Organizational Units selected by the State Board
2        through a request for proposals process shall, upon the
3        State Board's approval of an Organizational Unit's
4        one-to-one computing technology plan, receive an
5        additional $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of
6        pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
7        kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover
8        computer technology and equipment costs. The State
9        Board may establish additional requirements for
10        Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received
11        pursuant to this subparagraph (Q). It is the intent of
12        this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly that
13        all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts that apply for the
14        technology grant receive the addition to their
15        Adequacy Target, subject to compliance with the
16        requirements of the State Board.
17            (R) Student activities investments. Each
18        Organizational Unit shall receive the following
19        funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per
20        kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary
21        school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school,
22        plus $675 per ASE student in high school.
23            (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
24        Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student
25        of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
26        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 415 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        day-to-day maintenance and operations expenditures,
2        including salary, supplies, and materials, as well as
3        purchased services, but excluding employee benefits.
4        The proportion of salary for the application of a
5        Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits
6        is equal to $352.92.
7            (T) Central office investments. Each
8        Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of
9        the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
10        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
11        students to cover central office operations, including
12        administrators and classified personnel charged with
13        managing the instructional programs, business and
14        operations of the school district, and security
15        personnel. The proportion of salary for the
16        application of a Regionalization Factor and the
17        calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
18            (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
19        Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of
20        all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target,
21        excluding substitute teachers and student activities
22        investments, to cover benefit costs. For central
23        office and maintenance and operations investments, the
24        benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary
25        proportion of each investment. If at any time the
26        responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 416 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then
2        that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement
3        System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the
4        Organizational Unit for the preceding school year
5        shall be added to the benefit investment. For any
6        fiscal year in which a school district organized under
7        Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the
8        employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that
9        amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for
10        retiree health insurance as certified by the Public
11        School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of
12        Chicago to be paid by the school district for the
13        preceding school year that is statutorily required to
14        cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree
15        health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in
16        this subparagraph (U). The Public School Teachers'
17        Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall submit
18        such information as the State Superintendent may
19        require for the calculations set forth in this
20        subparagraph (U).
21            (V) Additional investments in low-income students.
22        In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding
23        under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit
24        shall receive funding based on the average teacher
25        salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
26                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 417 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
2                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
3            every 125 Low-Income Count students;
4                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
5            for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
6                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
7            for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
8            (W) Additional investments in English learner
9        students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other
10        funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational
11        Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher
12        salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
13                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
14            position for every 125 English learner students;
15                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
16            every 125 English learner students;
17                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
18            for every 120 English learner students;
19                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
20            for every 120 English learner students; and
21                (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100
22            English learner students.
23            (X) Special education investments. Each
24        Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the
25        average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover
26        special education as follows:

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 418 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1                (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
2            combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
3            disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
4            students;
5                (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every
6            141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
7            disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
8            students; and
9                (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
10            1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
11            with disabilities and all kindergarten through
12            grade 12 students.
13        (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
14    Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall
15    annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar
16    using the employment information system data maintained by
17    the State Board, limited to public schools only and
18    excluding special education and vocational cooperatives,
19    schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and
20    charter schools, for the following positions:
21            (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
22            (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
23            (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
24            (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8.
25            (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12.
26            (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 419 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1            (G) Social worker.
2            (H) Psychologist.
3            (I) Librarian.
4            (J) Nurse.
5            (K) Principal.
6            (L) Assistant principal.
7        For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
8    includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers,
9    instructional facilitators, tutors, special education
10    teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner
11    teachers, extended-day teachers, and summer school
12    teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the
13    Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding
14    positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the
15    average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply.
16        For calculating the salaries included within the
17    Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS
18    Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first
19    year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
20            (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
21            (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional
22        assistant, library aide, library media tech, or
23        supervisory aide: $25,000.
24        In the second and subsequent years of implementation of
25    Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii)
26    of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 420 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
2    determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S)
3    and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection
4    (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a
5    Regionalization Factor.
6    (c) Local capacity calculation.
7        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
8    represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute
9    toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the
10    Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local
11    Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local
12    Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph
13    (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal
14    to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the
15    Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as
16    calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
17    subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local
18    Capacity Target.
19        (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
20    Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by
21    multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity
22    Ratio.
23            (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
24        Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational
25        Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is
26        determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 421 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        paragraph (2), into a normal curve equivalent score to
2        determine each Organizational Unit's relative position
3        to all other Organizational Units in this State. The
4        calculation of Local Capacity Percentage is described
5        in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2).
6            (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
7        in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing
8        its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by
9        its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further
10        adjusted as follows:
11                (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
12            kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no
13            further adjustments shall be made;
14                (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
15            kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be
16            multiplied by 9/13;
17                (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
18            9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be
19            multiplied by 4/13; and
20                (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a
21            different grade configuration than those specified
22            in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph
23            (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a
24            comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
25            (C) Local Capacity Percentage converts each
26        Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio to a normal

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 422 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        curve equivalent score to determine each
2        Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
3        Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity
4        Percentage normal curve equivalent score for each
5        Organizational Unit shall be calculated using the
6        standard normal distribution of the score in relation
7        to the weighted mean and weighted standard deviation
8        and Local Capacity Ratios of all Organizational Units.
9        If the value assigned to any Organizational Unit is in
10        excess of 90%, the value shall be adjusted to 90%. For
11        Laboratory Schools, the Local Capacity Percentage
12        shall be set at 10% in recognition of the absence of
13        EAV and resources from the public university that are
14        allocated to the Laboratory School. The weighted mean
15        for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be determined
16        by multiplying each Organizational Unit's Local
17        Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit creating a
18        weighted value, summing the weighted values of all
19        Organizational Units, and dividing by the total ASE of
20        all Organizational Units. The weighted standard
21        deviation shall be determined by taking the square root
22        of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units'
23        Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated
24        by squaring the difference between each unit's Local
25        Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying
26        the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 423 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        to create a weighted variance for each unit, then
2        summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by
3        the total ASE of all units.
4            (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
5        Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target
6        shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's
7        remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of
8        subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois
9        Pension Code in a given year, or (ii) the board of
10        education's remaining contribution pursuant to
11        paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of
12        the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal
13        cost portion of the required contribution and amount
14        allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section
15        17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year.
16        In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified
17        to the State Board of Education by the Teachers'
18        Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item
19        (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education
20        by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement
21        Fund of the City of Chicago.
22        (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more
23    than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity
24    shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated
25    in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local
26    Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 424 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real
2    Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals
3    the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local
4    Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by
5    the Local Capacity Percentage.
6        As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
7    Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real
8    Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the
9    resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's
10    Adequacy Target.
11    (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for
12purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
13        (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
14    product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An
15    Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted
16    Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational
17    Unit.
18        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
19    Equalized Assessed Valuation, or EAV, of all taxable
20    property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of
21    the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
22    subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then
23    determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in
24    accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which
25    Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of
26    calculating Local Capacity.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 425 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department
2    of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the
3    value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue
4    of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit,
5    together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending
6    taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of
7    September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting
8    rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax
9    extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
10            (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
11        equalized assessed value of all taxable property of
12        each Organizational Unit situated entirely or
13        partially within a county that is or was subject to the
14        provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
15        Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by
16        which the homestead exemption allowed under Section
17        15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real
18        property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds
19        the total amount that would have been allowed in that
20        Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under
21        Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500
22        in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000
23        in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and
24        (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the
25        taxable year of all additional exemptions under
26        Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 426 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk
2        of any county that is or was subject to the provisions
3        of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
4        shall annually calculate and certify to the Department
5        of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead
6        exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the
7        Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional
8        exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
9        Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or
10        less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if
11        the general homestead exemption for a parcel of
12        property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177
13        of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175,
14        then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by
15        the difference, if any, between the amount of the
16        general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of
17        property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
18        Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed
19        had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of
20        property been determined under Section 15-175 of the
21        Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this
22        subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are
23        allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code
24        for owners with a household income of less than
25        $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be
26        affected by the difference, if any, because of those

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 427 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        additional exemptions.
2            (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
3        Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to
4        which a municipality has adopted tax increment
5        allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment
6        Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of the
7        Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial Jobs
8        Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of the Illinois Municipal
9        Code, no part of the current EAV of real property
10        located in any such project area which is attributable
11        to an increase above the total initial EAV of such
12        property shall be used as part of the EAV of the
13        Organizational Unit, until such time as all
14        redevelopment project costs have been paid, as
15        provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
16        Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35
17        of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
18        the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial
19        EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be
20        used until such time as all redevelopment project costs
21        have been paid.
22            (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
23        Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the
24        lesser of the equalized assessed valuation for
25        property within the partial elementary unit district
26        for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 428 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        this Code, or the equalized assessed valuation for
2        property within the partial elementary unit district
3        for high school purposes, as defined in Article 11E of
4        this Code.
5        (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the
6    average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years
7    or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in
8    the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more
9    compared to the 3-year average. In the event of
10    Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or
11    annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the
12    first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the
13    most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the
14    average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately
15    preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared
16    to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year
17    average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if
18    the adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the
19    3-year average for the third year.
20        "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
21    Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as
22    described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of
23    calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio.
24    Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), for an
25    Organizational Unit that has approved or does approve an
26    increase in its limiting rate, the PTELL EAV of an

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 429 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Organizational Unit shall be equal to the product of the
2    equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation
3    of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
4    Evidence-Based Funding under this Section and the
5    Organizational Unit's Extension Limitation Ratio. If an
6    Organizational Unit has approved or does approve an
7    increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190
8    of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the
9    PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of the equalized
10    assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general
11    State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
12    Evidence-Based Funding under this Section multiplied by an
13    amount equal to one plus the percentage increase, if any,
14    in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for all
15    items published by the United States Department of Labor
16    for the 12-month calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year,
17    plus the equalized assessed valuation of new property,
18    annexed property, and recovered tax increment value and
19    minus the equalized assessed valuation of disconnected
20    property.
21        As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and
22    "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set
23    forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
24    (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
25        (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
26    Minimum of an Organizational Unit, other than a Specially

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 430 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Funded Unit, shall be the amount of State funds distributed
2    to the Organizational Unit during the 2016-2017 school year
3    prior to any adjustments and specified appropriation
4    amounts described in this paragraph (1) from the following
5    Sections, as calculated by the State Superintendent:
6    Section 18-8.05 of this Code (general State aid); Section 5
7    of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 (equity grants);
8    Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for children
9    requiring special education services); Section 14-13.01 of
10    this Code (special education facilities and staffing),
11    except for reimbursement of the cost of transportation
12    pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code
13    (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer
14    school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600.
15    For a school district organized under Article 34 of this
16    Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds
17    allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1
18    of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized by
19    the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding sentence;
20    and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds allocated to
21    the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code
22    attributable to the funding programs authorized by Section
23    14-7.02 (non-public special education reimbursement),
24    subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 (special education
25    transportation), Section 29-5 (transportation), Section
26    2-3.80 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants'

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 431 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational
2    service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education –
3    orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood
4    Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the
5    school district's actual expenditures for its non-public
6    special education, special education transportation,
7    transportation programs, agricultural education, truants'
8    alternative education, services that would otherwise be
9    performed by a regional office of education, special
10    education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as
11    most recently calculated and reported pursuant to
12    subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. For Specially
13    Funded Units, the Base Funding Minimum shall be the total
14    amount of State funds allotted to the Specially Funded Unit
15    during the 2016-2017 school year. The Base Funding Minimum
16    for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500.
17        (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the
18    Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially
19    Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of
20    Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year and (ii)
21    the Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year.
22    (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
23        (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
24    Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order
25    to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the
26    funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 432 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's
2    Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy
3    are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection
4    (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and
5    Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the
6    Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels
7    pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f).
8        (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are
9    equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and
10    Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary
11    Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary
12    Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
13        (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an
14    Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal the sum of
15    its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding
16    Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded
17    Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the
18    Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools
19    shall not include any portion of general State aid
20    allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition
21    charge times the charter school enrollment.
22        (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy
23    is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An
24    Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is
25    equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental
26    Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 433 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary
2    Percent of Adequacy.
3    (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
4        (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
5    Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding
6    equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's
7    allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this
8    subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the
9    Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first
10    places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in
11    accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based
12    on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New
13    State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as
14    follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New
15    State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New
16    State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all
17    New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1%
18    of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within
19    Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds
20    equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following
21    sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate
22    determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection
23    (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
24    equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph
25    (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
26    Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 434 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
2    Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
3    equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph
4    (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
5    Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
6    amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
7    Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine
8    the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting
9    amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus
10    the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target
11    percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier
12    4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the
13    product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation
14    Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
15        (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all
16    Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit
17    shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3
18    Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational
19    Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE.
20    Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation
21    per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall
22    get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3
23    funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the
24    Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational
25    Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the
26    percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 435 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational
2    Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting
3    districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
4        (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers
5    as follows:
6            (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
7        except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
8        Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1
9        Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1
10        Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1
11        Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4)
12        of this subsection (g).
13            (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all
14        other Organizational Units, except for Specially
15        Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than
16        0.90.
17            (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
18        except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
19        Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
20            (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units
21        with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0 and
22        Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood Academy.
23        (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 is
24    determined as follows:
25            (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
26            (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 436 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided
2        by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2
3        Organizational Units, unless the result of such
4        equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such
5        equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation
6        Rate is 1.0.
7            (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the
8        following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided
9        by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3
10        Organizational Units.
11            (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the
12        following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided
13        by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4
14        Organizational Units.
15        (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
16            (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that
17        allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed
18        with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
19            (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
20            (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
21        (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is
22    greater than 90%, than all Tier 1 funding shall be
23    allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's
24    funding may be identified.
25        (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
26    receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 437 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and
2    Tier 4 Organizational Units.
3        (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
4    Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for
5    direct funding following the implementation of this
6    amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly from any of
7    the funding sources included within the definition of Base
8    Funding Minimum, the unqualified portion of the Base
9    Funding Minimum shall be transferred to one or more
10    appropriate Organizational Units as determined by the
11    State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of the
12    Organizational Units.
13        (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish
14    a target for State funding that will keep pace with
15    inflation and continue to advance equity through the
16    Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State
17    funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is
18    $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
19    fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to
20    $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more
21    than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be
22    counted towards the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of
23    New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool
24    Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding
25    for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner:
26            (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 438 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
2        Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as
3        Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
4            (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an
5        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
6        Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
7        Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is
8        exhausted.
9            (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
10        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
11        Funding level and new State Funds and the reduction
12        Tier 4 and Tier 3.
13            (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an
14        amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
15        Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in
16        Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation
17        Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal
18        to 50%, multiplied by the result of New State Funds
19        divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
20        (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
21    fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then
22    any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for
23    purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of
24    $50,000,000.
25        (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
26    appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 439 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units
2    receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under
3    paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held
4    harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to
5    the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding
6    received in accordance with this Section in the prior
7    fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding
8    Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
9    per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE
10    in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units
11    divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
12    Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to
13    Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the
14    relative formula when increases in appropriations for this
15    Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
16    Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount
17    that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum
18    established in the first year of implementation of this
19    Section. If additional reductions are required, all school
20    districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount
21    equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction
22    divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
23        (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
24    adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this
25    subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages
26    to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 440 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    the nearest whole dollar.
2    (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and
3district submission requirements.
4        (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with
5    appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the
6    funding obligations created under this Section.
7        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
8    Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State
9    Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under
10    this Section. The State Superintendent shall also certify
11    the actual amounts of the New State Funds payable for each
12    eligible Organizational Unit based on the equitable
13    distribution calculation to the unit's treasurer, as soon
14    as possible after such amounts are calculated, including
15    any applicable adjusted charge-off increase. No
16    Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed within an
17    Organizational Unit without the approval of the unit's
18    school board.
19        (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
20    and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate
21    financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the
22    Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State
23    Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for
24    each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds
25    allocated for its students with disabilities. The State
26    Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 441 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and
2    applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the
3    unit's Adequacy Target.
4        (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
5    and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit
6    must expend on special education and bilingual education
7    pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special
8    Education Allocation, and Bilingual Education Allocation.
9        (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
10    calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal
11    year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending
12    through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys
13    appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in
14    22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each
15    Organizational Unit. The State Board shall publish a yearly
16    distribution schedule at its meeting in June. If moneys
17    appropriated for any fiscal year are distributed other than
18    monthly, the distribution shall be on the same basis for
19    each Organizational Unit.
20        (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
21    school year, to maintain school as required by law or to
22    maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive
23    Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one
24    or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise
25    operating recognized schools, the claim of the district
26    shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 442 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of
2    the school district. "Recognized school" means any public
3    school that meets the standards for recognition by the
4    State Board. A school district or attendance center not
5    having recognition status at the end of a school term is
6    entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal
7    claim that was filed while it was recognized.
8        (7) School district claims filed under this Section are
9    subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as
10    otherwise provided in this Section.
11        (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
12    calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its
13    Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall
14    be deemed attributable to the provision of special
15    educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
16    14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance
17    with maintenance of State financial support requirements
18    under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education
19    Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for
20    the provision of special educational facilities and
21    services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and
22    must comply with any expenditure verification procedures
23    adopted by the State Board.
24        (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit
25    annual spending plans by the end of September of each year
26    to the State Board as part of the annual budget process,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 443 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will
2    utilize the Base Minimum Funding and Evidence-Based
3    funding it receives from this State under this Section with
4    specific identification of the intended utilization of
5    Low-Income, English learner, and special education
6    resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each
7    Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational
8    Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the
9    Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as
10    defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may,
11    from time to time, identify additional requisites for
12    Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual
13    spending plans required under this subsection (h). The
14    format and scope of annual spending plans shall be
15    developed by the State Superintendent in conjunction with
16    the Professional Review Panel.
17        (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
18    Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for
19    all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy
20    funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall
21    submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly,
22    as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly
23    Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations
24    for:
25            (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
26        innovative, and 21st century learning environments

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 444 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
2            (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
3        educators for successful instructional careers;
4            (C) application and enhancement of the current
5        financial accountability measures, the approved State
6        plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds
7        Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures
8        in relation to student growth and elements of the
9        Evidence-Based Funding model; and
10            (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy
11        funding system based on projected and recommended
12        funding levels from the General Assembly.
13    (i) Professional Review Panel.
14        (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and
15    review the implementation and effect of the Evidence-Based
16    Funding model under this Section and to recommend continual
17    recalibration and future study topics and modifications to
18    the Evidence-Based Funding model. The Panel shall elect a
19    chairperson and vice chairperson by a majority vote of the
20    Panel and shall advance recommendations based on a majority
21    vote of the Panel. A minority opinion may also accompany
22    any recommendation of the majority of the Panel. The Panel
23    shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as
24    otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i)
25    and include the following members:
26            (A) Two appointees that represent district

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 445 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        superintendents, recommended by a statewide
2        organization that represents district superintendents.
3            (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
4        recommended by a statewide organization that
5        represents school boards.
6            (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
7        school business officials, recommended by a statewide
8        organization that represents school business
9        officials.
10            (D) Two appointees that represent school
11        principals, recommended by a statewide organization
12        that represents school principals.
13            (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
14        recommended by a statewide organization that
15        represents teachers.
16            (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
17        recommended by another statewide organization that
18        represents teachers.
19            (G) Two appointees that represent regional
20        superintendents of schools, recommended by
21        organizations that represent regional superintendents.
22            (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the
23        State Superintendent.
24            (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
25        universities in this State.
26            (J) One member recommended by a statewide

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 446 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        organization that represents parents.
2            (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
3        impact organizations that represent major metropolitan
4        areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
5            (L) One member from a statewide organization
6        focused on research-based education policy to support
7        a school system that prepares all students for college,
8        a career, and democratic citizenship.
9            (M) One representative from a school district
10        organized under Article 34 of this Code.
11        The State Superintendent shall ensure that the
12    membership of the Panel includes representatives from
13    school districts and communities reflecting the
14    geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity
15    of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally
16    ensure that the membership of the Panel includes
17    representatives with expertise in bilingual education and
18    special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff
19    the Panel.
20        (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the
21    State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly
22    shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of
23    Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of
24    Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the
25    President of the Senate, one member of the House of
26    Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 447 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate
2    appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall
3    be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All
4    members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor
5    shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
6        (3) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent shall
7    recalibrate the following per pupil elements of the
8    Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the
9    Panel's study of average expenses as reported in the most
10    recent annual financial report:
11            (A) gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2)
12        of subsection (b) of this Section;
13            (B) instructional materials under subparagraph (O)
14        of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section;
15            (C) assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph
16        (2) of subsection (b) of this Section;
17            (D) student activities under subparagraph (R) of
18        paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section;
19            (E) maintenance and operations under subparagraph
20        (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section;
21        and
22            (F) central office under subparagraph (T) of
23        paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section.
24        (4) On a periodic basis, the Panel shall study all the
25    following elements and make recommendations to the State
26    Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor for

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 448 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    modification of this Section:
2            (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
3        referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this
4        Section.
5            (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section,
6        to be studied by the Panel and reestablished by the
7        State Superintendent every 5 years.
8            (C) Maintenance and operations. Within 5 years
9        after the implementation of this Section, the Panel
10        shall make recommendations for the further study of
11        maintenance and operations costs, including capital
12        maintenance costs, and recommend any additional
13        reporting data required from Organizational Units.
14            (D) "At-risk student" definition. Within 5 years
15        after the implementation of this Section, the Panel
16        shall make recommendations for the further study and
17        determination of an "at-risk student" definition.
18        Within 5 years after the implementation of this
19        Section, the Panel shall evaluate and make
20        recommendations regarding adequate funding for poverty
21        concentration under the Evidence-Based Funding model.
22            (E) Benefits. Within 5 years after the
23        implementation of this Section, the Panel shall make
24        recommendations for further study of benefit costs.
25            (F) Technology. The per pupil target for
26        technology shall be reviewed every 3 years to determine

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 449 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        whether current allocations are sufficient to develop
2        21st century learning in all classrooms in this State
3        and supporting a one-to-one technological device
4        program in each school. Recommendations shall be made
5        no later than 3 years after the implementation of this
6        Section.
7            (G) Local Capacity Target. Within 3 years after the
8        implementation of this Section, the Panel shall make
9        recommendations for any additional data desired to
10        analyze possible modifications to the Local Capacity
11        Target, to be based on measures in addition to solely
12        EAV and to be completed within 5 years after
13        implementation of this Section.
14            (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
15        Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning
16        opportunities programs. By the beginning of the
17        2021-2022 school year, the Panel shall study and make
18        recommendations regarding the funding levels for
19        Alternative Schools, Laboratory Schools, safe schools,
20        and alternative learning opportunities programs in
21        this State.
22            (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
23        strategies. By the beginning of the 2021-2022 school
24        year, the Panel shall study and make recommendations
25        regarding funding levels to support college and career
26        acceleration strategies in high school that have been

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 450 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        demonstrated to result in improved secondary and
2        postsecondary outcomes, including Advanced Placement,
3        dual-credit opportunities, and college and career
4        pathway systems.
5            (J) Special education investments. By the
6        beginning of the 2021-2022 school year, the Panel shall
7        study and make recommendations on whether and how to
8        account for disability types within the special
9        education funding category.
10            (K) Early childhood investments. In collaboration
11        with the Illinois Early Learning Council, the Panel
12        shall include an analysis of what level of Preschool
13        for All Children funding would be necessary to serve
14        all children ages 0 through 5 years in the
15        highest-priority service tier, as specified in
16        paragraph (4.5) of subsection (a) of Section 2-3.71 of
17        this Code, and an analysis of the potential cost
18        savings that that level of Preschool for All Children
19        investment would have on the kindergarten through
20        grade 12 system.
21        (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
22    Section, the Panel shall complete an evaluative study of
23    the entire Evidence-Based Funding model, including an
24    assessment of whether or not the formula is achieving State
25    goals. The Panel shall report to the State Board, the
26    General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 451 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    study.
2        (6) Within 3 years after the implementation of this
3    Section, the Panel shall evaluate and provide
4    recommendations to the Governor and the General Assembly on
5    the hold-harmless provisions of this Section found in the
6    Base Funding Minimum.
7    (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other
8laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section
918-8.05 of this Code shall be deemed to be references to
10evidence-based model formula funds or calculations under this
11Section.
 
12    (105 ILCS 5/18-9)  (from Ch. 122, par. 18-9)
13    Sec. 18-9. Requirement for special equalization and
14supplementary State aid. If property comprising an aggregate
15assessed valuation equal to 6% or more of the total assessed
16valuation of all taxable property in a school district is owned
17by a person or corporation that is the subject of bankruptcy
18proceedings or that has been adjudged bankrupt and, as a result
19thereof, has not paid taxes on the property, then the district
20may amend its general State aid or evidence-based funding claim
21(i) back to the inception of the bankruptcy, not to exceed 6
22years, in which time those taxes were not paid and (ii) for
23each succeeding year that those taxes remain unpaid, by adding
24to the claim an amount determined by multiplying the assessed
25valuation of the property on which taxes have not been paid due

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 452 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1to the bankruptcy by the lesser of the total tax rate for the
2district for the tax year for which the taxes are unpaid or the
3applicable rate used in calculating the district's general
4State aid under paragraph (3) of subsection (D) of Section
518-8.05 of this Code or evidence-based funding under Section
618-8.15 of this Code, as applicable. If at any time a district
7that receives additional State aid under this Section receives
8tax revenue from the property for the years that taxes were not
9paid, the district's next claim for State aid shall be reduced
10in an amount equal to the taxes paid on the property, not to
11exceed the additional State aid received under this Section.
12Claims under this Section shall be filed on forms prescribed by
13the State Superintendent of Education, and the State
14Superintendent of Education, upon receipt of a claim, shall
15adjust the claim in accordance with the provisions of this
16Section. Supplementary State aid for each succeeding year under
17this Section shall be paid beginning with the first general
18State aid or evidence-based funding claim paid after the
19district has filed a completed claim in accordance with this
20Section.
21(Source: P.A. 95-496, eff. 8-28-07.)
 
22    (105 ILCS 5/18-12)  (from Ch. 122, par. 18-12)
23    Sec. 18-12. Dates for filing State aid claims. The school
24board of each school district, a regional office of education,
25a laboratory school, or a State-authorized charter school shall

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 453 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1require teachers, principals, or superintendents to furnish
2from records kept by them such data as it needs in preparing
3and certifying to the State Superintendent of Education its
4report of claims provided in Section 18-8.05 of this Code. The
5claim shall be based on the latest available equalized assessed
6valuation and tax rates, as provided in Section 18-8.05 or
718-8.15, shall use the average daily attendance as determined
8by the method outlined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, and shall
9be certified and filed with the State Superintendent of
10Education by June 21 for districts and State-authorized charter
11schools with an official school calendar end date before June
1215 or within 2 weeks following the official school calendar end
13date for districts, regional offices of education, laboratory
14schools, or State-authorized charter schools with a school year
15end date of June 15 or later. Failure to so file by these
16deadlines constitutes a forfeiture of the right to receive
17payment by the State until such claim is filed. The State
18Superintendent of Education shall voucher for payment those
19claims to the State Comptroller as provided in Section 18-11.
20    Except as otherwise provided in this Section, if any school
21district fails to provide the minimum school term specified in
22Section 10-19, the State aid claim for that year shall be
23reduced by the State Superintendent of Education in an amount
24equivalent to 1/176 or .56818% for each day less than the
25number of days required by this Code.
26    If the State Superintendent of Education determines that

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 454 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the failure to provide the minimum school term was occasioned
2by an act or acts of God, or was occasioned by conditions
3beyond the control of the school district which posed a
4hazardous threat to the health and safety of pupils, the State
5aid claim need not be reduced.
6    If a school district is precluded from providing the
7minimum hours of instruction required for a full day of
8attendance due to an adverse weather condition or a condition
9beyond the control of the school district that poses a
10hazardous threat to the health and safety of students, then the
11partial day of attendance may be counted if (i) the school
12district has provided at least one hour of instruction prior to
13the closure of the school district, (ii) a school building has
14provided at least one hour of instruction prior to the closure
15of the school building, or (iii) the normal start time of the
16school district is delayed.
17    If, prior to providing any instruction, a school district
18must close one or more but not all school buildings after
19consultation with a local emergency response agency or due to a
20condition beyond the control of the school district, then the
21school district may claim attendance for up to 2 school days
22based on the average attendance of the 3 school days
23immediately preceding the closure of the affected school
24building or, if approved by the State Board of Education,
25utilize the provisions of an e-learning program for the
26affected school building as prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 455 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1this Code. The partial or no day of attendance described in
2this Section and the reasons therefore shall be certified
3within a month of the closing or delayed start by the school
4district superintendent to the regional superintendent of
5schools for forwarding to the State Superintendent of Education
6for approval.
7    Other than the utilization of any e-learning days as
8prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of this Code, no exception to
9the requirement of providing a minimum school term may be
10approved by the State Superintendent of Education pursuant to
11this Section unless a school district has first used all
12emergency days provided for in its regular calendar.
13    If the State Superintendent of Education declares that an
14energy shortage exists during any part of the school year for
15the State or a designated portion of the State, a district may
16operate the school attendance centers within the district 4
17days of the week during the time of the shortage by extending
18each existing school day by one clock hour of school work, and
19the State aid claim shall not be reduced, nor shall the
20employees of that district suffer any reduction in salary or
21benefits as a result thereof. A district may operate all
22attendance centers on this revised schedule, or may apply the
23schedule to selected attendance centers, taking into
24consideration such factors as pupil transportation schedules
25and patterns and sources of energy for individual attendance
26centers.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 456 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Electronically submitted State aid claims shall be
2submitted by duly authorized district individuals over a secure
3network that is password protected. The electronic submission
4of a State aid claim must be accompanied with an affirmation
5that all of the provisions of Sections 18-8.05, 10-22.5, and
624-4 of this Code are met in all respects.
7(Source: P.A. 99-194, eff. 7-30-15; 99-657, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/26-16)
9    Sec. 26-16. Graduation incentives program.
10    (a) The General Assembly finds that it is critical to
11provide options for children to succeed in school. The purpose
12of this Section is to provide incentives for and encourage all
13Illinois students who have experienced or are experiencing
14difficulty in the traditional education system to enroll in
15alternative programs.
16    (b) Any student who is below the age of 20 years is
17eligible to enroll in a graduation incentives program if he or
18she:
19        (1) is considered a dropout pursuant to Section 26-2a
20    of this Code;
21        (2) has been suspended or expelled pursuant to Section
22    10-22.6 or 34-19 of this Code;
23        (3) is pregnant or is a parent;
24        (4) has been assessed as chemically dependent; or
25        (5) is enrolled in a bilingual education or LEP

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 457 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    program.
2    (c) The following programs qualify as graduation
3incentives programs for students meeting the criteria
4established in this Section:
5        (1) Any public elementary or secondary education
6    graduation incentives program established by a school
7    district or by a regional office of education.
8        (2) Any alternative learning opportunities program
9    established pursuant to Article 13B of this Code.
10        (3) Vocational or job training courses approved by the
11    State Superintendent of Education that are available
12    through the Illinois public community college system.
13    Students may apply for reimbursement of 50% of tuition
14    costs for one course per semester or a maximum of 3 courses
15    per school year. Subject to available funds, students may
16    apply for reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon
17    a showing of employment within 6 months after completion of
18    a vocational or job training program. The qualifications
19    for reimbursement shall be established by the State
20    Superintendent of Education by rule.
21        (4) Job and career programs approved by the State
22    Superintendent of Education that are available through
23    Illinois-accredited private business and vocational
24    schools. Subject to available funds, pupils may apply for
25    reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon a showing
26    of employment within 6 months after completion of a job or

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 458 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    career program. The State Superintendent of Education
2    shall establish, by rule, the qualifications for
3    reimbursement, criteria for determining reimbursement
4    amounts, and limits on reimbursement.
5        (5) Adult education courses that offer preparation for
6    high school equivalency testing.
7    (d) Graduation incentives programs established by school
8districts are entitled to claim general State aid and
9evidence-based funding, subject to Sections 13B-50, 13B-50.5,
10and 13B-50.10 of this Code. Graduation incentives programs
11operated by regional offices of education are entitled to
12receive general State aid and evidence-based funding at the
13foundation level of support per pupil enrolled. A school
14district must ensure that its graduation incentives program
15receives supplemental general State aid, transportation
16reimbursements, and special education resources, if
17appropriate, for students enrolled in the program.
18(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
19    (105 ILCS 5/27-6)  (from Ch. 122, par. 27-6)
20    Sec. 27-6. Courses in physical education required; special
21activities.
22    (a) Pupils enrolled in the public schools and State
23universities engaged in preparing teachers shall be required to
24engage daily during the school day, except on block scheduled
25days for those public schools engaged in block scheduling, in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 459 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1courses of physical education for such periods as are
2compatible with the optimum growth and developmental needs of
3individuals at the various age levels except when appropriate
4excuses are submitted to the school by a pupil's parent or
5guardian or by a person licensed under the Medical Practice Act
6of 1987 and except as provided in subsection (b) of this
7Section. A school board may determine the schedule or frequency
8of physical education courses, provided that a pupil engages in
9a course of physical education for a minimum of 3 days per
105-day week.
11    Special activities in physical education shall be provided
12for pupils whose physical or emotional condition, as determined
13by a person licensed under the Medical Practice Act of 1987,
14prevents their participation in the courses provided for normal
15children.
16    (b) A school board is authorized to excuse pupils enrolled
17in grades 11 and 12 from engaging in physical education courses
18if those pupils request to be excused for any of the following
19reasons: (1) for ongoing participation in an interscholastic
20athletic program; (2) to enroll in academic classes which are
21required for admission to an institution of higher learning,
22provided that failure to take such classes will result in the
23pupil being denied admission to the institution of his or her
24choice; or (3) to enroll in academic classes which are required
25for graduation from high school, provided that failure to take
26such classes will result in the pupil being unable to graduate.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 460 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1A school board may also excuse pupils in grades 9 through 12
2enrolled in a marching band program for credit from engaging in
3physical education courses if those pupils request to be
4excused for ongoing participation in such marching band
5program. A school board may also, on a case-by-case basis,
6excuse pupils in grades 7 through 12 who participate in an
7interscholastic or extracurricular athletic program from
8engaging in physical education courses. In addition, a pupil in
9any of grades 3 through 12 who is eligible for special
10education may be excused if the pupil's parent or guardian
11agrees that the pupil must utilize the time set aside for
12physical education to receive special education support and
13services or, if there is no agreement, the individualized
14education program team for the pupil determines that the pupil
15must utilize the time set aside for physical education to
16receive special education support and services, which
17agreement or determination must be made a part of the
18individualized education program. However, a pupil requiring
19adapted physical education must receive that service in
20accordance with the individualized education program developed
21for the pupil. If requested, a school board is authorized to
22excuse a pupil from engaging in a physical education course if
23the pupil has an individualized educational program under
24Article 14 of this Code, is participating in an adaptive
25athletic program outside of the school setting, and documents
26such participation as determined by the school board. A school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 461 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1board may also excuse pupils in grades 9 through 12 enrolled in
2a Reserve Officer's Training Corps (ROTC) program sponsored by
3the school district from engaging in physical education
4courses. School boards which choose to exercise this authority
5shall establish a policy to excuse pupils on an individual
6basis.
7    (c) The provisions of this Section are subject to the
8provisions of Section 27-22.05.
9(Source: P.A. 98-116, eff. 7-29-13.)
 
10    (105 ILCS 5/27-7)  (from Ch. 122, par. 27-7)
11    Sec. 27-7. Physical education course of study. A physical
12education course of study shall include a developmentally
13planned and sequential curriculum that fosters the development
14of movement skills, enhances health-related fitness, increases
15students' knowledge, offers direct opportunities to learn how
16to work cooperatively in a group setting, and encourages
17healthy habits and attitudes for a healthy lifestyle. A
18physical education course of study shall provide students with
19an opportunity for an appropriate amount of daily physical
20activity. A physical education course of study must be part of
21the regular school curriculum and not extra-curricular in
22nature or organization.
23    The State Board of Education shall prepare and make
24available guidelines for the various grades and types of
25schools in order to make effective the purposes set forth in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 462 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1this Section and the requirements provided in Section 27-6, and
2shall see that the general provisions and intent of Sections
327-5 to 27-9, inclusive, are enforced.
4(Source: P.A. 94-189, eff. 7-12-05; 94-200, eff. 7-12-05.)
 
5    (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1)
6    Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations.
7    (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the
8Department of Public Health shall promulgate, and except as
9hereinafter provided, all children in Illinois shall have a
10health examination as follows: within one year prior to
11entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public,
12private, or parochial elementary school; upon entering the
13sixth and ninth grades of any public, private, or parochial
14school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
15parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade,
16immediately prior to or upon entrance into any public, private,
17or parochial school or nursery school, each child shall present
18proof of having been examined in accordance with this Section
19and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child
20who received a health examination within one year prior to
21entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not
22required to receive an additional health examination in order
23to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or
24she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the
25child is attending school for the first time as provided in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 463 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1this paragraph.
2    A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a
3required part of each health examination included under this
4Section if the child resides in an area designated by the
5Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
6tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils,
7including eye examinations, may be required when deemed
8necessary by school authorities. Parents are encouraged to have
9their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in
10time required for health examinations.
11    (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of
12Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section,
13all children in kindergarten and the second and sixth grades of
14any public, private, or parochial school shall have a dental
15examination. Each of these children shall present proof of
16having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this
17Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of
18the school year. If a child in the second or sixth grade fails
19to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold the child's
20report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the child
21presents proof of a completed dental examination or (ii) the
22child presents proof that a dental examination will take place
23within 60 days after May 15th. The Department of Public Health
24shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an
25undue burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public,
26private, and parochial school must give notice of this dental

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 464 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1examination requirement to the parents and guardians of
2students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
3    (1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all
4children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or
5parochial school on or after the effective date of this
6amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly and any student
7enrolling for the first time in a public, private, or parochial
8school on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of
9the 95th General Assembly shall have an eye examination. Each
10of these children shall present proof of having been examined
11by a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its
12branches or a licensed optometrist within the previous year, in
13accordance with this Section and rules adopted under this
14Section, before October 15th of the school year. If the child
15fails to present proof by October 15th, the school may hold the
16child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the
17child presents proof of a completed eye examination or (ii) the
18child presents proof that an eye examination will take place
19within 60 days after October 15th. The Department of Public
20Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show
21an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician licensed to
22practice medicine in all of its branches who provides eye
23examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each public,
24private, and parochial school must give notice of this eye
25examination requirement to the parents and guardians of
26students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 465 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a
2school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's
3or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the
4child.
5    (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules
6and regulations specifying the examinations and procedures
7that constitute a health examination, which shall include an
8age-appropriate developmental screening, an age-appropriate
9social and emotional screening, and the collection of data
10relating to obesity (including at a minimum, date of birth,
11gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of exam), and
12a dental examination and may recommend by rule that certain
13additional examinations be performed. The rules and
14regulations of the Department of Public Health shall specify
15that a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a
16required part of each health examination included under this
17Section if the child resides in an area designated by the
18Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
19tuberculosis. With respect to the developmental screening and
20the social and emotional screening, the Department of Public
21Health must develop rules and appropriate revisions to the
22Child Health Examination form in conjunction with a statewide
23organization representing school boards; a statewide
24organization representing pediatricians; statewide
25organizations representing individuals holding Illinois
26educator licenses with school support personnel endorsements,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 466 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1including school social workers, school psychologists, and
2school nurses; a statewide organization representing
3children's mental health experts; a statewide organization
4representing school principals; the Director of Healthcare and
5Family Services or his or her designee, the State
6Superintendent of Education or his or her designee; and
7representatives of other appropriate State agencies and, at a
8minimum, must recommend the use of validated screening tools
9appropriate to the child's age or grade, and, with regard to
10the social and emotional screening, require recording only
11whether or not the screening was completed. The rules shall
12take into consideration the screening recommendations of the
13American Academy of Pediatrics and must be consistent with the
14State Board of Education's social and emotional learning
15standards. The Department of Public Health shall specify that a
16diabetes screening as defined by rule shall be included as a
17required part of each health examination. Diabetes testing is
18not required.
19    Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its
20branches, licensed advanced practice nurses, or licensed
21physician assistants shall be responsible for the performance
22of the health examinations, other than dental examinations, eye
23examinations, and vision and hearing screening, and shall sign
24all report forms required by subsection (4) of this Section
25that pertain to those portions of the health examination for
26which the physician, advanced practice nurse, or physician

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 467 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1assistant is responsible. If a registered nurse performs any
2part of a health examination, then a physician licensed to
3practice medicine in all of its branches must review and sign
4all required report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all
5dental examinations and shall sign all report forms required by
6subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to the dental
7examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all
8its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye
9examinations required by this Section and shall sign all report
10forms required by subsection (4) of this Section that pertain
11to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye
12examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity,
13subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far,
14internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation,
15as well as any other tests or observations that in the
16professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
17hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered
18examinations as that term is used in this Section, shall be
19conducted in accordance with rules and regulations of the
20Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
21Department of Public Health has certified. In these rules and
22regulations, the Department of Public Health shall require that
23individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
24parent or guardian written notification, before the vision
25screening is conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a
26substitute for a complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 468 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1doctor. Your child is not required to undergo this vision
2screening if an optometrist or ophthalmologist has completed
3and signed a report form indicating that an examination has
4been administered within the previous 12 months."
5    (2.5) With respect to the developmental screening and the
6social and emotional screening portion of the health
7examination, each child may present proof of having been
8screened in accordance with this Section and the rules adopted
9under this Section before October 15th of the school year. With
10regard to the social and emotional screening only, the
11examining health care provider shall only record whether or not
12the screening was completed. If the child fails to present
13proof of the developmental screening or the social and
14emotional screening portions of the health examination by
15October 15th of the school year, qualified school support
16personnel may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, offer the
17developmental screening or the social and emotional screening
18to the child. Each public, private, and parochial school must
19give notice of the developmental screening and social and
20emotional screening requirements to the parents and guardians
21of students in compliance with the rules of the Department of
22Public Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to
23allow a school to exclude a child from attending because of a
24parent's or guardian's failure to obtain a developmental
25screening or a social and emotional screening for the child.
26Once a developmental screening or a social and emotional

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 469 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1screening is completed and proof has been presented to the
2school, the school may, with a parent's or guardian's consent,
3make available appropriate school personnel to work with the
4parent or guardian, the child, and the provider who signed the
5screening form to obtain any appropriate evaluations and
6services as indicated on the form and in other information and
7documentation provided by the parents, guardians, or provider.
8    (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or
9she receives a health examination required by subsection (1) of
10this Section, present to the local school proof of having
11received such immunizations against preventable communicable
12diseases as the Department of Public Health shall require by
13rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and
14the Communicable Disease Prevention Act.
15    (4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
16dental examination, or eye examination shall record the fact of
17having conducted the examination, and such additional
18information as required, including for a health examination
19data relating to obesity (including at a minimum, date of
20birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of
21exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public Health
22and the State Board of Education shall prescribe for statewide
23use. The examiner shall summarize on the report form any
24condition that he or she suspects indicates a need for special
25services, including for a health examination factors relating
26to obesity. The duty to summarize on the report form does not

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 470 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1apply to social and emotional screenings. The confidentiality
2of the information and records relating to the developmental
3screening and the social and emotional screening shall be
4determined by the statutes, rules, and professional ethics
5governing the type of provider conducting the screening. The
6individuals confirming the administration of required
7immunizations shall record as indicated on the form that the
8immunizations were administered.
9    (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either
10the health examination or the immunization as required, then
11the child shall be examined or receive the immunization, as the
12case may be, and present proof by October 15 of the current
13school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
14established by a school district. To establish a date before
15October 15 of the current school year for the health
16examination or immunization as required, a school district must
17give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days prior
18to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or
19more of the required immunizations must be given after October
2015 of the current school year, or after an earlier established
21date of the current school year, then the child shall present,
22by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a schedule
23for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of
24the medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and
25the statement being issued by the physician, advanced practice
26nurse, physician assistant, registered nurse, or local health

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 471 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1department that will be responsible for administration of the
2remaining required immunizations. If a child does not comply by
3October 15, or by the earlier established date of the current
4school year, with the requirements of this subsection, then the
5local school authority shall exclude that child from school
6until such time as the child presents proof of having had the
7health examination as required and presents proof of having
8received those required immunizations which are medically
9possible to receive immediately. During a child's exclusion
10from school for noncompliance with this subsection, the child's
11parents or legal guardian shall be considered in violation of
12Section 26-1 and subject to any penalty imposed by Section
1326-10. This subsection (5) does not apply to dental
14examinations, eye examinations, and the developmental
15screening and the social and emotional screening portions of
16the health examination. If the student is an out-of-state
17transfer student and does not have the proof required under
18this subsection (5) before October 15 of the current year or
19whatever date is set by the school district, then he or she may
20only attend classes (i) if he or she has proof that an
21appointment for the required vaccinations has been scheduled
22with a party authorized to submit proof of the required
23vaccinations. If the proof of vaccination required under this
24subsection (5) is not submitted within 30 days after the
25student is permitted to attend classes, then the student is not
26to be permitted to attend classes until proof of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 472 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1vaccinations has been properly submitted. No school district or
2employee of a school district shall be held liable for any
3injury or illness to another person that results from admitting
4an out-of-state transfer student to class that has an
5appointment scheduled pursuant to this subsection (5).
6    (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of
7Education by November 15, in the manner which that agency shall
8require, the number of children who have received the necessary
9immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental
10examination or eye examination) as required, indicating, of
11those who have not received the immunizations and examination
12as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
13examination and immunization requirements on religious or
14medical grounds as provided in subsection (8). On or before
15December 1 of each year, every public school district and
16registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the
17immunization data they are required to submit to the State
18Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made
19publicly available must be identical to the data the school
20district or school has reported to the State Board of
21Education.
22    Every school shall report to the State Board of Education
23by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the
24number of children who have received the required dental
25examination, indicating, of those who have not received the
26required dental examination, the number of children who are

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 473 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as
2provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of
3children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of
4this Section.
5    Every school shall report to the State Board of Education
6by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the
7number of children who have received the required eye
8examination, indicating, of those who have not received the
9required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt
10from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this
11Section, the number of children who have received a waiver
12under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number
13of children in noncompliance with the eye examination
14requirement.
15    The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be
16provided to the Department of Public Health by the State Board
17of Education.
18    (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are
19required to be in compliance with subsection (5) of this
20Section is below 90% of the number of pupils enrolled in the
21school district, 10% of each State aid payment made pursuant to
22Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year
23may be withheld by the State Board of Education until the
24number of students in compliance with subsection (5) is the
25applicable specified percentage or higher.
26    (8) Children of parents or legal guardians who object to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 474 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1health, dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, to
2immunizations, or to vision and hearing screening tests on
3religious grounds shall not be required to undergo the
4examinations, tests, or immunizations to which they so object
5if such parents or legal guardians present to the appropriate
6local school authority a signed Certificate of Religious
7Exemption detailing the grounds for objection and the specific
8immunizations, tests, or examinations to which they object. The
9grounds for objection must set forth the specific religious
10belief that conflicts with the examination, test,
11immunization, or other medical intervention. The signed
12certificate shall also reflect the parent's or legal guardian's
13understanding of the school's exclusion policies in the case of
14a vaccine-preventable disease outbreak or exposure. The
15certificate must also be signed by the authorized examining
16health care provider responsible for the performance of the
17child's health examination confirming that the provider
18provided education to the parent or legal guardian on the
19benefits of immunization and the health risks to the student
20and to the community of the communicable diseases for which
21immunization is required in this State. However, the health
22care provider's signature on the certificate reflects only that
23education was provided and does not allow a health care
24provider grounds to determine a religious exemption. Those
25receiving immunizations required under this Code shall be
26provided with the relevant vaccine information statements that

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 475 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1are required to be disseminated by the federal National
2Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which may contain
3information on circumstances when a vaccine should not be
4administered, prior to administering a vaccine. A healthcare
5provider may consider including without limitation the
6nationally accepted recommendations from federal agencies such
7as the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the
8information outlined in the relevant vaccine information
9statement, and vaccine package inserts, along with the
10healthcare provider's clinical judgment, to determine whether
11any child may be more susceptible to experiencing an adverse
12vaccine reaction than the general population, and, if so, the
13healthcare provider may exempt the child from an immunization
14or adopt an individualized immunization schedule. The
15Certificate of Religious Exemption shall be created by the
16Department of Public Health and shall be made available and
17used by parents and legal guardians by the beginning of the
182015-2016 school year. Parents or legal guardians must submit
19the Certificate of Religious Exemption to their local school
20authority prior to entering kindergarten, sixth grade, and
21ninth grade for each child for which they are requesting an
22exemption. The religious objection stated need not be directed
23by the tenets of an established religious organization.
24However, general philosophical or moral reluctance to allow
25physical examinations, eye examinations, immunizations, vision
26and hearing screenings, or dental examinations does not provide

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 476 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1a sufficient basis for an exception to statutory requirements.
2The local school authority is responsible for determining if
3the content of the Certificate of Religious Exemption
4constitutes a valid religious objection. The local school
5authority shall inform the parent or legal guardian of
6exclusion procedures, in accordance with the Department's
7rules under Part 690 of Title 77 of the Illinois Administrative
8Code, at the time the objection is presented.
9    If the physical condition of the child is such that any one
10or more of the immunizing agents should not be administered,
11the examining physician, advanced practice nurse, or physician
12assistant responsible for the performance of the health
13examination shall endorse that fact upon the health examination
14form.
15    Exempting a child from the health, dental, or eye
16examination does not exempt the child from participation in the
17program of physical education training provided in Sections
1827-5 through 27-7 of this Code.
19    (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools"
20means those nursery schools operated by elementary school
21systems or secondary level school units or institutions of
22higher learning.
23(Source: P.A. 98-673, eff. 6-30-14; 99-173, eff. 7-29-15;
2499-249, eff. 8-3-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-927, eff.
256-1-17.)
 

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 477 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/27-24.2)  (from Ch. 122, par. 27-24.2)
2    Sec. 27-24.2. Safety education; driver education course.
3Instruction shall be given in safety education in each of
4grades one through 8, equivalent to one class period each week,
5and any school district which maintains grades 9 through 12
6shall offer a driver education course in any such school which
7it operates. Its curriculum shall include content dealing with
8Chapters 11, 12, 13, 15, and 16 of the Illinois Vehicle Code,
9the rules adopted pursuant to those Chapters insofar as they
10pertain to the operation of motor vehicles, and the portions of
11the Litter Control Act relating to the operation of motor
12vehicles. The course of instruction given in grades 10 through
1312 shall include an emphasis on the development of knowledge,
14attitudes, habits, and skills necessary for the safe operation
15of motor vehicles, including motorcycles insofar as they can be
16taught in the classroom, and instruction on distracted driving
17as a major traffic safety issue. In addition, the course shall
18include instruction on special hazards existing at and required
19safety and driving precautions that must be observed at
20emergency situations, highway construction and maintenance
21zones, and railroad crossings and the approaches thereto.
22Beginning with the 2017-2018 school year, the course shall also
23include instruction concerning law enforcement procedures for
24traffic stops, including a demonstration of the proper actions
25to be taken during a traffic stop and appropriate interactions
26with law enforcement. The course of instruction required of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 478 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1each eligible student at the high school level shall consist of
2a minimum of 30 clock hours of classroom instruction and a
3minimum of 6 clock hours of individual behind-the-wheel
4instruction in a dual control car on public roadways taught by
5a driver education instructor endorsed by the State Board of
6Education. Both the classroom instruction part and the practice
7driving part of such driver education course shall be open to a
8resident or non-resident student attending a non-public school
9in the district wherein the course is offered. Each student
10attending any public or non-public high school in the district
11must receive a passing grade in at least 8 courses during the
12previous 2 semesters prior to enrolling in a driver education
13course, or the student shall not be permitted to enroll in the
14course; provided that the local superintendent of schools (with
15respect to a student attending a public high school in the
16district) or chief school administrator (with respect to a
17student attending a non-public high school in the district) may
18waive the requirement if the superintendent or chief school
19administrator, as the case may be, deems it to be in the best
20interest of the student. A student may be allowed to commence
21the classroom instruction part of such driver education course
22prior to reaching age 15 if such student then will be eligible
23to complete the entire course within 12 months after being
24allowed to commence such classroom instruction.
25    A school district may offer a driver education course in a
26school by contracting with a commercial driver training school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 479 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1to provide both the classroom instruction part and the practice
2driving part or either one without having to request a
3modification or waiver of administrative rules of the State
4Board of Education if the school district approves the action
5during a public hearing on whether to enter into a contract
6with a commercial driver training school. The public hearing
7shall be held at a regular or special school board meeting
8prior to entering into such a contract. If a school district
9chooses to approve a contract with a commercial driver training
10school, then the district must provide evidence to the State
11Board of Education that the commercial driver training school
12with which it will contract holds a license issued by the
13Secretary of State under Article IV of Chapter 6 of the
14Illinois Vehicle Code and that each instructor employed by the
15commercial driver training school to provide instruction to
16students served by the school district holds a valid teaching
17license issued under the requirements of this Code and rules of
18the State Board of Education. Such evidence must include, but
19need not be limited to, a list of each instructor assigned to
20teach students served by the school district, which list shall
21include the instructor's name, personal identification number
22as required by the State Board of Education, birth date, and
23driver's license number. Once the contract is entered into, the
24school district shall notify the State Board of Education of
25any changes in the personnel providing instruction either (i)
26within 15 calendar days after an instructor leaves the program

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 480 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1or (ii) before a new instructor is hired. Such notification
2shall include the instructor's name, personal identification
3number as required by the State Board of Education, birth date,
4and driver's license number. If the school district maintains
5an Internet website, then the district shall post a copy of the
6final contract between the district and the commercial driver
7training school on the district's Internet website. If no
8Internet website exists, then the school district shall make
9available the contract upon request. A record of all materials
10in relation to the contract must be maintained by the school
11district and made available to parents and guardians upon
12request. The instructor's date of birth and driver's license
13number and any other personally identifying information as
14deemed by the federal Driver's Privacy Protection Act of 1994
15must be redacted from any public materials.
16    Such a course may be commenced immediately after the
17completion of a prior course. Teachers of such courses shall
18meet the licensure certification requirements of this Code Act
19and regulations of the State Board as to qualifications.
20    Subject to rules of the State Board of Education, the
21school district may charge a reasonable fee, not to exceed $50,
22to students who participate in the course, unless a student is
23unable to pay for such a course, in which event the fee for
24such a student must be waived. However, the district may
25increase this fee to an amount not to exceed $250 by school
26board resolution following a public hearing on the increase,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 481 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1which increased fee must be waived for students who participate
2in the course and are unable to pay for the course. The total
3amount from driver education fees and reimbursement from the
4State for driver education must not exceed the total cost of
5the driver education program in any year and must be deposited
6into the school district's driver education fund as a separate
7line item budget entry. All moneys deposited into the school
8district's driver education fund must be used solely for the
9funding of a high school driver education program approved by
10the State Board of Education that uses driver education
11instructors endorsed by the State Board of Education.
12(Source: P.A. 99-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-720, eff. 1-1-17.)
 
13    (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
14    Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
15    (a) For charters granted before January 1, 2017 (the
16effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the
1799th General Assembly, a charter may be granted for a period
18not less than 5 and not more than 10 school years. For charters
19granted on or after January 1, 2017 (the effective date of
20Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the 99th General
21Assembly, a charter shall be granted for a period of 5 school
22years. For charters renewed before January 1, 2017 (the
23effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the
2499th General Assembly, a charter may be renewed in incremental
25periods not to exceed 5 school years. For charters renewed on

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 482 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1or after January 1, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act
299-840) this amendatory Act of the 99th General Assembly, a
3charter may be renewed in incremental periods not to exceed 10
4school years; however, the Commission may renew a charter only
5in incremental periods not to exceed 5 years. Authorizers shall
6ensure that every charter granted on or after January 1, 2017
7(the effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act
8of the 99th General Assembly includes standards and goals for
9academic, organizational, and financial performance. A charter
10must meet all standards and goals for academic, organizational,
11and financial performance set forth by the authorizer in order
12to be renewed for a term in excess of 5 years but not more than
1310 years. If an authorizer fails to establish standards and
14goals, a charter shall not be renewed for a term in excess of 5
15years. Nothing contained in this Section shall require an
16authorizer to grant a full 10-year renewal term to any
17particular charter school, but an authorizer may award a full
1810-year renewal term to charter schools that have a
19demonstrated track record of improving student performance.
20    (b) A charter school renewal proposal submitted to the
21local school board or the Commission, as the chartering entity,
22shall contain:
23        (1) A report on the progress of the charter school in
24    achieving the goals, objectives, pupil performance
25    standards, content standards, and other terms of the
26    initial approved charter proposal; and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 483 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        (2) A financial statement that discloses the costs of
2    administration, instruction, and other spending categories
3    for the charter school that is understandable to the
4    general public and that will allow comparison of those
5    costs to other schools or other comparable organizations,
6    in a format required by the State Board.
7    (c) A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local
8school board or the Commission, as the chartering entity,
9clearly demonstrates that the charter school did any of the
10following, or otherwise failed to comply with the requirements
11of this law:
12        (1) Committed a material violation of any of the
13    conditions, standards, or procedures set forth in the
14    charter.
15        (2) Failed to meet or make reasonable progress toward
16    achievement of the content standards or pupil performance
17    standards identified in the charter.
18        (3) Failed to meet generally accepted standards of
19    fiscal management.
20        (4) Violated any provision of law from which the
21    charter school was not exempted.
22    In the case of revocation, the local school board or the
23Commission, as the chartering entity, shall notify the charter
24school in writing of the reason why the charter is subject to
25revocation. The charter school shall submit a written plan to
26the local school board or the Commission, whichever is

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 484 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1applicable, to rectify the problem. The plan shall include a
2timeline for implementation, which shall not exceed 2 years or
3the date of the charter's expiration, whichever is earlier. If
4the local school board or the Commission, as the chartering
5entity, finds that the charter school has failed to implement
6the plan of remediation and adhere to the timeline, then the
7chartering entity shall revoke the charter. Except in
8situations of an emergency where the health, safety, or
9education of the charter school's students is at risk, the
10revocation shall take place at the end of a school year.
11Nothing in Public Act 96-105 this amendatory Act of the 96th
12General Assembly shall be construed to prohibit an
13implementation timetable that is less than 2 years in duration.
14    (d) (Blank).
15    (e) Notice of a local school board's decision to deny,
16revoke, or not to renew a charter shall be provided to the
17Commission and the State Board. The Commission may reverse a
18local board's decision if the Commission finds that the charter
19school or charter school proposal (i) is in compliance with
20this Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students
21it is designed to serve. The Commission may condition the
22granting of an appeal on the acceptance by the charter school
23of funding in an amount less than that requested in the
24proposal submitted to the local school board. Final decisions
25of the Commission shall be subject to judicial review under the
26Administrative Review Law.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 485 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (f) Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if
2the Commission on appeal reverses a local board's decision or
3if a charter school is approved by referendum, the Commission
4shall act as the authorized chartering entity for the charter
5school. The Commission shall approve the charter and shall
6perform all functions under this Article otherwise performed by
7the local school board. The State Board shall determine whether
8the charter proposal approved by the Commission is consistent
9with the provisions of this Article and, if the approved
10proposal complies, certify the proposal pursuant to this
11Article. The State Board shall report the aggregate number of
12charter school pupils resident in a school district to that
13district and shall notify the district of the amount of funding
14to be paid by the State Board to the charter school enrolling
15such students. The Commission shall require the charter school
16to maintain accurate records of daily attendance that shall be
17deemed sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8.05 or
1818-8.15 notwithstanding any other requirements of that Section
19regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification. The
20State Board shall withhold from funds otherwise due the
21district the funds authorized by this Article to be paid to the
22charter school and shall pay such amounts to the charter
23school.
24    (g) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the
25Commission shall quarterly certify to the State Board the
26student enrollment for each of its charter schools.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 486 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (h) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the
2State Board shall pay directly to a charter school any federal
3or State aid attributable to a student with a disability
4attending the school.
5(Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14; 99-840, eff. 1-1-17;
6revised 10-27-16.)
 
7    (105 ILCS 5/27A-11)
8    Sec. 27A-11. Local financing.
9    (a) For purposes of the School Code, pupils enrolled in a
10charter school shall be included in the pupil enrollment of the
11school district within which the pupil resides. Each charter
12school (i) shall determine the school district in which each
13pupil who is enrolled in the charter school resides, (ii) shall
14report the aggregate number of pupils resident of a school
15district who are enrolled in the charter school to the school
16district in which those pupils reside, and (iii) shall maintain
17accurate records of daily attendance that shall be deemed
18sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8 or 18-8.15
19notwithstanding any other requirements of that Section
20regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification.
21    (b) Except for a charter school established by referendum
22under Section 27A-6.5, as part of a charter school contract,
23the charter school and the local school board shall agree on
24funding and any services to be provided by the school district
25to the charter school. Agreed funding that a charter school is

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 487 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1to receive from the local school board for a school year shall
2be paid in equal quarterly installments with the payment of the
3installment for the first quarter being made not later than
4July 1, unless the charter establishes a different payment
5schedule. However, if a charter school dismisses a pupil from
6the charter school after receiving a quarterly payment, the
7charter school shall return to the school district, on a
8quarterly basis, the prorated portion of public funding
9provided for the education of that pupil for the time the
10student is not enrolled at the charter school. Likewise, if a
11pupil transfers to a charter school between quarterly payments,
12the school district shall provide, on a quarterly basis, a
13prorated portion of the public funding to the charter school to
14provide for the education of that pupil.
15    All services centrally or otherwise provided by the school
16district including, but not limited to, rent, food services,
17custodial services, maintenance, curriculum, media services,
18libraries, transportation, and warehousing shall be subject to
19negotiation between a charter school and the local school board
20and paid for out of the revenues negotiated pursuant to this
21subsection (b); provided that the local school board shall not
22attempt, by negotiation or otherwise, to obligate a charter
23school to provide pupil transportation for pupils for whom a
24district is not required to provide transportation under the
25criteria set forth in subsection (a)(13) of Section 27A-7.
26    In no event shall the funding be less than 97% 75% or more

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 488 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1than 103% 125% of the school district's per capita student
2tuition multiplied by the number of students residing in the
3district who are enrolled in the charter school.
4    It is the intent of the General Assembly that funding and
5service agreements under this subsection (b) shall be neither a
6financial incentive nor a financial disincentive to the
7establishment of a charter school.
8    The charter school may set and collect reasonable fees.
9Fees collected from students enrolled at a charter school shall
10be retained by the charter school.
11    (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this Section, the
12proportionate share of State and federal resources generated by
13students with disabilities or staff serving them shall be
14directed to charter schools enrolling those students by their
15school districts or administrative units. The proportionate
16share of moneys generated under other federal or State
17categorical aid programs shall be directed to charter schools
18serving students eligible for that aid.
19    (d) The governing body of a charter school is authorized to
20accept gifts, donations, or grants of any kind made to the
21charter school and to expend or use gifts, donations, or grants
22in accordance with the conditions prescribed by the donor;
23however, a gift, donation, or grant may not be accepted by the
24governing body if it is subject to any condition contrary to
25applicable law or contrary to the terms of the contract between
26the charter school and the local school board. Charter schools

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 489 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1shall be encouraged to solicit and utilize community volunteer
2speakers and other instructional resources when providing
3instruction on the Holocaust and other historical events.
4    (e) (Blank).
5    (f) The Commission shall provide technical assistance to
6persons and groups preparing or revising charter applications.
7    (g) At the non-renewal or revocation of its charter, each
8charter school shall refund to the local board of education all
9unspent funds.
10    (h) A charter school is authorized to incur temporary,
11short term debt to pay operating expenses in anticipation of
12receipt of funds from the local school board.
13(Source: P.A. 98-640, eff. 6-9-14; 98-739, eff. 7-16-14; 99-78,
14eff. 7-20-15.)
 
15    (105 ILCS 5/29-5)  (from Ch. 122, par. 29-5)
16    Sec. 29-5. Reimbursement by State for transportation. Any
17school district, maintaining a school, transporting resident
18pupils to another school district's vocational program,
19offered through a joint agreement approved by the State Board
20of Education, as provided in Section 10-22.22 or transporting
21its resident pupils to a school which meets the standards for
22recognition as established by the State Board of Education
23which provides transportation meeting the standards of safety,
24comfort, convenience, efficiency and operation prescribed by
25the State Board of Education for resident pupils in

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 490 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1kindergarten or any of grades 1 through 12 who: (a) reside at
2least 1 1/2 miles as measured by the customary route of travel,
3from the school attended; or (b) reside in areas where
4conditions are such that walking constitutes a hazard to the
5safety of the child when determined under Section 29-3; and (c)
6are transported to the school attended from pick-up points at
7the beginning of the school day and back again at the close of
8the school day or transported to and from their assigned
9attendance centers during the school day, shall be reimbursed
10by the State as hereinafter provided in this Section.
11    The State will pay the cost of transporting eligible pupils
12less the prior year assessed valuation in a dual school
13district maintaining secondary grades 9 to 12 inclusive times a
14qualifying rate of .05%; in elementary school districts
15maintaining grades K to 8 times a qualifying rate of .06%; and
16in unit districts maintaining grades K to 12, including
17optional elementary unit districts and combined high school -
18unit districts, times a qualifying rate of .07%; provided that
19for optional elementary unit districts and combined high school -
20 unit districts, prior year assessed valuation for high school
21purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, must be used.
22To be eligible to receive reimbursement in excess of 4/5 of the
23cost to transport eligible pupils, a school district shall have
24a Transportation Fund tax rate of at least .12%. If a school
25district does not have a .12% Transportation Fund tax rate, the
26amount of its claim in excess of 4/5 of the cost of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 491 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1transporting pupils shall be reduced by the sum arrived at by
2subtracting the Transportation Fund tax rate from .12% and
3multiplying that amount by the district's prior year districts
4equalized or assessed valuation, provided, that in no case
5shall said reduction result in reimbursement of less than 4/5
6of the cost to transport eligible pupils.
7    The minimum amount to be received by a district is $16
8times the number of eligible pupils transported.
9    When calculating the reimbursement for transportation
10costs, the State Board of Education may not deduct the number
11of pupils enrolled in early education programs from the number
12of pupils eligible for reimbursement if the pupils enrolled in
13the early education programs are transported at the same time
14as other eligible pupils.
15    Any such district transporting resident pupils during the
16school day to an area vocational school or another school
17district's vocational program more than 1 1/2 miles from the
18school attended, as provided in Sections 10-22.20a and
1910-22.22, shall be reimbursed by the State for 4/5 of the cost
20of transporting eligible pupils.
21    School day means that period of time which the pupil is
22required to be in attendance for instructional purposes.
23    If a pupil is at a location within the school district
24other than his residence for child care purposes at the time
25for transportation to school, that location may be considered
26for purposes of determining the 1 1/2 miles from the school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 492 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1attended.
2    Claims for reimbursement that include children who attend
3any school other than a public school shall show the number of
4such children transported.
5    Claims for reimbursement under this Section shall not be
6paid for the transportation of pupils for whom transportation
7costs are claimed for payment under other Sections of this Act.
8    The allowable direct cost of transporting pupils for
9regular, vocational, and special education pupil
10transportation shall be limited to the sum of the cost of
11physical examinations required for employment as a school bus
12driver; the salaries of full or part-time drivers and school
13bus maintenance personnel; employee benefits excluding
14Illinois municipal retirement payments, social security
15payments, unemployment insurance payments and workers'
16compensation insurance premiums; expenditures to independent
17carriers who operate school buses; payments to other school
18districts for pupil transportation services; pre-approved
19contractual expenditures for computerized bus scheduling; the
20cost of gasoline, oil, tires, and other supplies necessary for
21the operation of school buses; the cost of converting buses'
22gasoline engines to more fuel efficient engines or to engines
23which use alternative energy sources; the cost of travel to
24meetings and workshops conducted by the regional
25superintendent or the State Superintendent of Education
26pursuant to the standards established by the Secretary of State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 493 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1under Section 6-106 of the Illinois Vehicle Code to improve the
2driving skills of school bus drivers; the cost of maintenance
3of school buses including parts and materials used;
4expenditures for leasing transportation vehicles, except
5interest and service charges; the cost of insurance and
6licenses for transportation vehicles; expenditures for the
7rental of transportation equipment; plus a depreciation
8allowance of 20% for 5 years for school buses and vehicles
9approved for transporting pupils to and from school and a
10depreciation allowance of 10% for 10 years for other
11transportation equipment so used. Each school year, if a school
12district has made expenditures to the Regional Transportation
13Authority or any of its service boards, a mass transit
14district, or an urban transportation district under an
15intergovernmental agreement with the district to provide for
16the transportation of pupils and if the public transit carrier
17received direct payment for services or passes from a school
18district within its service area during the 2000-2001 school
19year, then the allowable direct cost of transporting pupils for
20regular, vocational, and special education pupil
21transportation shall also include the expenditures that the
22district has made to the public transit carrier. In addition to
23the above allowable costs school districts shall also claim all
24transportation supervisory salary costs, including Illinois
25municipal retirement payments, and all transportation related
26building and building maintenance costs without limitation.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 494 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Special education allowable costs shall also include
2expenditures for the salaries of attendants or aides for that
3portion of the time they assist special education pupils while
4in transit and expenditures for parents and public carriers for
5transporting special education pupils when pre-approved by the
6State Superintendent of Education.
7    Indirect costs shall be included in the reimbursement claim
8for districts which own and operate their own school buses.
9Such indirect costs shall include administrative costs, or any
10costs attributable to transporting pupils from their
11attendance centers to another school building for
12instructional purposes. No school district which owns and
13operates its own school buses may claim reimbursement for
14indirect costs which exceed 5% of the total allowable direct
15costs for pupil transportation.
16    The State Board of Education shall prescribe uniform
17regulations for determining the above standards and shall
18prescribe forms of cost accounting and standards of determining
19reasonable depreciation. Such depreciation shall include the
20cost of equipping school buses with the safety features
21required by law or by the rules, regulations and standards
22promulgated by the State Board of Education, and the Department
23of Transportation for the safety and construction of school
24buses provided, however, any equipment cost reimbursed by the
25Department of Transportation for equipping school buses with
26such safety equipment shall be deducted from the allowable cost

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 495 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1in the computation of reimbursement under this Section in the
2same percentage as the cost of the equipment is depreciated.
3    On or before August 15, annually, the chief school
4administrator for the district shall certify to the State
5Superintendent of Education the district's claim for
6reimbursement for the school year ending on June 30 next
7preceding. The State Superintendent of Education shall check
8and approve the claims and prepare the vouchers showing the
9amounts due for district reimbursement claims. Each fiscal
10year, the State Superintendent of Education shall prepare and
11transmit the first 3 vouchers to the Comptroller on the 30th
12day of September, December and March, respectively, and the
13final voucher, no later than June 20.
14    If the amount appropriated for transportation
15reimbursement is insufficient to fund total claims for any
16fiscal year, the State Board of Education shall reduce each
17school district's allowable costs and flat grant amount
18proportionately to make total adjusted claims equal the total
19amount appropriated.
20    For purposes of calculating claims for reimbursement under
21this Section for any school year beginning July 1, 1998, or
22thereafter, the equalized assessed valuation for a school
23district used to compute reimbursement shall be computed in the
24same manner as it is computed under paragraph (2) of subsection
25(G) of Section 18-8.05.
26    All reimbursements received from the State shall be

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 496 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1deposited into the district's transportation fund or into the
2fund from which the allowable expenditures were made.
3    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
4district receiving a payment under this Section or under
5Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or 14-13.01 of this Code may
6classify all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a
7particular fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to
8Section 18-8.05 of this Code as funds received in connection
9with any funding program for which it is entitled to receive
10funds from the State in that fiscal year (including, without
11limitation, any funding program referenced in this Section),
12regardless of the source or timing of the receipt. The district
13may not classify more funds as funds received in connection
14with the funding program than the district is entitled to
15receive in that fiscal year for that program. Any
16classification by a district must be made by a resolution of
17its board of education. The resolution must identify the amount
18of any payments or general State aid to be classified under
19this paragraph and must specify the funding program to which
20the funds are to be treated as received in connection
21therewith. This resolution is controlling as to the
22classification of funds referenced therein. A certified copy of
23the resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of
24Education. The resolution shall still take effect even though a
25copy of the resolution has not been sent to the State
26Superintendent of Education in a timely manner. No

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 497 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1classification under this paragraph by a district shall affect
2the total amount or timing of money the district is entitled to
3receive under this Code. No classification under this paragraph
4by a district shall in any way relieve the district from or
5affect any requirements that otherwise would apply with respect
6to that funding program, including any accounting of funds by
7source, reporting expenditures by original source and purpose,
8reporting requirements, or requirements of providing services.
9    Any school district with a population of not more than
10500,000 must deposit all funds received under this Article into
11the transportation fund and use those funds for the provision
12of transportation services.
13(Source: P.A. 95-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-1264, eff. 1-1-11.)
 
14    (105 ILCS 5/34-2.3)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.3)
15    Sec. 34-2.3. Local school councils - Powers and duties.
16Each local school council shall have and exercise, consistent
17with the provisions of this Article and the powers and duties
18of the board of education, the following powers and duties:
19    1. (A) To annually evaluate the performance of the
20principal of the attendance center using a Board approved
21principal evaluation form, which shall include the evaluation
22of (i) student academic improvement, as defined by the school
23improvement plan, (ii) student absenteeism rates at the school,
24(iii) instructional leadership, (iv) the effective
25implementation of programs, policies, or strategies to improve

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 498 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1student academic achievement, (v) school management, and (vi)
2any other factors deemed relevant by the local school council,
3including, without limitation, the principal's communication
4skills and ability to create and maintain a student-centered
5learning environment, to develop opportunities for
6professional development, and to encourage parental
7involvement and community partnerships to achieve school
8improvement;
9    (B) to determine in the manner provided by subsection (c)
10of Section 34-2.2 and subdivision 1.5 of this Section whether
11the performance contract of the principal shall be renewed; and
12    (C) to directly select, in the manner provided by
13subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, a new principal (including a
14new principal to fill a vacancy) -- without submitting any list
15of candidates for that position to the general superintendent
16as provided in paragraph 2 of this Section -- to serve under a
174 year performance contract; provided that (i) the
18determination of whether the principal's performance contract
19is to be renewed, based upon the evaluation required by
20subdivision 1.5 of this Section, shall be made no later than
21150 days prior to the expiration of the current
22performance-based contract of the principal, (ii) in cases
23where such performance contract is not renewed -- a direct
24selection of a new principal -- to serve under a 4 year
25performance contract shall be made by the local school council
26no later than 45 days prior to the expiration of the current

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 499 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1performance contract of the principal, and (iii) a selection by
2the local school council of a new principal to fill a vacancy
3under a 4 year performance contract shall be made within 90
4days after the date such vacancy occurs. A Council shall be
5required, if requested by the principal, to provide in writing
6the reasons for the council's not renewing the principal's
7contract.
8    1.5. The local school council's determination of whether to
9renew the principal's contract shall be based on an evaluation
10to assess the educational and administrative progress made at
11the school during the principal's current performance-based
12contract. The local school council shall base its evaluation on
13(i) student academic improvement, as defined by the school
14improvement plan, (ii) student absenteeism rates at the school,
15(iii) instructional leadership, (iv) the effective
16implementation of programs, policies, or strategies to improve
17student academic achievement, (v) school management, and (vi)
18any other factors deemed relevant by the local school council,
19including, without limitation, the principal's communication
20skills and ability to create and maintain a student-centered
21learning environment, to develop opportunities for
22professional development, and to encourage parental
23involvement and community partnerships to achieve school
24improvement. If a local school council fails to renew the
25performance contract of a principal rated by the general
26superintendent, or his or her designee, in the previous years'

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 500 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1evaluations as meeting or exceeding expectations, the
2principal, within 15 days after the local school council's
3decision not to renew the contract, may request a review of the
4local school council's principal non-retention decision by a
5hearing officer appointed by the American Arbitration
6Association. A local school council member or members or the
7general superintendent may support the principal's request for
8review. During the period of the hearing officer's review of
9the local school council's decision on whether or not to retain
10the principal, the local school council shall maintain all
11authority to search for and contract with a person to serve as
12interim or acting principal, or as the principal of the
13attendance center under a 4-year performance contract,
14provided that any performance contract entered into by the
15local school council shall be voidable or modified in
16accordance with the decision of the hearing officer. The
17principal may request review only once while at that attendance
18center. If a local school council renews the contract of a
19principal who failed to obtain a rating of "meets" or "exceeds
20expectations" in the general superintendent's evaluation for
21the previous year, the general superintendent, within 15 days
22after the local school council's decision to renew the
23contract, may request a review of the local school council's
24principal retention decision by a hearing officer appointed by
25the American Arbitration Association. The general
26superintendent may request a review only once for that

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 501 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1principal at that attendance center. All requests to review the
2retention or non-retention of a principal shall be submitted to
3the general superintendent, who shall, in turn, forward such
4requests, within 14 days of receipt, to the American
5Arbitration Association. The general superintendent shall send
6a contemporaneous copy of the request that was forwarded to the
7American Arbitration Association to the principal and to each
8local school council member and shall inform the local school
9council of its rights and responsibilities under the
10arbitration process, including the local school council's
11right to representation and the manner and process by which the
12Board shall pay the costs of the council's representation. If
13the local school council retains the principal and the general
14superintendent requests a review of the retention decision, the
15local school council and the general superintendent shall be
16considered parties to the arbitration, a hearing officer shall
17be chosen between those 2 parties pursuant to procedures
18promulgated by the State Board of Education, and the principal
19may retain counsel and participate in the arbitration. If the
20local school council does not retain the principal and the
21principal requests a review of the retention decision, the
22local school council and the principal shall be considered
23parties to the arbitration and a hearing officer shall be
24chosen between those 2 parties pursuant to procedures
25promulgated by the State Board of Education. The hearing shall
26begin (i) within 45 days after the initial request for review

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 502 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1is submitted by the principal to the general superintendent or
2(ii) if the initial request for review is made by the general
3superintendent, within 45 days after that request is mailed to
4the American Arbitration Association. The hearing officer
5shall render a decision within 45 days after the hearing begins
6and within 90 days after the initial request for review. The
7Board shall contract with the American Arbitration Association
8for all of the hearing officer's reasonable and necessary
9costs. In addition, the Board shall pay any reasonable costs
10incurred by a local school council for representation before a
11hearing officer.
12    1.10. The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing, which
13shall include (i) a review of the principal's performance,
14evaluations, and other evidence of the principal's service at
15the school, (ii) reasons provided by the local school council
16for its decision, and (iii) documentation evidencing views of
17interested persons, including, without limitation, students,
18parents, local school council members, school faculty and
19staff, the principal, the general superintendent or his or her
20designee, and members of the community. The burden of proof in
21establishing that the local school council's decision was
22arbitrary and capricious shall be on the party requesting the
23arbitration, and this party shall sustain the burden by a
24preponderance of the evidence. The hearing officer shall set
25the local school council decision aside if that decision, in
26light of the record developed at the hearing, is arbitrary and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 503 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1capricious. The decision of the hearing officer may not be
2appealed to the Board or the State Board of Education. If the
3hearing officer decides that the principal shall be retained,
4the retention period shall not exceed 2 years.
5    2. In the event (i) the local school council does not renew
6the performance contract of the principal, or the principal
7fails to receive a satisfactory rating as provided in
8subsection (h) of Section 34-8.3, or the principal is removed
9for cause during the term of his or her performance contract in
10the manner provided by Section 34-85, or a vacancy in the
11position of principal otherwise occurs prior to the expiration
12of the term of a principal's performance contract, and (ii) the
13local school council fails to directly select a new principal
14to serve under a 4 year performance contract, the local school
15council in such event shall submit to the general
16superintendent a list of 3 candidates -- listed in the local
17school council's order of preference -- for the position of
18principal, one of which shall be selected by the general
19superintendent to serve as principal of the attendance center.
20If the general superintendent fails or refuses to select one of
21the candidates on the list to serve as principal within 30 days
22after being furnished with the candidate list, the general
23superintendent shall select and place a principal on an interim
24basis (i) for a period not to exceed one year or (ii) until the
25local school council selects a new principal with 7 affirmative
26votes as provided in subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 504 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1whichever occurs first. If the local school council fails or
2refuses to select and appoint a new principal, as specified by
3subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, the general superintendent
4may select and appoint a new principal on an interim basis for
5an additional year or until a new contract principal is
6selected by the local school council. There shall be no
7discrimination on the basis of race, sex, creed, color or
8disability unrelated to ability to perform in connection with
9the submission of candidates for, and the selection of a
10candidate to serve as principal of an attendance center. No
11person shall be directly selected, listed as a candidate for,
12or selected to serve as principal of an attendance center (i)
13if such person has been removed for cause from employment by
14the Board or (ii) if such person does not hold a valid
15administrative certificate issued or exchanged under Article
1621 and endorsed as required by that Article for the position of
17principal. A principal whose performance contract is not
18renewed as provided under subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2 may
19nevertheless, if otherwise qualified and certified as herein
20provided and if he or she has received a satisfactory rating as
21provided in subsection (h) of Section 34-8.3, be included by a
22local school council as one of the 3 candidates listed in order
23of preference on any candidate list from which one person is to
24be selected to serve as principal of the attendance center
25under a new performance contract. The initial candidate list
26required to be submitted by a local school council to the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 505 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1general superintendent in cases where the local school council
2does not renew the performance contract of its principal and
3does not directly select a new principal to serve under a 4
4year performance contract shall be submitted not later than 30
5days prior to the expiration of the current performance
6contract. In cases where the local school council fails or
7refuses to submit the candidate list to the general
8superintendent no later than 30 days prior to the expiration of
9the incumbent principal's contract, the general superintendent
10may appoint a principal on an interim basis for a period not to
11exceed one year, during which time the local school council
12shall be able to select a new principal with 7 affirmative
13votes as provided in subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2. In cases
14where a principal is removed for cause or a vacancy otherwise
15occurs in the position of principal and the vacancy is not
16filled by direct selection by the local school council, the
17candidate list shall be submitted by the local school council
18to the general superintendent within 90 days after the date
19such removal or vacancy occurs. In cases where the local school
20council fails or refuses to submit the candidate list to the
21general superintendent within 90 days after the date of the
22vacancy, the general superintendent may appoint a principal on
23an interim basis for a period of one year, during which time
24the local school council shall be able to select a new
25principal with 7 affirmative votes as provided in subsection
26(c) of Section 34-2.2.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 506 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    2.5. Whenever a vacancy in the office of a principal occurs
2for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled in the manner
3provided by this Section by the selection of a new principal to
4serve under a 4 year performance contract.
5    3. To establish additional criteria to be included as part
6of the performance contract of its principal, provided that
7such additional criteria shall not discriminate on the basis of
8race, sex, creed, color or disability unrelated to ability to
9perform, and shall not be inconsistent with the uniform 4 year
10performance contract for principals developed by the board as
11provided in Section 34-8.1 of the School Code or with other
12provisions of this Article governing the authority and
13responsibility of principals.
14    4. To approve the expenditure plan prepared by the
15principal with respect to all funds allocated and distributed
16to the attendance center by the Board. The expenditure plan
17shall be administered by the principal. Notwithstanding any
18other provision of this Act or any other law, any expenditure
19plan approved and administered under this Section 34-2.3 shall
20be consistent with and subject to the terms of any contract for
21services with a third party entered into by the Chicago School
22Reform Board of Trustees or the board under this Act.
23    Via a supermajority vote of 7 members of the local school
24council or 8 members of a high school local school council, the
25Council may transfer allocations pursuant to Section 34-2.3
26within funds; provided that such a transfer is consistent with

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 507 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1applicable law and collective bargaining agreements.
2    Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year
3thereafter, the Board may reserve up to 1% of its total fiscal
4year budget for distribution on a prioritized basis to schools
5throughout the school system in order to assure adequate
6programs to meet the needs of special student populations as
7determined by the Board. This distribution shall take into
8account the needs catalogued in the Systemwide Plan and the
9various local school improvement plans of the local school
10councils. Information about these centrally funded programs
11shall be distributed to the local school councils so that their
12subsequent planning and programming will account for these
13provisions.
14    Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year
15thereafter, from other amounts available in the applicable
16fiscal year budget, the board shall allocate a lump sum amount
17to each local school based upon such formula as the board shall
18determine taking into account the special needs of the student
19body. The local school principal shall develop an expenditure
20plan in consultation with the local school council, the
21professional personnel leadership committee and with all other
22school personnel, which reflects the priorities and activities
23as described in the school's local school improvement plan and
24is consistent with applicable law and collective bargaining
25agreements and with board policies and standards; however, the
26local school council shall have the right to request waivers of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 508 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1board policy from the board of education and waivers of
2employee collective bargaining agreements pursuant to Section
334-8.1a.
4    The expenditure plan developed by the principal with
5respect to amounts available from the fund for prioritized
6special needs programs and the allocated lump sum amount must
7be approved by the local school council.
8    The lump sum allocation shall take into account the
9following principles:
10        a. Teachers: Each school shall be allocated funds equal
11    to the amount appropriated in the previous school year for
12    compensation for teachers (regular grades kindergarten
13    through 12th grade) plus whatever increases in
14    compensation have been negotiated contractually or through
15    longevity as provided in the negotiated agreement.
16    Adjustments shall be made due to layoff or reduction in
17    force, lack of funds or work, change in subject
18    requirements, enrollment changes, or contracts with third
19    parties for the performance of services or to rectify any
20    inconsistencies with system-wide allocation formulas or
21    for other legitimate reasons.
22        b. Other personnel: Funds for other teacher
23    certificated and uncertificated personnel paid through
24    non-categorical funds shall be provided according to
25    system-wide formulas based on student enrollment and the
26    special needs of the school as determined by the Board.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 509 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        c. Non-compensation items: Appropriations for all
2    non-compensation items shall be based on system-wide
3    formulas based on student enrollment and on the special
4    needs of the school or factors related to the physical
5    plant, including but not limited to textbooks, electronic
6    textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to
7    gain access to and use electronic textbooks, supplies,
8    electricity, equipment, and routine maintenance.
9        d. Funds for categorical programs: Schools shall
10    receive personnel and funds based on, and shall use such
11    personnel and funds in accordance with State and Federal
12    requirements applicable to each categorical program
13    provided to meet the special needs of the student body
14    (including but not limited to, Federal Chapter I,
15    Bilingual, and Special Education).
16        d.1. Funds for State Title I: Each school shall receive
17    funds based on State and Board requirements applicable to
18    each State Title I pupil provided to meet the special needs
19    of the student body. Each school shall receive the
20    proportion of funds as provided in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15
21    to which they are entitled. These funds shall be spent only
22    with the budgetary approval of the Local School Council as
23    provided in Section 34-2.3.
24        e. The Local School Council shall have the right to
25    request the principal to close positions and open new ones
26    consistent with the provisions of the local school

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 510 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    improvement plan provided that these decisions are
2    consistent with applicable law and collective bargaining
3    agreements. If a position is closed, pursuant to this
4    paragraph, the local school shall have for its use the
5    system-wide average compensation for the closed position.
6        f. Operating within existing laws and collective
7    bargaining agreements, the local school council shall have
8    the right to direct the principal to shift expenditures
9    within funds.
10        g. (Blank).
11    Any funds unexpended at the end of the fiscal year shall be
12available to the board of education for use as part of its
13budget for the following fiscal year.
14    5. To make recommendations to the principal concerning
15textbook selection and concerning curriculum developed
16pursuant to the school improvement plan which is consistent
17with systemwide curriculum objectives in accordance with
18Sections 34-8 and 34-18 of the School Code and in conformity
19with the collective bargaining agreement.
20    6. To advise the principal concerning the attendance and
21disciplinary policies for the attendance center, subject to the
22provisions of this Article and Article 26, and consistent with
23the uniform system of discipline established by the board
24pursuant to Section 34-19.
25    7. To approve a school improvement plan developed as
26provided in Section 34-2.4. The process and schedule for plan

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 511 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1development shall be publicized to the entire school community,
2and the community shall be afforded the opportunity to make
3recommendations concerning the plan. At least twice a year the
4principal and local school council shall report publicly on
5progress and problems with respect to plan implementation.
6    8. To evaluate the allocation of teaching resources and
7other certificated and uncertificated staff to the attendance
8center to determine whether such allocation is consistent with
9and in furtherance of instructional objectives and school
10programs reflective of the school improvement plan adopted for
11the attendance center; and to make recommendations to the
12board, the general superintendent and the principal concerning
13any reallocation of teaching resources or other staff whenever
14the council determines that any such reallocation is
15appropriate because the qualifications of any existing staff at
16the attendance center do not adequately match or support
17instructional objectives or school programs which reflect the
18school improvement plan.
19    9. To make recommendations to the principal and the general
20superintendent concerning their respective appointments, after
21August 31, 1989, and in the manner provided by Section 34-8 and
22Section 34-8.1, of persons to fill any vacant, additional or
23newly created positions for teachers at the attendance center
24or at attendance centers which include the attendance center
25served by the local school council.
26    10. To request of the Board the manner in which training

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 512 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1and assistance shall be provided to the local school council.
2Pursuant to Board guidelines a local school council is
3authorized to direct the Board of Education to contract with
4personnel or not-for-profit organizations not associated with
5the school district to train or assist council members. If
6training or assistance is provided by contract with personnel
7or organizations not associated with the school district, the
8period of training or assistance shall not exceed 30 hours
9during a given school year; person shall not be employed on a
10continuous basis longer than said period and shall not have
11been employed by the Chicago Board of Education within the
12preceding six months. Council members shall receive training in
13at least the following areas:
14        1. school budgets;
15        2. educational theory pertinent to the attendance
16    center's particular needs, including the development of
17    the school improvement plan and the principal's
18    performance contract; and
19        3. personnel selection.
20Council members shall, to the greatest extent possible,
21complete such training within 90 days of election.
22    11. In accordance with systemwide guidelines contained in
23the System-Wide Educational Reform Goals and Objectives Plan,
24criteria for evaluation of performance shall be established for
25local school councils and local school council members. If a
26local school council persists in noncompliance with systemwide

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 513 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1requirements, the Board may impose sanctions and take necessary
2corrective action, consistent with Section 34-8.3.
3    12. Each local school council shall comply with the Open
4Meetings Act and the Freedom of Information Act. Each local
5school council shall issue and transmit to its school community
6a detailed annual report accounting for its activities
7programmatically and financially. Each local school council
8shall convene at least 2 well-publicized meetings annually with
9its entire school community. These meetings shall include
10presentation of the proposed local school improvement plan, of
11the proposed school expenditure plan, and the annual report,
12and shall provide an opportunity for public comment.
13    13. Each local school council is encouraged to involve
14additional non-voting members of the school community in
15facilitating the council's exercise of its responsibilities.
16    14. The local school council may adopt a school uniform or
17dress code policy that governs the attendance center and that
18is necessary to maintain the orderly process of a school
19function or prevent endangerment of student health or safety,
20consistent with the policies and rules of the Board of
21Education. A school uniform or dress code policy adopted by a
22local school council: (i) shall not be applied in such manner
23as to discipline or deny attendance to a transfer student or
24any other student for noncompliance with that policy during
25such period of time as is reasonably necessary to enable the
26student to acquire a school uniform or otherwise comply with

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 514 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the dress code policy that is in effect at the attendance
2center into which the student's enrollment is transferred; and
3(ii) shall include criteria and procedures under which the
4local school council will accommodate the needs of or otherwise
5provide appropriate resources to assist a student from an
6indigent family in complying with an applicable school uniform
7or dress code policy. A student whose parents or legal
8guardians object on religious grounds to the student's
9compliance with an applicable school uniform or dress code
10policy shall not be required to comply with that policy if the
11student's parents or legal guardians present to the local
12school council a signed statement of objection detailing the
13grounds for the objection.
14    15. All decisions made and actions taken by the local
15school council in the exercise of its powers and duties shall
16comply with State and federal laws, all applicable collective
17bargaining agreements, court orders and rules properly
18promulgated by the Board.
19    15a. To grant, in accordance with board rules and policies,
20the use of assembly halls and classrooms when not otherwise
21needed, including lighting, heat, and attendants, for public
22lectures, concerts, and other educational and social
23activities.
24    15b. To approve, in accordance with board rules and
25policies, receipts and expenditures for all internal accounts
26of the attendance center, and to approve all fund-raising

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 515 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1activities by nonschool organizations that use the school
2building.
3    16. (Blank).
4    17. Names and addresses of local school council members
5shall be a matter of public record.
6(Source: P.A. 96-1403, eff. 7-29-10.)
 
7    (105 ILCS 5/34-18)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
8    Sec. 34-18. Powers of the board. The board shall exercise
9general supervision and jurisdiction over the public education
10and the public school system of the city, and, except as
11otherwise provided by this Article, shall have power:
12        1. To make suitable provision for the establishment and
13    maintenance throughout the year or for such portion thereof
14    as it may direct, not less than 9 months, of schools of all
15    grades and kinds, including normal schools, high schools,
16    night schools, schools for defectives and delinquents,
17    parental and truant schools, schools for the blind, the
18    deaf and persons with physical disabilities, schools or
19    classes in manual training, constructural and vocational
20    teaching, domestic arts and physical culture, vocation and
21    extension schools and lecture courses, and all other
22    educational courses and facilities, including
23    establishing, equipping, maintaining and operating
24    playgrounds and recreational programs, when such programs
25    are conducted in, adjacent to, or connected with any public

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 516 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    school under the general supervision and jurisdiction of
2    the board; provided that the calendar for the school term
3    and any changes must be submitted to and approved by the
4    State Board of Education before the calendar or changes may
5    take effect, and provided that in allocating funds from
6    year to year for the operation of all attendance centers
7    within the district, the board shall ensure that
8    supplemental general State aid or supplemental grant funds
9    are allocated and applied in accordance with Section 18-8,
10    or 18-8.05, or 18-8.15. To admit to such schools without
11    charge foreign exchange students who are participants in an
12    organized exchange student program which is authorized by
13    the board. The board shall permit all students to enroll in
14    apprenticeship programs in trade schools operated by the
15    board, whether those programs are union-sponsored or not.
16    No student shall be refused admission into or be excluded
17    from any course of instruction offered in the common
18    schools by reason of that student's sex. No student shall
19    be denied equal access to physical education and
20    interscholastic athletic programs supported from school
21    district funds or denied participation in comparable
22    physical education and athletic programs solely by reason
23    of the student's sex. Equal access to programs supported
24    from school district funds and comparable programs will be
25    defined in rules promulgated by the State Board of
26    Education in consultation with the Illinois High School

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 517 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    Association. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
2    Article, neither the board of education nor any local
3    school council or other school official shall recommend
4    that children with disabilities be placed into regular
5    education classrooms unless those children with
6    disabilities are provided with supplementary services to
7    assist them so that they benefit from the regular classroom
8    instruction and are included on the teacher's regular
9    education class register;
10        2. To furnish lunches to pupils, to make a reasonable
11    charge therefor, and to use school funds for the payment of
12    such expenses as the board may determine are necessary in
13    conducting the school lunch program;
14        3. To co-operate with the circuit court;
15        4. To make arrangements with the public or quasi-public
16    libraries and museums for the use of their facilities by
17    teachers and pupils of the public schools;
18        5. To employ dentists and prescribe their duties for
19    the purpose of treating the pupils in the schools, but
20    accepting such treatment shall be optional with parents or
21    guardians;
22        6. To grant the use of assembly halls and classrooms
23    when not otherwise needed, including light, heat, and
24    attendants, for free public lectures, concerts, and other
25    educational and social interests, free of charge, under
26    such provisions and control as the principal of the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 518 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    affected attendance center may prescribe;
2        7. To apportion the pupils to the several schools;
3    provided that no pupil shall be excluded from or segregated
4    in any such school on account of his color, race, sex, or
5    nationality. The board shall take into consideration the
6    prevention of segregation and the elimination of
7    separation of children in public schools because of color,
8    race, sex, or nationality. Except that children may be
9    committed to or attend parental and social adjustment
10    schools established and maintained either for boys or girls
11    only. All records pertaining to the creation, alteration or
12    revision of attendance areas shall be open to the public.
13    Nothing herein shall limit the board's authority to
14    establish multi-area attendance centers or other student
15    assignment systems for desegregation purposes or
16    otherwise, and to apportion the pupils to the several
17    schools. Furthermore, beginning in school year 1994-95,
18    pursuant to a board plan adopted by October 1, 1993, the
19    board shall offer, commencing on a phased-in basis, the
20    opportunity for families within the school district to
21    apply for enrollment of their children in any attendance
22    center within the school district which does not have
23    selective admission requirements approved by the board.
24    The appropriate geographical area in which such open
25    enrollment may be exercised shall be determined by the
26    board of education. Such children may be admitted to any

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 519 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    such attendance center on a space available basis after all
2    children residing within such attendance center's area
3    have been accommodated. If the number of applicants from
4    outside the attendance area exceed the space available,
5    then successful applicants shall be selected by lottery.
6    The board of education's open enrollment plan must include
7    provisions that allow low income students to have access to
8    transportation needed to exercise school choice. Open
9    enrollment shall be in compliance with the provisions of
10    the Consent Decree and Desegregation Plan cited in Section
11    34-1.01;
12        8. To approve programs and policies for providing
13    transportation services to students. Nothing herein shall
14    be construed to permit or empower the State Board of
15    Education to order, mandate, or require busing or other
16    transportation of pupils for the purpose of achieving
17    racial balance in any school;
18        9. Subject to the limitations in this Article, to
19    establish and approve system-wide curriculum objectives
20    and standards, including graduation standards, which
21    reflect the multi-cultural diversity in the city and are
22    consistent with State law, provided that for all purposes
23    of this Article courses or proficiency in American Sign
24    Language shall be deemed to constitute courses or
25    proficiency in a foreign language; and to employ principals
26    and teachers, appointed as provided in this Article, and

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 520 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    fix their compensation. The board shall prepare such
2    reports related to minimal competency testing as may be
3    requested by the State Board of Education, and in addition
4    shall monitor and approve special education and bilingual
5    education programs and policies within the district to
6    assure that appropriate services are provided in
7    accordance with applicable State and federal laws to
8    children requiring services and education in those areas;
9        10. To employ non-teaching personnel or utilize
10    volunteer personnel for: (i) non-teaching duties not
11    requiring instructional judgment or evaluation of pupils,
12    including library duties; and (ii) supervising study
13    halls, long distance teaching reception areas used
14    incident to instructional programs transmitted by
15    electronic media such as computers, video, and audio,
16    detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored
17    extracurricular activities. The board may further utilize
18    volunteer non-certificated personnel or employ
19    non-certificated personnel to assist in the instruction of
20    pupils under the immediate supervision of a teacher holding
21    a valid certificate, directly engaged in teaching subject
22    matter or conducting activities; provided that the teacher
23    shall be continuously aware of the non-certificated
24    persons' activities and shall be able to control or modify
25    them. The general superintendent shall determine
26    qualifications of such personnel and shall prescribe rules

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 521 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    for determining the duties and activities to be assigned to
2    such personnel;
3        10.5. To utilize volunteer personnel from a regional
4    School Crisis Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created as part
5    of the Safe to Learn Program established pursuant to
6    Section 25 of the Illinois Violence Prevention Act of 1995,
7    to provide assistance to schools in times of violence or
8    other traumatic incidents within a school community by
9    providing crisis intervention services to lessen the
10    effects of emotional trauma on individuals and the
11    community; the School Crisis Assistance Team Steering
12    Committee shall determine the qualifications for
13    volunteers;
14        11. To provide television studio facilities in not to
15    exceed one school building and to provide programs for
16    educational purposes, provided, however, that the board
17    shall not construct, acquire, operate, or maintain a
18    television transmitter; to grant the use of its studio
19    facilities to a licensed television station located in the
20    school district; and to maintain and operate not to exceed
21    one school radio transmitting station and provide programs
22    for educational purposes;
23        12. To offer, if deemed appropriate, outdoor education
24    courses, including field trips within the State of
25    Illinois, or adjacent states, and to use school educational
26    funds for the expense of the said outdoor educational

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 522 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    programs, whether within the school district or not;
2        13. During that period of the calendar year not
3    embraced within the regular school term, to provide and
4    conduct courses in subject matters normally embraced in the
5    program of the schools during the regular school term and
6    to give regular school credit for satisfactory completion
7    by the student of such courses as may be approved for
8    credit by the State Board of Education;
9        14. To insure against any loss or liability of the
10    board, the former School Board Nominating Commission,
11    Local School Councils, the Chicago Schools Academic
12    Accountability Council, or the former Subdistrict Councils
13    or of any member, officer, agent or employee thereof,
14    resulting from alleged violations of civil rights arising
15    from incidents occurring on or after September 5, 1967 or
16    from the wrongful or negligent act or omission of any such
17    person whether occurring within or without the school
18    premises, provided the officer, agent or employee was, at
19    the time of the alleged violation of civil rights or
20    wrongful act or omission, acting within the scope of his
21    employment or under direction of the board, the former
22    School Board Nominating Commission, the Chicago Schools
23    Academic Accountability Council, Local School Councils, or
24    the former Subdistrict Councils; and to provide for or
25    participate in insurance plans for its officers and
26    employees, including but not limited to retirement

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 523 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    annuities, medical, surgical and hospitalization benefits
2    in such types and amounts as may be determined by the
3    board; provided, however, that the board shall contract for
4    such insurance only with an insurance company authorized to
5    do business in this State. Such insurance may include
6    provision for employees who rely on treatment by prayer or
7    spiritual means alone for healing, in accordance with the
8    tenets and practice of a recognized religious
9    denomination;
10        15. To contract with the corporate authorities of any
11    municipality or the county board of any county, as the case
12    may be, to provide for the regulation of traffic in parking
13    areas of property used for school purposes, in such manner
14    as is provided by Section 11-209 of The Illinois Vehicle
15    Code, approved September 29, 1969, as amended;
16        16. (a) To provide, on an equal basis, access to a high
17    school campus and student directory information to the
18    official recruiting representatives of the armed forces of
19    Illinois and the United States for the purposes of
20    informing students of the educational and career
21    opportunities available in the military if the board has
22    provided such access to persons or groups whose purpose is
23    to acquaint students with educational or occupational
24    opportunities available to them. The board is not required
25    to give greater notice regarding the right of access to
26    recruiting representatives than is given to other persons

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 524 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    and groups. In this paragraph 16, "directory information"
2    means a high school student's name, address, and telephone
3    number.
4        (b) If a student or his or her parent or guardian
5    submits a signed, written request to the high school before
6    the end of the student's sophomore year (or if the student
7    is a transfer student, by another time set by the high
8    school) that indicates that the student or his or her
9    parent or guardian does not want the student's directory
10    information to be provided to official recruiting
11    representatives under subsection (a) of this Section, the
12    high school may not provide access to the student's
13    directory information to these recruiting representatives.
14    The high school shall notify its students and their parents
15    or guardians of the provisions of this subsection (b).
16        (c) A high school may require official recruiting
17    representatives of the armed forces of Illinois and the
18    United States to pay a fee for copying and mailing a
19    student's directory information in an amount that is not
20    more than the actual costs incurred by the high school.
21        (d) Information received by an official recruiting
22    representative under this Section may be used only to
23    provide information to students concerning educational and
24    career opportunities available in the military and may not
25    be released to a person who is not involved in recruiting
26    students for the armed forces of Illinois or the United

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 525 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    States;
2        17. (a) To sell or market any computer program
3    developed by an employee of the school district, provided
4    that such employee developed the computer program as a
5    direct result of his or her duties with the school district
6    or through the utilization of the school district resources
7    or facilities. The employee who developed the computer
8    program shall be entitled to share in the proceeds of such
9    sale or marketing of the computer program. The distribution
10    of such proceeds between the employee and the school
11    district shall be as agreed upon by the employee and the
12    school district, except that neither the employee nor the
13    school district may receive more than 90% of such proceeds.
14    The negotiation for an employee who is represented by an
15    exclusive bargaining representative may be conducted by
16    such bargaining representative at the employee's request.
17        (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
18            (1) "Computer" means an internally programmed,
19        general purpose digital device capable of
20        automatically accepting data, processing data and
21        supplying the results of the operation.
22            (2) "Computer program" means a series of coded
23        instructions or statements in a form acceptable to a
24        computer, which causes the computer to process data in
25        order to achieve a certain result.
26            (3) "Proceeds" means profits derived from

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 526 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        marketing or sale of a product after deducting the
2        expenses of developing and marketing such product;
3        18. To delegate to the general superintendent of
4    schools, by resolution, the authority to approve contracts
5    and expenditures in amounts of $10,000 or less;
6        19. Upon the written request of an employee, to
7    withhold from the compensation of that employee any dues,
8    payments or contributions payable by such employee to any
9    labor organization as defined in the Illinois Educational
10    Labor Relations Act. Under such arrangement, an amount
11    shall be withheld from each regular payroll period which is
12    equal to the pro rata share of the annual dues plus any
13    payments or contributions, and the board shall transmit
14    such withholdings to the specified labor organization
15    within 10 working days from the time of the withholding;
16        19a. Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of a
17    municipality with a population of 500,000 or more, a county
18    with a population of 3,000,000 or more, the Cook County
19    Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
20    Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago
21    Transit Authority, or a housing authority of a municipality
22    with a population of 500,000 or more that a debt is due and
23    owing the municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest
24    Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
25    Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago
26    Transit Authority, or the housing authority by an employee

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 527 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    of the Chicago Board of Education, to withhold, from the
2    compensation of that employee, the amount of the debt that
3    is due and owing and pay the amount withheld to the
4    municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve
5    District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan
6    Water Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority,
7    or the housing authority; provided, however, that the
8    amount deducted from any one salary or wage payment shall
9    not exceed 25% of the net amount of the payment. Before the
10    Board deducts any amount from any salary or wage of an
11    employee under this paragraph, the municipality, the
12    county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the
13    Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
14    District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing
15    authority shall certify that (i) the employee has been
16    afforded an opportunity for a hearing to dispute the debt
17    that is due and owing the municipality, the county, the
18    Cook County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park
19    District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the
20    Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing authority and
21    (ii) the employee has received notice of a wage deduction
22    order and has been afforded an opportunity for a hearing to
23    object to the order. For purposes of this paragraph, "net
24    amount" means that part of the salary or wage payment
25    remaining after the deduction of any amounts required by
26    law to be deducted and "debt due and owing" means (i) a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 528 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    specified sum of money owed to the municipality, the
2    county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the
3    Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
4    District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing
5    authority for services, work, or goods, after the period
6    granted for payment has expired, or (ii) a specified sum of
7    money owed to the municipality, the county, the Cook County
8    Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
9    Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago
10    Transit Authority, or the housing authority pursuant to a
11    court order or order of an administrative hearing officer
12    after the exhaustion of, or the failure to exhaust,
13    judicial review;
14        20. The board is encouraged to employ a sufficient
15    number of certified school counselors to maintain a
16    student/counselor ratio of 250 to 1 by July 1, 1990. Each
17    counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work time in
18    direct contact with students and shall maintain a record of
19    such time;
20        21. To make available to students vocational and career
21    counseling and to establish 5 special career counseling
22    days for students and parents. On these days
23    representatives of local businesses and industries shall
24    be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
25    of career opportunities available to them in the various
26    businesses and industries. Special consideration shall be

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 529 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    given to counseling minority students as to career
2    opportunities available to them in various fields. For the
3    purposes of this paragraph, minority student means a person
4    who is any of the following:
5        (a) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having
6    origins in any of the original peoples of North and South
7    America, including Central America, and who maintains
8    tribal affiliation or community attachment).
9        (b) Asian (a person having origins in any of the
10    original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the
11    Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to,
12    Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan,
13    the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam).
14        (c) Black or African American (a person having origins
15    in any of the black racial groups of Africa). Terms such as
16    "Haitian" or "Negro" can be used in addition to "Black or
17    African American".
18        (d) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican,
19    Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish
20    culture or origin, regardless of race).
21        (e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a person
22    having origins in any of the original peoples of Hawaii,
23    Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
24        Counseling days shall not be in lieu of regular school
25    days;
26        22. To report to the State Board of Education the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 530 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    annual student dropout rate and number of students who
2    graduate from, transfer from or otherwise leave bilingual
3    programs;
4        23. Except as otherwise provided in the Abused and
5    Neglected Child Reporting Act or other applicable State or
6    federal law, to permit school officials to withhold, from
7    any person, information on the whereabouts of any child
8    removed from school premises when the child has been taken
9    into protective custody as a victim of suspected child
10    abuse. School officials shall direct such person to the
11    Department of Children and Family Services, or to the local
12    law enforcement agency if appropriate;
13        24. To develop a policy, based on the current state of
14    existing school facilities, projected enrollment and
15    efficient utilization of available resources, for capital
16    improvement of schools and school buildings within the
17    district, addressing in that policy both the relative
18    priority for major repairs, renovations and additions to
19    school facilities, and the advisability or necessity of
20    building new school facilities or closing existing schools
21    to meet current or projected demographic patterns within
22    the district;
23        25. To make available to the students in every high
24    school attendance center the ability to take all courses
25    necessary to comply with the Board of Higher Education's
26    college entrance criteria effective in 1993;

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 531 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1        26. To encourage mid-career changes into the teaching
2    profession, whereby qualified professionals become
3    certified teachers, by allowing credit for professional
4    employment in related fields when determining point of
5    entry on teacher pay scale;
6        27. To provide or contract out training programs for
7    administrative personnel and principals with revised or
8    expanded duties pursuant to this Act in order to assure
9    they have the knowledge and skills to perform their duties;
10        28. To establish a fund for the prioritized special
11    needs programs, and to allocate such funds and other lump
12    sum amounts to each attendance center in a manner
13    consistent with the provisions of part 4 of Section 34-2.3.
14    Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require any
15    additional appropriations of State funds for this purpose;
16        29. (Blank);
17        30. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or
18    any other law to the contrary, to contract with third
19    parties for services otherwise performed by employees,
20    including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
21    employees upon 14 days written notice to the affected
22    employees. Those contracts may be for a period not to
23    exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a system-wide basis.
24    The board may not operate more than 30 contract schools,
25    provided that the board may operate an additional 5
26    contract turnaround schools pursuant to item (5.5) of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 532 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    subsection (d) of Section 34-8.3 of this Code;
2        31. To promulgate rules establishing procedures
3    governing the layoff or reduction in force of employees and
4    the recall of such employees, including, but not limited
5    to, criteria for such layoffs, reductions in force or
6    recall rights of such employees and the weight to be given
7    to any particular criterion. Such criteria shall take into
8    account factors including, but not be limited to,
9    qualifications, certifications, experience, performance
10    ratings or evaluations, and any other factors relating to
11    an employee's job performance;
12        32. To develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the
13    hiring of personnel or the selection of contractors;
14        33. To enter into a partnership agreement, as required
15    by Section 34-3.5 of this Code, and, notwithstanding any
16    other provision of law to the contrary, to promulgate
17    policies, enter into contracts, and take any other action
18    necessary to accomplish the objectives and implement the
19    requirements of that agreement; and
20        34. To establish a Labor Management Council to the
21    board comprised of representatives of the board, the chief
22    executive officer, and those labor organizations that are
23    the exclusive representatives of employees of the board and
24    to promulgate policies and procedures for the operation of
25    the Council.
26    The specifications of the powers herein granted are not to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 533 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1be construed as exclusive but the board shall also exercise all
2other powers that they may be requisite or proper for the
3maintenance and the development of a public school system, not
4inconsistent with the other provisions of this Article or
5provisions of this Code which apply to all school districts.
6    In addition to the powers herein granted and authorized to
7be exercised by the board, it shall be the duty of the board to
8review or to direct independent reviews of special education
9expenditures and services. The board shall file a report of
10such review with the General Assembly on or before May 1, 1990.
11(Source: P.A. 99-143, eff. 7-27-15.)
 
12    (105 ILCS 5/34-18.30)
13    Sec. 34-18.30. Dependents of military personnel; no
14tuition charge. If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of
15United States military personnel is housed in temporary housing
16located outside of the school district, but will be living
17within the district within 60 days after the time of initial
18enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to
19the requirements of this Section, and must not be charged
20tuition. Any United States military personnel attempting to
21enroll a dependent under this Section shall provide proof that
22the dependent will be living within the district within 60 days
23after the time of initial enrollment. Proof of residency may
24include, but is not limited to, postmarked mail addressed to
25the military personnel and sent to an address located within

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 534 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the district, a lease agreement for occupancy of a residence
2located within the district, or proof of ownership of a
3residence located within the district. Non-resident dependents
4of United States military personnel attending school on a
5tuition-free basis may be counted for the purposes of
6determining the apportionment of State aid provided under
7Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
8(Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
 
9    (105 ILCS 5/34-43.1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-43.1)
10    Sec. 34-43.1. (A) Limitation of noninstructional costs. It
11is the purpose of this Section to establish for the Board of
12Education and the general superintendent of schools
13requirements and standards which maximize the proportion of
14school district resources in direct support of educational,
15program, and building maintenance and safety services for the
16pupils of the district, and which correspondingly minimize the
17amount and proportion of such resources associated with
18centralized administration, administrative support services,
19and other noninstructional services.
20    For the 1989-90 school year and for all subsequent school
21years, the Board of Education shall undertake budgetary and
22expenditure control actions which limit the administrative
23expenditures of the Board of Education to levels, as provided
24for in this Section, which represent an average of the
25administrative expenses of all school districts in this State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 535 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1not subject to Article 34.
2    (B) Certification of expenses by the State Superintendent
3of Education. The State Superintendent of Education shall
4annually certify, on or before May 1, to the Board of Education
5and the School Finance Authority, for the applicable school
6year, the following information:
7        (1) the annual expenditures of all school districts of
8    the State not subject to Article 34 properly attributable
9    to expenditure functions defined by the rules and
10    regulations of the State Board of Education as: 2210
11    (Improvement of Instructional Services); 2300 (Support
12    Services - General Administration) excluding, however,
13    2320 (Executive Administrative Services); 2490 (Other
14    Support Services - School Administration); 2500 (Support
15    Services - Business); 2600 (Support Services - Central);
16        (2) the total annual expenditures of all school
17    districts not subject to Article 34 attributable to the
18    Education Fund, the Operations, Building and Maintenance
19    Fund, the Transportation Fund and the Illinois Municipal
20    Retirement Fund of the several districts, as defined by the
21    rules and regulations of the State Board of Education; and
22        (3) a ratio, to be called the statewide average of
23    administrative expenditures, derived by dividing the
24    expenditures certified pursuant to paragraph (B)(1) by the
25    expenditures certified pursuant to paragraph (B)(2).
26    For purposes of the annual certification of expenditures

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 536 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1and ratios required by this Section, the "applicable year" of
2certification shall initially be the 1986-87 school year and,
3in sequent years, each succeeding school year.
4    The State Superintendent of Education shall consult with
5the Board of Education to ascertain whether particular
6expenditure items allocable to the administrative functions
7enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) are appropriately or
8necessarily higher in the applicable school district than in
9the rest of the State due to noncomparable factors. The State
10Superintendent shall also review the relevant cost proportions
11in other large urban school districts. The State Superintendent
12shall also review the expenditure categories in paragraph
13(B)(1) to ascertain whether they contain school-level
14expenses. If he or she finds that adjustments to the formula
15are appropriate or necessary to establish a more fair and
16comparable standard for administrative cost for the Board of
17Education or to exclude school-level expenses, the State
18Superintendent shall recommend to the School Finance Authority
19rules and regulations adjusting particular subcategories in
20this subsection (B) or adjusting certain costs in determining
21the budget and expenditure items properly attributable to the
22functions or otherwise adjust the formula.
23    (C) Administrative expenditure limitations. The annual
24budget of the Board of Education, as adopted and implemented,
25and the related annual expenditures for the school year, shall
26reflect a limitation on administrative outlays as required by

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 537 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1the following provisions, taking into account any adjustments
2established by the State Superintendent of Education: (1) the
3budget and expenditures of the Board of Education for the
41989-90 school year shall reflect a ratio of administrative
5expenditures to total expenditures equal to or less than the
6statewide average of administrative expenditures for the
71986-87 school year as certified by the State Superintendent of
8Education pursuant to paragraph (B)(3); (2) for the 1990-91
9school year and for all subsequent school years, the budget and
10expenditures of the Board of Education shall reflect a ratio of
11administrative expenditures to total expenditures equal to or
12less than the statewide average of administrative expenditures
13certified by the State Superintendent of Education for the
14applicable year pursuant to paragraph (B)(3); (3) if for any
15school year the budget of the Board of Education reflects a
16ratio of administrative expenditures to total expenditures
17which exceeds the applicable statewide average, the Board of
18Education shall reduce expenditure items allocable to the
19administrative functions enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) such
20that the Board of Education's ratio of administrative
21expenditures to total expenditures is equal to or less than the
22applicable statewide average ratio.
23    For purposes of this Section, the ratio of administrative
24expenditures to the total expenditures of the Board of
25Education, as applied to the budget of the Board of Education,
26shall mean: the budgeted expenditure items of the Board of

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 538 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Education properly attributable to the expenditure functions
2identified in paragraph (B)(1) divided by the total budgeted
3expenditures of the Board of Education properly attributable to
4the Board of Education funds corresponding to those funds
5identified in paragraph (B)(2), exclusive of any monies
6budgeted for payment to the Public School Teachers' Pension and
7Retirement System, attributable to payments due from the
8General Funds of the State of Illinois.
9     The annual expenditure of the Board of Education for 2320
10(Executive Administrative Services) for the 1989-90 school
11year shall be no greater than the 2320 expenditure for the
121988-89 school year. The annual expenditure of the Board of
13Education for 2320 for the 1990-91 school year and each
14subsequent school year shall be no greater than the 2320
15expenditure for the immediately preceding school year or the
161988-89 school year, whichever is less. This annual expenditure
17limitation may be adjusted in each year in an amount not to
18exceed any change effective during the applicable school year
19in salary to be paid under the collective bargaining agreement
20with instructional personnel to which the Board is a party and
21in benefit costs either required by law or such collective
22bargaining agreement.
23    (D) Cost control measures. In undertaking actions to
24control or reduce expenditure items necessitated by the
25administrative expenditure limitations of this Section, the
26Board of Education shall give priority consideration to

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 539 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1reductions or cost controls with the least effect upon direct
2services to students or instructional services for pupils, and
3upon the safety and well-being of pupils, and, as applicable,
4with the particular costs or functions to which the Board of
5Education is higher than the statewide average.
6    For purposes of assuring that the cost control priorities
7of this subsection (D) are met, the State Superintendent of
8Education shall, with the assistance of the Board of Education,
9review the cost allocation practices of the Board of Education,
10and the State Superintendent of Education shall thereafter
11recommend to the School Finance Authority rules and regulations
12which define administrative areas which most impact upon the
13direct and instructional needs of students and upon the safety
14and well-being of the pupils of the district. No position
15closed shall be reopened using State or federal categorical
16funds.
17    (E) Report of Audited Information. For the 1988-89 school
18year and for all subsequent school years, the Board of
19Education shall file with the State Board of Education the
20Annual Financial Report and its audit, as required by the rules
21of the State Board of Education. Such reports shall be filed no
22later than February 15 following the end of the school year of
23the Board of Education, beginning with the report to be filed
24no later than February 15, 1990 for the 1988-89 school year.
25    As part of the required Annual Financial Report, the Board
26of Education shall provide a detailed accounting of the central

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 540 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1level, district, bureau and department costs and personnel
2included within expenditure functions included in paragraph
3(B)(1). The nature and detail of the reporting required for
4these functions shall be prescribed by the State Board of
5Education in rules and regulations. A copy of this detailed
6accounting shall also be provided annually to the School
7Finance Authority and the public. This report shall contain a
8reconciliation to the board of education's adopted budget for
9that fiscal year, specifically delineating administrative
10functions.
11    If the information required under this Section is not
12provided by the Board of Education in a timely manner, or is
13initially or subsequently determined by the State
14Superintendent of Education to be incomplete or inaccurate, the
15State Superintendent shall, in writing, notify the Board of
16Education of reporting deficiencies. The Board of Education
17shall, within 60 days of such notice, address the reporting
18deficiencies identified. If the State Superintendent of
19Education does not receive satisfactory response to these
20reporting deficiencies within 60 days, the next payment of
21general State aid or evidence-based funding due the Board of
22Education under Section 18-8 or Section 18-8.15, as applicable,
23and all subsequent payments, shall be withheld by the State
24Superintendent of Education until the enumerated deficiencies
25have been addressed.
26    Utilizing the Annual Financial Report, the State

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 541 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1Superintendent of Education shall certify on or before May 1 to
2the School Finance Authority the Board of Education's ratio of
3administrative expenditures to total expenditures for the
41988-89 school year and for each succeeding school year. Such
5certification shall indicate the extent to which the
6administrative expenditure ratio of the Board of Education
7conformed to the limitations required in subsection (C) of this
8Section, taking into account any adjustments of the limitations
9which may have been recommended by the State Superintendent of
10Education to the School Finance Authority. In deriving the
11administrative expenditure ratio of the Chicago Board of
12Education, the State Superintendent of Education shall utilize
13the definition of this ratio prescribed in subsection (C) of
14this Section, except that the actual expenditures of the Board
15of Education shall be substituted for budgeted expenditure
16items.
17    (F) Approval and adjustments to administrative expenditure
18limitations. The School Finance Authority organized under
19Article 34A shall monitor the Board of Education's adherence to
20the requirements of this Section. As part of its responsibility
21the School Finance Authority shall determine whether the Board
22of Education's budget for the next school year, and the
23expenditures for a prior school year, comply with the
24limitation of administrative expenditures required by this
25Section. The Board of Education and the State Board of
26Education shall provide such information as is required by the

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 542 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1School Finance Authority in order for the Authority to
2determine compliance with the provisions of this Section. If
3the Authority determines that the budget proposed by the Board
4of Education does not meet the cost control requirements of
5this Section, the Board of Education shall undertake budgetary
6reductions, consistent with the requirements of this Section,
7to bring the proposed budget into compliance with such cost
8control limitations.
9    If, in formulating cost control and cost reduction
10alternatives, the Board of Education believes that meeting the
11cost control requirements of this Section related to the budget
12for the ensuing year would impair the education, safety, or
13well-being of the pupils of the school district, the Board of
14Education may request that the School Finance Authority make
15adjustments to the limitations required by this Section. The
16Board of Education shall specify the amount, nature, and
17reasons for the relief required and shall also identify cost
18reductions which can be made in expenditure functions not
19enumerated in paragraph (B)(1), which would serve the purposes
20of this Section.
21    The School Finance Authority shall consult with the State
22Superintendent of Education concerning the reasonableness from
23an educational administration perspective of the adjustments
24sought by the Board of Education. The School Finance Authority
25shall provide an opportunity for the public to comment upon the
26reasonableness of the Board's request. If, after such

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 543 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1consultation, the School Finance Authority determines that all
2or a portion of the adjustments sought by the Board of
3Education are reasonably appropriate or necessary, the
4Authority may grant such relief from the provisions of this
5Section which the Authority deems appropriate. Adjustments so
6granted apply only to the specific school year for which the
7request was made.
8    In the event that the School Finance Authority determines
9that the Board of Education has failed to achieve the required
10administrative expenditure limitations for a prior school
11year, or if the Authority determines that the Board of
12Education has not met the requirements of subsection (F), the
13Authority shall make recommendations to the Board of Education
14concerning appropriate corrective actions. If the Board of
15Education fails to provide adequate assurance to the Authority
16that appropriate corrective actions have been or will be taken,
17the Authority may, within 60 days thereafter, require the board
18to adjust its current budget to correct for the prior year's
19shortage or may recommend to the members of the General
20Assembly and the Governor such sanctions or remedial actions as
21will serve to deter any further such failures on the part of
22the Board of Education.
23    To assist the Authority in its monitoring
24responsibilities, the Board of Education shall provide such
25reports and information as are from time to time required by
26the Authority.

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 544 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1    (G) Independent reviews of administrative expenditures.
2The School Finance Authority may direct independent reviews of
3the administrative and administrative support expenditures and
4services and other non-instructional expenditure functions of
5the Board of Education. The Board of Education shall afford
6full cooperation to the School Finance Authority in such review
7activity. The purpose of such reviews shall be to verify
8specific targets for improved operating efficiencies of the
9Board of Education, to identify other areas of potential
10efficiencies, and to assure full and proper compliance by the
11Board of Education with all requirements of this Section.
12    In the conduct of reviews under this subsection, the
13Authority may request the assistance and consultation of the
14State Superintendent of Education with regard to questions of
15efficiency and effectiveness in educational administration.
16    (H) Reports to Governor and General Assembly. On or before
17May 1, 1991 and no less frequently than yearly thereafter, the
18School Finance Authority shall provide to the Governor, the
19State Board of Education, and the members of the General
20Assembly an annual report, as outlined in Section 34A-606,
21which includes the following information: (1) documenting the
22compliance or non-compliance of the Board of Education with the
23requirements of this Section; (2) summarizing the costs,
24findings, and recommendations of any reviews directed by the
25School Finance Authority, and the response to such
26recommendations made by the Board of Education; and (3)

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 545 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1recommending sanctions or legislation necessary to fulfill the
2intent of this Section.
3(Source: P.A. 86-124; 86-1477.)
 
4    (105 ILCS 5/34-53)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-53)
5    Sec. 34-53. Tax levies; purpose; rates. For the purpose of
6establishing and supporting free schools for not fewer than 9
7months in each year and defraying their expenses the board may
8levy annually, upon all taxable property of such district for
9educational purposes a tax for the fiscal years 1996 and each
10succeeding fiscal year at a rate of not to exceed the sum of
11(i) 3.07% (or such other rate as may be set by law independent
12of the rate difference described in (ii) below) and (ii) the
13difference between .50% and the rate per cent of taxes extended
14for a School Finance Authority organized under Article 34A of
15the School Code, for the calendar year in which the applicable
16fiscal year of the board begins as determined by the county
17clerk and certified to the board pursuant to Section 18-110 of
18the Property Tax Code, of the value as equalized or assessed by
19the Department of Revenue for the year in which such levy is
20made.
21    Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act of
22the 99th General Assembly, for the purpose of making an
23employer contribution to the Public School Teachers' Pension
24and Retirement Fund of Chicago, the board may levy annually for
25taxable years prior to 2017, upon all taxable property located

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 546 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1within the district, a tax at a rate not to exceed 0.383%.
2Beginning with the 2017 taxable year, for the purpose of making
3an employer contribution to the Public School Teachers' Pension
4and Retirement Fund of Chicago, the board may levy annually,
5upon all taxable property within the district, a tax at a rate
6not to exceed 0.567%. The proceeds from this additional tax
7shall be paid, as soon as possible after collection, directly
8to Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of
9Chicago and not to the Board of Education. The rate under this
10paragraph is not a new rate for the purposes of the Property
11Tax Extension Limitation Law. Notwithstanding any other
12provision of law, for the 2016 tax year only, the board shall
13certify the rate to the county clerk on the effective date of
14this amendatory Act of the 99th General Assembly, and the
15county clerk shall extend that rate against all taxable
16property located within the district as soon after receiving
17the certification as possible.
18    Nothing in this amendatory Act of 1995 shall in any way
19impair or restrict the levy or extension of taxes pursuant to
20any tax levies for any purposes of the board lawfully made
21prior to the adoption of this amendatory Act of 1995.
22    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code and in
23addition to any other methods provided for increasing the tax
24rate the board may, by proper resolution, cause a proposition
25to increase the annual tax rate for educational purposes to be
26submitted to the voters of such district at any general or

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 547 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1special election. The maximum rate for educational purposes
2shall not exceed 4.00%. The election called for such purpose
3shall be governed by Article 9 of this Act. If at such election
4a majority of the votes cast on the proposition is in favor
5thereof, the Board of Education may thereafter until such
6authority is revoked in a like manner, levy annually the tax so
7authorized.
8    For purposes of this Article, educational purposes for
9fiscal years beginning in 1995 and each subsequent year shall
10also include, but not be limited to, in addition to those
11purposes authorized before this amendatory Act of 1995,
12constructing, acquiring, leasing (other than from the Public
13Building Commission of Chicago), operating, maintaining,
14improving, repairing, and renovating land, buildings,
15furnishings, and equipment for school houses and buildings, and
16related incidental expenses, and provision of special
17education, furnishing free textbooks and instructional aids
18and school supplies, establishing, equipping, maintaining, and
19operating supervised playgrounds under the control of the
20board, school extracurricular activities, and stadia, social
21center, and summer swimming pool programs open to the public in
22connection with any public school; making an employer
23contribution to the Public School Teachers' Pension and
24Retirement Fund as required by Section 17-129 of the Illinois
25Pension Code; and providing an agricultural science school,
26including site development and improvements, maintenance

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 548 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1repairs, and supplies. Educational purposes also includes
2student transportation expenses.
3    All collections of all taxes levied for fiscal years ending
4before 1996 under this Section or under Sections 34-53.2,
534-53.3, 34-58, 34-60, or 34-62 of this Article as in effect
6prior to this amendatory Act of 1995 may be used for any
7educational purposes as defined by this amendatory Act of 1995
8and need not be used for the particular purposes for which they
9were levied. The levy and extension of taxes pursuant to this
10Section as amended by this amendatory Act of 1995 shall not
11constitute a new or increased tax rate within the meaning of
12the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law or the One-year
13Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
14    The rate at which taxes may be levied for the fiscal year
15beginning September 1, 1996, for educational purposes shall be
16the full rate authorized by this Section for such taxes for
17fiscal years ending after 1995.
18(Source: P.A. 99-521, eff. 6-1-17.)
 
19    Section 970. The Educational Opportunity for Military
20Children Act is amended by changing Section 25 as follows:
 
21    (105 ILCS 70/25)
22    Sec. 25. Tuition for children of active duty military
23personnel who are transfer students. If a student who is a
24child of active duty military personnel is (i) placed with a

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 549 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1non-custodial parent and (ii) as a result of placement, must
2attend a non-resident school district, then the student must
3not be charged the tuition of the school that the student
4attends as a result of placement with the non-custodial parent
5and the student must be counted in the calculation of average
6daily attendance under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of the School
7Code.
8(Source: P.A. 98-673, eff. 6-30-14.)
 
9    Section 995. Inseverability. The provisions of this Act are
10mutually dependent and inseverable. If any provision is held
11invalid other than as applied to a particular person or
12circumstance, then this entire Act is invalid.
 
13    Section 997. Savings clause. Any repeal or amendment made
14by this Act shall not affect or impair any of the following:
15suits pending or rights existing at the time this Act takes
16effect; any grant or conveyance made or right acquired or cause
17of action now existing under any Section, Article, or Act
18repealed or amended by this Act; the validity of any bonds or
19other obligations issued or sold and constituting valid
20obligations of the issuing authority at the time this Act takes
21effect; the validity of any contract; the validity of any tax
22levied under any law in effect prior to the effective date of
23this Act; or any offense committed, act done, penalty,
24punishment, or forfeiture incurred or any claim, right, power,

 

 

SB1947 Enrolled- 550 -LRB100 09675 MLM 19844 b

1or remedy accrued under any law in effect prior to the
2effective date of this Act.
 
3    Section 999. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon
4becoming law.